W83627DHG-P
W83627DHG-PT
NUVOTON LPC I/O
Date: July 09, 2009 Version: 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
TABLE OF CONTENTS –
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 1
FEATURES ................................................................................................................................. 2
BLOCK DIAGRAM ...................................................................................................................... 5
PIN LAYOUT............................................................................................................................... 6
PIN DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................... 7
5.1
LPC Interface ........................................................................................................................ 8
5.2
FDC Interface........................................................................................................................ 8
5.3
Multi-Mode Parallel Port........................................................................................................ 9
5.4
Serial Port & Infrared Port Interface.................................................................................... 12
5.5
KBC Interface...................................................................................................................... 14
5.6
Serial Peripheral Interface .................................................................................................. 15
5.7
Hardware Monitor Interface ................................................................................................ 16
5.8
PECI Interface..................................................................................................................... 17
5.9
SST Interface ...................................................................................................................... 17
5.10 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface .................................................................... 18
5.11 SMBus Interface ................................................................................................................. 19
5.12 General Purpose I/O Port ................................................................................................... 19
5.12.1
5.12.2
5.12.3
5.12.4
5.12.5
5.12.6
5.12.7
GPIO Power Source ..................................................................................................................19
GPIO-2 Interface .......................................................................................................................19
GPIO-3 Interface .......................................................................................................................20
GPIO-4 Interface .......................................................................................................................21
GPIO-5 Interface .......................................................................................................................21
GPIO-6 Interface .......................................................................................................................22
GPIO-4 with WDTO# / SUSLED Multi-function..........................................................................22
5.13 Particular ACPI Function pins ............................................................................................. 22
5.14 POWER PINS ..................................................................................................................... 22
6.
ACPI GLUE LOGIC................................................................................................................... 24
7.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER ACCESS PROTOCOL ........................................................... 27
7.1
Configuration Sequence ..................................................................................................... 28
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
8.
Enter the Extended Function Mode.............................................................................................29
Configure the Configuration Registers ........................................................................................29
Exit the Extended Function Mode ...............................................................................................29
Software Programming Example.................................................................................................29
HARDWARE MONITOR ........................................................................................................... 31
8.1
General Description ............................................................................................................ 31
8.2
Access Interfaces................................................................................................................ 32
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.3
Analog Inputs ...................................................................................................................... 35
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.4
LPC Interface ..............................................................................................................................32
I2C interface ................................................................................................................................34
Voltages Over 2.048 V or Less Than 0 V ....................................................................................35
Voltage Detection........................................................................................................................36
Temperature Sensing..................................................................................................................36
SST Command Summary ................................................................................................... 38
8.4.1
8.4.2
Command Summary ...................................................................................................................38
Combination Sensor Data Format...............................................................................................39
-I-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.5
8.6
PECI.................................................................................................................................... 40
Fan Speed Measurement and Control................................................................................ 44
8.6.1
8.6.2
8.6.3
8.7
Interrupt Detection .............................................................................................................. 58
8.7.1
8.7.2
8.7.3
8.7.4
9.
Fan Speed Measurement............................................................................................................44
Fan Speed Control ......................................................................................................................45
SMART FANTM Control ...............................................................................................................46
SMI# Interrupt Mode ...................................................................................................................58
OVT# Interrupt Mode ..................................................................................................................62
Caseopen Detection....................................................................................................................64
BEEP Alarm Function .................................................................................................................64
HARDWARE MONITOR REGISTER SET................................................................................ 66
9.1
Address Port (Port x5h) ...................................................................................................... 66
9.2
Data Port (Port x6h) ............................................................................................................ 66
9.3
SYSFANOUT PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 00h (Bank 0) ....... 66
9.4
SYSFANOUT Output Value Select Register - Index 01h (Bank 0)..................................... 67
9.5
CPUFANOUT0 PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 02h (Bank 0) ..... 68
9.6
CPUFANOUT0 Output Value Select Register - Index 03h (Bank 0) .................................. 68
9.7
FAN Configuration Register I - Index 04h (Bank 0) ............................................................ 69
9.8
SYSTIN Target Temperature Register/ SYSFANIN Target Speed Register - Index 05h
(Bank 0) ........................................................................................................................................... 69
9.9
CPUTIN Target Temperature Register/ CPUFANIN0 Target Speed Register - Index 06h
(Bank 0) ........................................................................................................................................... 70
9.10 Tolerance of Target Temperature or Target Speed Register - Index 07h (Bank 0) ........... 70
9.11 SYSFANOUT Stop Value Register - Index 08h (Bank 0) ................................................... 70
9.12 CPUFANOUT0 Stop Value Register - Index 09h (Bank 0)................................................. 71
9.13 SYSFANOUT Start-up Value Register - Index 0Ah (Bank 0) ............................................. 71
9.14 CPUFANOUT0 Start-up Value Register - Index 0Bh (Bank 0)........................................... 71
9.15 SYSFANOUT Stop Time Register - Index 0Ch (Bank 0).................................................... 72
9.16 CPUFANOUT0 Stop Time Register - Index 0Dh (Bank 0) ................................................. 72
9.17 Fan Output Step Down Time Register - Index 0Eh (Bank 0).............................................. 72
9.18 Fan Output Step Up Time Register - Index 0Fh (Bank 0) .................................................. 73
9.19 AUXFANOUT PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 10h (Bank 0) ....... 73
9.20 AUXFANOUT Output Value Select Register - Index 11h (Bank 0) .................................... 74
9.21 FAN Configuration Register II - Index 12h (Bank 0) ........................................................... 74
9.22 AUXTIN Target Temperature Register/ AUXFANIN0 Target Speed Register - Index 13h
(Bank 0) ........................................................................................................................................... 75
9.23 Tolerance of Target Temperature or Target Speed Register - Index 14h (Bank 0) ........... 76
9.24 AUXFANOUT Stop Value Register - Index 15h (Bank 0)................................................... 76
9.25 AUXFANOUT Start-up Value Register - Index 16h (Bank 0) ............................................. 76
9.26 AUXFANOUT Stop Time Register - Index 17h (Bank 0) .................................................... 77
9.27 OVT# Configuration Register - Index 18h (Bank 0) ............................................................ 77
9.28 Reserved Registers - Index 19h ~ 1Fh (Bank 0) ................................................................ 77
9.29 Value RAM ⎯ Index 20h ~ 3Fh (Bank 0) ........................................................................... 78
9.30 Configuration Register - Index 40h (Bank 0) ...................................................................... 79
9.31 Interrupt Status Register 1 - Index 41h (Bank 0) ................................................................ 80
9.32 Interrupt Status Register 2 - Index 42h (Bank 0) ................................................................ 80
9.33 SMI# Mask Register 1 - Index 43h (Bank 0)....................................................................... 81
-II-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.34 SMI# Mask Register 2 - Index 44h (Bank 0)....................................................................... 81
9.35 Interrupt Status Register 4 - Index 45h (Bank 0) ................................................................ 82
9.36 SMI# Mask Register 3 - Index 46h (Bank 0)....................................................................... 82
9.37 Fan Divisor Register I - Index 47h (Bank 0)........................................................................ 83
9.38 Serial Bus Address Register - Index 48h (Bank 0) ............................................................. 83
9.39 CPUFANOUT0/AUXFANOUT Monitor Temperature Source Select Register - Index 49h
(Bank 0) ........................................................................................................................................... 84
9.40 CPUFANOUT1 Monitor Temperature Source Select Register - Index 4Ah (Bank 0)......... 85
9.41 Fan Divisor Register II - Index 4Bh (Bank 0) ...................................................................... 86
9.42 SMI#/OVT# Control Register - Index 4Ch (Bank 0)............................................................ 86
9.43 FAN IN/OUT Control Register - Index 4Dh (Bank 0) .......................................................... 87
9.44 Register 50h ~ 5Fh Bank Select Register - Index 4Eh (Bank 0) ........................................ 88
9.45 Nuvoton Vendor ID Register - Index 4Fh (Bank 0)............................................................. 89
9.46 Reserved Register - Index 50h ~ 55h (Bank 0) .................................................................. 89
9.47 BEEP Control Register 1 - Index 56h (Bank 0)................................................................... 90
9.48 BEEP Control Register 2 - Index 57h (Bank 0)................................................................... 91
9.49 Chip ID - Index 58h (Bank 0) .............................................................................................. 92
9.50 Diode Selection Register - Index 59h (Bank 0)................................................................... 92
9.51 Reserved Register - Index 5Ah ~ 5Ch (Bank 0) ................................................................. 92
9.52 VBAT Monitor Control Register - Index 5Dh (Bank 0) ........................................................ 92
9.53 Critical Temperature and Current Mode Enable Register - Index 5Eh (Bank 0) ................ 94
9.54 Reserved Register - Index 5Fh (Bank 0) ............................................................................ 94
9.55 CPUFANOUT1 PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 60h (Bank 0) ..... 95
9.56 CPUFANOUT1 Output Value Select Register - Index 61h (Bank 0) .................................. 95
9.57 FAN Configuration Register III - Index 62h (Bank 0) .......................................................... 96
9.58 Target Temperature Register/CPUFANIN1 Target Speed Register - Index 63h (Bank 0). 96
9.59 CPUFANOUT1 Stop Value Register - Index 64h (Bank 0)................................................. 97
9.60 CPUFANOUT1 Start-up Value Register - Index 65h (Bank 0) ........................................... 97
9.61 CPUFANOUT1 Stop Time Register - Index 66h (Bank 0).................................................. 97
9.62 CPUFANOUT0 Maximum Output Value Register - Index 67h (Bank 0)............................. 98
9.63 CPUFANOUT0 Output Step Value Register - Index 68h (Bank 0)..................................... 98
9.64 CPUFANOUT1 Maximum Output Value Register - Index 69h (Bank 0)............................. 98
9.65 CPUFANOUT1 Output Step Value Register - Index 6Ah (Bank 0) .................................... 98
9.66 SYSFANOUT Critical Temperature register - Index 6Bh (Bank 0) ..................................... 99
9.67 CPUFANOUT0 Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Ch (Bank 0) ................................. 99
9.68 AUXFANOUT Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Dh (Bank 0) ................................... 99
9.69 CPUFANOUT1 Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Eh (Bank 0) ............................... 100
9.70 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1) – Index 6Fh (Bank 0) ...... 100
9.71 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2) – Index 70h (Bank 0) ...... 100
9.72 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 3 Register (T3) – Index 71h (Bank 0) ...... 101
9.73 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 1 Register - Index 72h (Bank 0)..................... 101
9.74 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 2 Register - Index 73h (Bank 0)..................... 101
9.75 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 3 Register - Index 74h (Bank 0)..................... 102
9.76 SMART FANTM III+-1 input source & output FAN select Register - Index 75h (Bank 0) .. 102
9.77 SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index 76h (Bank 0) 103
9.78 SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 77h (Bank 0) . 103
-III-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.79
9.80
9.81
9.82
9.83
9.84
9.85
9.86
9.87
9.88
9.89
9.90
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index 78h (Bank 0) 103
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 79h (Bank 0). 104
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index 7Ah (Bank 0) 104
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 7Bh (Bank 0) 104
Temperature selection Register - Index 7Ch (Bank 0) ..................................................... 105
Temperature Register - Index 7Dh (Bank 0)..................................................................... 105
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 50h (Bank 1) . 106
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index 51h (Bank 1) .. 106
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Configuration Register - Index 52h (Bank 1).................... 106
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (High Byte) Register - Index 53h (Bank 1) ..... 107
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (Low Byte) Register - Index 54h (Bank 1) ...... 107
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 55h (Bank1)
108
9.91 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index 56h (Bank 1)
108
9.92 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1) – Index 58h (Bank 1) ...... 108
9.93 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2) – Index 59h (Bank 1) ...... 109
9.94 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 3 Register (T3) – Index 5Ah (Bank 1) ...... 109
9.95 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 1 Register - Index 5Bh (Bank 1) .................... 109
9.96 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 2 Register - Index 5Ch (Bank 1) .................... 110
9.97 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 3 Register - Index 5Dh (Bank 1) .................... 110
9.98 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ input source & output FAN select Register - Index 5Eh
(Bank 1) ......................................................................................................................................... 110
9.99 AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 50h (Bank 2).. 111
9.100
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index 51h (Bank 2)
111
9.101
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Configuration Register - Index 52h (Bank 2).............. 112
9.102
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (High Byte) Register - Index 53h (Bank 2) 112
9.103
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (Low Byte) Register - Index 54h (Bank 2) 113
9.104
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 55h
(Bank 2) 113
9.105
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index 56h (Bank
2)
113
9.106
Interrupt Status Register 3 - Index 50h (Bank 4) ........................................................ 114
9.107
SMI# Mask Register 4 - Index 51h (Bank 4)............................................................... 114
9.108
Reserved Register - Index 52h (Bank 4) .................................................................... 114
9.109
BEEP Control Register 3 - Index 53h (Bank 4) .......................................................... 115
9.110
SYSTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 54h (Bank 4).......................... 115
9.111
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 55h (Bank 4) ......................... 116
9.112
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 56h (Bank 4).......................... 116
9.113
Reserved Register - Index 57h-58h (Bank 4) ............................................................. 116
9.114
Real Time Hardware Status Register I - Index 59h (Bank 4) ..................................... 116
9.115
Real Time Hardware Status Register II - Index 5Ah (Bank 4).................................... 117
9.116
Real Time Hardware Status Register III - Index 5Bh (Bank 4)................................... 118
9.117
Reserved Register - Index 5Ch ~ 5Fh (Bank 4) ......................................................... 119
9.118
Value RAM 2 ⎯ Index 50h-59h (Bank 5) ................................................................... 119
9.119
SYSFANIN SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 50h (Bank 6)...................... 119
-IV-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.120
SYSFANIN SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 51h (Bank 6)....................... 120
9.121
CPUFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 52h (Bank 6) ................... 120
9.122
CPUFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 53h (Bank 6) .................... 120
9.123
AUXFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 54h (Bank 6).................... 121
9.124
AUXFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 55h (Bank 6) .................... 121
9.125
CPUFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 56h (Bank 6) ................... 121
9.126
CPUFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 57h (Bank 6) .................... 122
9.127
AUXFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 58h (Bank 6).................... 122
9.128
AUXFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 59h (Bank 6) .................... 122
9.129
FANOUT Configure register of PECI Error - Index 5Ah (Bank 6)............................... 123
9.130
FANCTRL2 pre-configured register for PECI error - Index 5Bh (Bank 6) .................. 123
9.131
FANCTRL3 pre-configured register for PECI error - Index 5Ch (Bank 6) .................. 123
9.132
FANCTRL4 pre-configured register for PECI error - Index 5Dh (Bank 6) .................. 124
9.133
FANCTRL5 pre-configured register for PECI error - Index 5Eh (Bank 6) .................. 124
9.134
FANCTRL6 pre-configured register for PECI error - Index 5Fh (Bank 6)................... 125
10.
SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE ...................................................................................... 126
10.1 Using the SPI Interface via the LPC ................................................................................. 126
11.
FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER ............................................................................................... 129
11.1 FDC Functional Description .............................................................................................. 129
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.1.3
11.1.4
11.1.5
11.1.6
11.2
Register Descriptions........................................................................................................ 140
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.5
11.2.6
11.2.7
11.2.8
11.2.9
12.
FIFO (Data) .............................................................................................................................129
Data Separator ........................................................................................................................130
Write Precompensation ...........................................................................................................130
Perpendicular Recording Mode ...............................................................................................130
FDC Core ................................................................................................................................131
FDC Commands ......................................................................................................................131
Status Register A (SA Register) (Read base address + 0)......................................................140
Status Register B (SB Register) (Read base address + 1)......................................................141
Digital Output Register (DO Register) (Write base address + 2) .............................................142
Tape Drive Register (TD Register) (Read base address + 3)..................................................143
Main Status Register (MS Register) (Read base address + 4) ................................................144
Data Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base address + 4) ...................................................144
FIFO Register (R/W base address + 5) ...................................................................................146
Digital Input Register (DI Register) (Read base address + 7)..................................................148
Configuration Control Register (CC Register) (Write base address + 7) .................................150
UART PORT ........................................................................................................................... 151
12.1 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART A, UART B)................................. 151
12.2 Register Description.......................................................................................................... 151
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
12.2.6
12.2.7
12.2.8
12.2.9
UART Control Register (UCR) (Read/Write)............................................................................151
UART Status Register (USR) (Read/Write) .............................................................................154
Handshake Control Register (HCR) (Read/Write) ...................................................................154
Handshake Status Register (HSR) (Read/Write).....................................................................155
UART FIFO Control Register (UFR) (Write only).....................................................................156
Interrupt Status Register (ISR) (Read only) .............................................................................156
Interrupt Control Register (ICR) (Read/Write)..........................................................................157
Programmable Baud Generator (BLL/BHL) (Read/Write)........................................................158
User-defined Register (UDR) (Read/Write) .............................................................................158
-V-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13.
PARALLEL PORT ................................................................................................................... 159
13.1 Printer Interface Logic....................................................................................................... 159
13.2 Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP)........................................................................................... 160
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.2.6
13.2.7
13.3
Extended Capabilities Parallel (ECP) Port........................................................................ 163
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
13.3.4
13.3.5
13.3.6
13.3.7
13.3.8
13.3.9
13.3.10
13.3.11
13.3.12
13.3.13
13.3.14
13.3.15
14.
KB Control Register .................................................................................................................174
Port 92 Control Register ..........................................................................................................175
POWER MANAGEMENT EVENT........................................................................................... 176
15.1 Power Control Logic.......................................................................................................... 177
15.1.1
15.1.2
15.2
15.3
15.4
PSON# Logic...........................................................................................................................177
AC Power Failure Resume ......................................................................................................178
Wake Up the System by Keyboard and Mouse ................................................................ 179
15.2.1
15.2.2
Waken up by Keyboard events................................................................................................179
Waken up by Mouse events ....................................................................................................180
Resume Reset Logic......................................................................................................... 181
PWROK Generation.......................................................................................................... 181
15.4.1
16.
ECP Register and Bit Map.......................................................................................................164
Data and ecpAFifo Port ...........................................................................................................165
Device Status Register (DSR) .................................................................................................165
Device Control Register (DCR)................................................................................................165
CFIFO (Parallel Port Data FIFO) Mode = 010 .........................................................................166
ECPDFIFO (ECP Data FIFO) Mode = 011 ..............................................................................166
TFIFO (Test FIFO Mode) Mode = 110.....................................................................................166
CNFGA (Configuration Register A) Mode = 111......................................................................166
CNFGB (Configuration Register B) Mode = 111......................................................................166
ECR (Extended Control Register) Mode = all .....................................................................167
ECP Pin Descriptions..........................................................................................................168
ECP Operation....................................................................................................................169
FIFO Operation...................................................................................................................170
DMA Transfers....................................................................................................................170
Programmed I/O (NON-DMA) Mode ...................................................................................170
KEYBOARD CONTROLLER................................................................................................... 171
14.1 Output Buffer..................................................................................................................... 171
14.2 Input Buffer........................................................................................................................ 171
14.3 Status Register ................................................................................................................. 172
14.4 Commands........................................................................................................................ 172
14.5 Hardware GATEA20/Keyboard Reset Control Logic........................................................ 174
14.5.1
14.5.2
15.
Data Port (Data Swapper) .......................................................................................................160
Printer Status Buffer ................................................................................................................161
Printer Control Latch and Printer Control Swapper..................................................................161
EPP Address Port....................................................................................................................162
EPP Data Port 0-3 ...................................................................................................................162
EPP Pin Descriptions ..............................................................................................................162
EPP Operation.........................................................................................................................162
The Relation among PWROK/PWROK2, ATXPGD and FTPRST#.........................................182
SERIALIZED IRQ.................................................................................................................... 185
16.1 Start Frame ....................................................................................................................... 185
16.2 IRQ/Data Frame................................................................................................................ 186
-VI-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
16.3 Stop Frame ....................................................................................................................... 187
WATCHDOG TIMER............................................................................................................... 188
GENERAL PURPOSE I/O....................................................................................................... 189
VID INPUTS AND OUTPUTS ................................................................................................. 190
19.1 VID Input Detection........................................................................................................... 190
19.2 VID Output Control............................................................................................................ 190
PCI RESET BUFFERS ........................................................................................................... 191
CONFIGURATION REGISTER............................................................................................... 192
21.1 Chip (Global) Control Register.......................................................................................... 192
21.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC)..................................................................................................... 199
21.3 Logical Device 1 (Parallel Port)......................................................................................... 202
21.4 Logical Device 2 (UART A) ............................................................................................... 203
21.5 Logical Device 3 (UART B) ............................................................................................... 204
21.6 Logical Device 5 (Keyboard Controller) ............................................................................ 206
21.7 Logical Device 6 (Serial Peripheral Interface) .................................................................. 208
21.8 Logical Device 7 (GPIO6) ................................................................................................. 209
21.9 Logical Device 8 (WDTO# & PLED) ................................................................................. 211
21.10
Logical Device 9 (GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO4, GPIO5).................................................... 213
21.11
Logical Device A (ACPI) ............................................................................................. 219
21.12
Logical Device B (Hardware Monitor) ......................................................................... 227
21.13
Logical Device C (PECI, SST) .................................................................................... 229
SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................. 235
22.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................................................................. 235
22.2 Hardware Monitor Ratings ................................................................................................ 235
22.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS.................................................................................................. 235
22.4 AC CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................. 247
22.4.1
22.4.2
22.4.3
22.4.4
22.4.5
22.4.6
22.4.7
22.4.8
22.4.9
22.4.10
22.4.11
22.4.12
22.4.13
23.
24.
25.
26.
Power On / Off Timing .............................................................................................................247
AC Power Failure Resume Timing ..........................................................................................248
VSBGATE# Timing ..................................................................................................................251
Clock Input Timing ...................................................................................................................251
PECI and SST Timing..............................................................................................................253
SPI Timing ...............................................................................................................................254
SMBus Timing .........................................................................................................................255
Floppy Disk Drive Timing.........................................................................................................255
UART/Parallel Port ..................................................................................................................257
Parallel Port Mode Parameters...........................................................................................259
Parallel Port ........................................................................................................................260
KBC Timing Parameters .....................................................................................................267
GPIO Timing Parameters....................................................................................................270
22.5 LPC Timing ....................................................................................................................... 272
TOP MARKING SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................ 273
ORDERING INFORMATION................................................................................................... 274
PACKAGE SPECIFICATION .................................................................................................. 275
REVISION HISTORY .............................................................................................................. 276
-VII-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
List of Figures
Figure 3-1 W83627DHG-P Block Diagram ....................................................................................... 5
Figure 4-1 Pin Layout for W83627DHG-P......................................................................................... 6
Figure 7-1 Structure of the Configuration Register ......................................................................... 27
Figure 7-2 Devices of I/O Base Address......................................................................................... 28
Figure 7-3 Configuration Register ................................................................................................... 28
Figure 7-4 Chip (Global) Control Registers..................................................................................... 30
Figure 8-1 LPC Bus' Reads from / Writes to Internal Registers...................................................... 33
Figure 8-2 Serial Bus Write to Internal Address Register Followed by the Data Byte .................... 34
Figure 8-3 Serial Bus Read from Internal Address Register........................................................... 34
Figure 8-4 Analog Inputs and Application Circuit of the W83627DHG-P........................................ 35
Figure 8-5 Monitoring Temperature from Thermistor...................................................................... 37
Figure 8-6 Monitoring Temperature from Thermal Diode (Voltage Mode)...................................... 37
Figure 8-7 Monitoring Temperature from Thermal Diode (Current Mode)...................................... 38
Figure 8-8 PECI Temperature......................................................................................................... 41
Figure 8-9 Temperature and Fan Speed Relation after Tbase Offsets .......................................... 42
Figure 8-10 Block Diagram for PECI 1.0......................................................................................... 43
Figure 8-11 FANOUT and Corresponding Temperature Sensors in SMART FANTM I, III, and III+.47
Figure 8-12 Mechanism of Thermal CuriseTM Mode (PWM Duty Cycle) ........................................ 49
Figure 8-13 Mechanism of Thermal CuriseTM Mode (DC Output Value) ........................................ 49
Figure 8-14 Mechanism of Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode................................................................... 50
Figure 8-15 Setting of SMART FANTM III ........................................................................................ 53
Figure 8-16 SMART FANTM III Mechanism (Current Temp. > Target Temp. + Tol.) ...................... 53
Figure 8-17 SMART FANTM III Mechanism (Current Temp. < Target Temp. - Tol.) ....................... 54
Figure 8-18 SMART FANTM III+ Mechanism ................................................................................... 56
Figure 8-19 SMI Mode of Voltage and Fan Inputs .......................................................................... 58
Figure 8-20 SMI Mode of SYSTIN I ................................................................................................ 60
Figure 8-21 SMI Mode of SYSTIN II ............................................................................................... 61
Figure 8-22 SMI Mode of CPUTIN .................................................................................................. 62
Figure 8-23 OVT# Modes of Temperature Inputs ........................................................................... 63
Figure 8-24 Caseopen Mechanism ................................................................................................. 64
Figure 14-1 Keyboard and Mouse Interface.................................................................................. 171
Figure 15-1 Power Control Mechanism......................................................................................... 177
Figure 15-2 Power Sequence from S5 to S0, then Back to S5..................................................... 178
Figure 15-3 The previous state is “on” - 3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at 2.0V .............. 179
Figure 15-4 The previous state is “off” - 3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at 0.8V .............. 179
Figure 15-5 Mechanism of Resume Reset Logic.......................................................................... 181
Figure 15-6 .................................................................................................................................... 181
Figure 15-7 .................................................................................................................................... 183
Figure 15-8 .................................................................................................................................... 183
Figure 15-9 .................................................................................................................................... 184
-VIII-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
List of Tables
Table 8-1 Temperature Data Format .............................................................................................. 36
Table 8-2 SST Command Summary ............................................................................................... 38
Table 8-3 Typical Temperature Values ........................................................................................... 39
Table 8-4 Fan Divisor Definition...................................................................................................... 44
Table 8-5 Divisor, RPM, and Count Relation .................................................................................. 44
Table 8-6 Display Registers - at SMART FANTM I Mode ................................................................ 50
Table 8-7 Relative Registers - at Thermal CruiseTM Mode ............................................................. 51
Table 8-8 Relative Registers-at Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode ........................................................... 51
Table 8-9 Display Register - in SMART FANTM III Mode ................................................................ 55
Table 8-10 Relative Register - in SMART FANTM III Control Mode................................................. 55
Table 8-11 Display Registers - in SMART FANTM III+ Mode........................................................... 57
Table 10-1 Base Address Setting ................................................................................................. 126
Table 10-2 SPI Address Map ........................................................................................................ 126
Table 10-3 MODE ......................................................................................................................... 127
Table 11-1 The Delays of the FIFO............................................................................................... 129
Table 11-2 FDC Registers............................................................................................................. 140
Table 12-1 Register Summary for UART ...................................................................................... 153
Table 13-1 Pin Descriptions for SPP, EPP, and ECP Modes ....................................................... 159
Table 13-2 EPP Register Addresses ............................................................................................ 160
Table 13-3 Address and Bit Map for SPP and EPP Modes .......................................................... 160
Table 13-4 ECP Mode Description................................................................................................ 163
Table 13-5 ECP Register Addresses ............................................................................................ 164
Table 13-6 Bit Map of the ECP Registers ..................................................................................... 164
Table 14-1 Bit Map of Status Register .......................................................................................... 172
Table 14-2 KBC Command Sets................................................................................................... 172
Table 15-1 Bit Map of Logical Device A, CR[E4h], Bits[6:5] ......................................................... 178
Table 15-2 Definitions of Mouse Wake-Up Events ....................................................................... 180
Table 15-3 Timing and Voltage Parameters of RSMRST# ........................................................... 181
Table 15-4 ..................................................................................................................................... 182
Table 15-5 Bit Map of Logical Device A, CR[E6h], Bits[3:1] ......................................................... 182
Table 15-6 ..................................................................................................................................... 183
Table 16-1 SERIRQ Sampling Periods ......................................................................................... 186
-IX-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The W83627DHG-P is a member of Nuvoton's Super I/O product line. This family features the LPC
(Low Pin Count) interface. This interface is more economical than its ISA counterpart, in that it has
approximately forty pins fewer, yet still provides as great performance. In addition, the improvement
allows even more efficient operation of software, BIOS and device drivers.
In addition to providing an LPC interface for I/O, the W83627DHG-P monitors several critical
parameters in PC hardware, including power supply voltages, fan speeds, and temperatures. In terms
of temperature monitoring, the W83627DHG-P adopts the Current Mode (dual current source)
approach. The W83627DHG-P also supports the Smart Fan control system, including SMART FANTM I,
SMART FANTM III and SMART FANTM III+, which makes the system more stable and user-friendly.
The W83627DHG-P supports four -- 360K, 720K, 1.2M, 1.44M, or 2.88M -- disk drive types and data
transfer rates of 250 Kb/s, 300 Kb/s, 500 Kb/s, 1 Mb/s, and 2 Mb/s. The disk drive adapter supports
the functions of floppy disk drive controller (compatible with the industry standard 82077/ 765), data
separator, write pre-compensation circuit, decode logic, data rate selection, clock generator, drive
interface control logic, and interrupt and DMA logic. Such a wide range of functions integrated into one
W83627DHG-P greatly reduces the number of required components to interface with floppy disk
drives.
The W83627DHG-P provides two high-speed serial communication ports (UARTs), one of which
provides IR functions IrDA 1.0 (SIR for 1.152K bps). Each UART includes a 16-byte send/receive
FIFO, a programmable baud rate generator, complete modem-control capability, and a processor
interrupt system. Both UARTs support legacy speeds up to 115.2K bps as well as even higher baud
rates of 230K, 460K, or 921K bps to support higher speed modems.
The W83627DHG-P supports the PC-compatible printer port (SPP), the bi-directional printer port
(BPP), the enhanced parallel port (EPP) and the extended capabilities port (ECP).
The W83627DHG-P provides a bridge of the Low Pin Count interface to Serial Peripheral Interface
(SPI) that supports up to 8M bits serial flash ROM. The W83627DHG-P provides flexible I/O control
functions through a set of 40 general purpose I/O (GPIO) ports. These GPIO ports may serve as
simple I/O ports or may be individually configured to provide alternative functions.
The W83627DHG-P supports the SST (Simple Serial Transport) interface and Intel® PECI (Platform
Environment Control Interface).
The W83627DHG-P fully complies with the Microsoft© PC98, PC99 and PC2001 System Design
Guides and meets the requirements of ACPI.
The configuration registers inside the W83627DHG-P support mode selection, function enable and
disable, and power-down selection. Furthermore, the configurable PnP features are compatible with
the plug-and-play feature in Windows 95/98/2000/XPTM, making the allocation of the system resources
more efficient than ever.
One special characteristic of the Super I/O product line is the separation of the power supply in normal
operation from that in standby operation. Please pay attention to the layout of these two power
supplies to avoid short circuits. Otherwise, the feature will not function.
In addition to W83627DHG-P, there is W83627DHG-PT. W83627DHG-PT is exactly the same as
W83627DHG-P, except the IC operation temperature. W83627DHG-PT supports industrial standard,
which means the IC operating temperature ranges from -40℃ to 85℃. W83627DHG-P supports
commercial standard, which means the IC operating temperature ranges from 0℃ to 70℃.
-1-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
2. FEATURES
General
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
Comply with LPC specification 1.1 version
Support LDRQ# (LPC DMA), SERIRQ (Serialized IRQ)
Integrated hardware monitor functions
Compliant with Microsoft PC98/PC99/PC2001 System Design Guide
Support DPM (Device Power Management), ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface)
Programmable configuration settings
Single 24- or 48-MHz clock input
Support selective pins of 5 V tolerance
FDC
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
Variable write pre-compensation with track-selection capability
Support vertical recording format
DMA-enable logic
16-byte data FIFOs
Support floppy disk drives and tape drives
Detect all overrun and underrun conditions
Built-in address mark detection circuit to simplify the read electronics
FDD anti-virus functions with software write protect and FDD-write enable signal (write data
signal forced to be inactive)
Support 3.5-inch or 5.25-inch floppy disk drives
Compatible with industry standard 82077
360K / 720K / 1.2M / 1.44M / 2.88M formats
250K, 300K, 500K, 1M, 2M bps data transfer rate
Support 3-mode FDD and its Windows driver
UART
y
y
y
y
y
Two high-speed, 16550-compatible UARTs with 16-byte send / receive FIFOs
Fully programmable serial-interface characteristics:
--- 5, 6, 7 or 8-bit characters
--- Even, odd or no parity bit generation/detection
--- 1, 1.5 or 2 stop-bit generation
Internal diagnostic capabilities:
--- Loop-back controls for communications link fault isolation
--- Break, parity, overrun, framing error simulation
16
Programmable baud rate generator allows division of clock source by any value from 1 to (2 1)
Maximum baud rate for clock source 24 MHz is 1.5 M bps.
-2-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Parallel Port
y
y
y
y
y
y
Compatible with IBM parallel port
Support PS/2-compatible bi-directional parallel port
Support Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) - Compatible with IEEE 1284 specification
Support Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) - Compatible with IEEE 1284 specification
Enhanced printer port back-drive current protection
Extension FDD mode support disk drive B; and Extension 2FDD mode support disk drives A
and B through parallel port
Keyboard Controller
•
8042-based keyboard controller
•
Asynchronous Access to two data registers and one status register
•
Software-compatible with 8042
•
Support PS/2 mouse
•
Support Port 92
•
Support both interrupt and polling modes
•
Fast Gate A20 and Hardware Keyboard Reset
•
12MHz operating frequency
Hardware Monitor Functions
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
Smart Fan control system, supporting the functions of SMART FANTM I -- “Thermal CruiseTM”
and “Speed CruiseTM” modes, SMART FANTM III and SMART FANTM III+
Programmable threshold temperature to speed fan fully while current temperature exceeds
this threshold in the Thermal CruiseTM mode
Three thermal inputs from the different combinations of remote thermistors, and the thermal
diode output
Support Current Mode (dual current source) temperature sensing method
Nine voltage inputs (CPUVCORE, VIN[0..3] and 3VCC, AVCC , 3VSB, VBAT)
Five fan-speed monitoring inputs
Four fan-speed controls
Dual mode for fan control (PWM and DC)
Built-in case open detection circuit
Programmable hysteresis and setting points for all monitored items
Over-temperature indicator output
Issue SMI#, OVT# to activate system protection
Nuvoton Hardware DoctorTM support
Eight VID inputs / outputs
Provide I2C interface to read / write registers
Serial Peripheral Interface
y
y
Support up to 8M bits SPI Flash Memory with clock up to 33 MHz
Support Mode 0 and Mode 3
-3-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Infrared
•
Support IrDA version 1.0 SIR protocol with maximum baud rate up to 115.2K bps
•
Support SHARP ASK-IR protocol with maximum baud rate up to 57,600 bps
General Purpose I/O Ports
y
y
y
40 programmable general purpose I/O ports
GPIO port 4 supports the optional functions of Watchdog Timer Out and Suspend LED Output
GP30, GP31 and GP35 can distinguish whether the input pins undergo any transitions by
reading the registers. All of the 3 GPIOs can assert PSOUT# or PME# to wake up the system
if each of them undergoes any transition.
OnNow Functions
y
y
y
Keyboard Wake-Up by programmable keys
Mouse Wake-Up by programmable buttons
OnNow Wake-Up from all of the ACPI sleeping states (S1-S5)
Simple Serial Transport™ Interface
y
y
SST temperature and voltage Combination Sensor command support
Support SST 0.9 Specification
PECI Interface
y
y
Support PECI 1.0 and 1.1a Specifications
Support 4 CPU addresses and 2 domains per CPU address
Package
y
y
128-pin QFP
Pb-free/RoHS
-4-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM
LRESET#, PCICLK, LFRAME#, LAD [3:0], LDRQ#, SERIRQ
LPC
Interface
SST
SST
Interface
FDC
SMBus
Interface
UARTA
General-purpose
I/O pins
GPIO
UARTB
IR
Hardware Monitor
channel and Vref
HM
Keyboard/Mouse
data and clock
KBC
Floppy drive
interface signals
SCL
SDA
VID I/O pins
Serial Peripheral
Interface
PRT
UARTA interface
signals
UARTB interface
signals
Infrared interface
signals
Printer port
interface signals
ACPI
VID
PECI
Interface
SPI
PECI
W83627DHG-P
Figure 3-1 W83627DHG-P Block Diagram
-5-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
AVCC
3VSB
3VCC
W83627DHG-P
-63VCC
VTT
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
CPUTIN
SYSTIN
CPUDPECISB
Vtt
PECI
NC
PECI_REQ#
AUXFANIN0
CPUFANIN0
SYSFANIN
SST
CPUFANOUT0
SYSFANOUT
(FAN_SET)PLED
BEEP/SO
GP21/CPUFANIN1
GP20/CPUFANOUT1
VID7
VID6
VID5
VID4
VID3
VID2
VID1
VID0
DRVDEN0
GP23/SCK
INDEX#
MOA#
SMI#/OVT#
DSA#
AUXFANOUT
DIR#
STEP#
WD#
WE#
3VCC
TRAK0#
WP#
RDATA#
HEAD#
DSKCHG#
IOCLK
GP22/SCE
VSS
PCICLK
LDRQ#
SERIRQ
LAD3
LAD2
LAD1
LAD0
3VCC
LFRAME#
LRESET#
SLCT
PE
BUSY
ACK#
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
AUXTIN
VREF
CPUVCORE
VIN0
VIN1
VIN2
VIN3
AVCC
RSTOUT0#
RSTOUT1#
GP30/PWROK2
GP31/VSBGATE#
GP32/RSTOUT2#/SCL
GP33/RSTOUT3#/SDA
GP34/RSTOUT4#
GP35/ATXPGD
PME#
GP40/RIB#
GP41/DCDB#
GP42/SOUTB/IRTX(FAN_SE2)
GP43/SINB/IRRX
GP44/DTRB#
GP45/RTSB#
GP46/DSRB#
GP47/CTSB#
GP50/WDTO#(EN_GTL)
CASEOPEN#
RSMRST#/GP51
VBAT
SUSB#/GP52
PSON#/GP53
PWROK/GP54
GP55/SUSLED(EN_ACPI)
GP36/FTPRST#
PSIN#/GP56
PSOUT#/GP57
MDAT/GP24
MCLK/GP25
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
4. PIN LAYOUT
VBAT
3VSB
3VSB
VBAT
3VCC
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
GP37/SUSC#
KDAT/GP26
KCLK/GP27
3VSB
KBRST#
GA20M
SI/AUXFANIN1
RIA#/GP60
DCDA#/GP61
VSS
SOUTA/GP62(PENKBC)
SINA/GP63
DTRA#/GP64(PENROM)
RTSA#/GP65(HEFRAS)
DSRA#/GP66
CTSA#/GP67
3VCC
STB#
AFD#
ERR#
INIT#
SLIN#
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
Figure 4-1 Pin Layout for W83627DHG-P
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5. PIN DESCRIPTION
Note: Please refer to Section 22.3 DC
AOUT
AIN
INcd
CHARACTERISTICS for details.
- Analog output pin
- Analog input pin
- CMOS-level input pin with internal pull-down resistor
INcs
- CMOS-level, Schmitt-trigger input pin
INcsu
- CMOS-level, Schmitt-trigger input pin with internal pull-up resistor
INt
- TTL-level input pin
INtd
- TTL-level input pin with internal pull-down resistor
INts
- TTL-level, Schmitt-trigger input pin
INtp3
- 3.3V, TTL-level input pin
INtsp3
- 3.3V TTL level Schmitt-trigger input pin
INtu
- TTL-level input pin with internal pull-up resistor
I/O8
- bi-directional pin with 8-mA source-sink capability
I/O8t
- TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 8-mA source-sink capability
I/O12
- bi-directional pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
I/O12t
- TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
I/O12ts
- Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
I/O12tp3
- 3.3V, TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
I/OD8t
- TTL-level, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 8-mA sink capability
I/OD12
- Bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 12-mA sink capability
I/OD12t
- TTL-level bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 12-mA sink capability
I/OD12cs
- CMOS-level, bi-directional, Schmitt-trigger pin. Open-drain output with 12-mA sink capability
I/OD12ts
- TTL-level, bi-directional, Schmitt-trigger pin. Open-drain output with 12-mA sink capability
I/OD12tp3
- 3.3V, TTL-level, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 12-mA sink capability
I/OD16t
- TTL-level, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 16-mA sink capability
I/OD16ts
- Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 16-mA sink capability
I/OD16cs
- CMOS-level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 16-mA sink capability
I/OD24t
- TTL-level, bi-directional pin. Open-drain output with 24-mA sink capability
O12p3
- 3.3V output pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
O12tp3
- 3.3V, TTL-level output pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
O8
- TTL-level output pin with 8-mA source-sink capability
O12
- TTL-level output pin with 12-mA source-sink capability
O24
- TTL-level output pin with 24-mA source-sink capability
OD8
- Open-drain output pin with 8-mA sink capability
OD12
- Open-drain output pin with 12-mA sink capability
OD24
- Open-drain output pin with 24-mA sink capability
IV3
I/OV3
- Bi-direction pin with source capability of 6 mA and sink capability of 1 mA
- Bi-direction pin with source capability of 6 mA and sink capability of 1 mA
-7-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.1
LPC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
IOCLK
18
INtp3
System clock input, either 24MHz or 48MHz. The actual
frequency must be specified in the register. The default value is
48MHz.
PME#
86
OD12p3
PCICLK
21
INtsp3
PCI-clock 33-MHz input.
LDRQ#
22
O12p3
Encoded DMA Request signal.
SERIRQ
23
I/OD12tp3
LAD[3:0]
2427
I/O12tp3
These signal lines communicate address, control, and data
information over the LPC bus between a host and a peripheral.
LFRAME#
29
INtsp3
Indicates the start of a new cycle or the termination of a broken
cycle.
LRESET#
30
INtsp3
Reset signal. It can be connected to the PCIRST# signal on the
host.
5.2
Generated PME event.
Serialized IRQ input / output.
FDC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
DRVDEN0
1
OD24
Drive Density Select bit 0.
INDEX#
3
INcs
This Schmitt-trigger input from the disk drive is active-low when the
head is positioned over the beginning of a track marked by an index
hole. This input pin needs to connect a pulled-up 1-KΩ resistor to 5V
for Floppy Drive compatibility.
MOA#
4
OD24
Motor A On. When set to 0, this pin activates disk drive A. This is an
open-drain output.
DSA#
6
OD24
Drive Select A. When set to 0, this pin activates disk drive A. This is an
open-drain output.
DIR#
8
OD24
Direction of the head step motor. An open-drain output.
Logic 1 = outward motion
Logic 0 = inward motion
STEP#
9
OD24
Step output pulses. This active-low open-drain output produces a
pulse to move the head to another track.
WD#
10
OD24
Write data. This logic-low open-drain writes pre-compensation serial
data to the selected FDD. An open-drain output.
WE#
11
OD24
Write enable. An open-drain output.
TRAK0#
13
INcs
Track 0. This Schmitt-trigger input from the disk drive is active-low
when the head is positioned over the outermost track. This input pin
needs to connect a pulled-up 1-KΩ resistor to 5V for Floppy Drive
compatibility.
WP#
14
INcs
Write protected. This active-low Schmitt input from the disk drive
indicates that the diskette is write-protected. This input pin needs to
connect a pulled-up 1-KΩ resistor to 5V for Floppy Drive compatibility.
-8-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
RDATA#
15
INcs
The read-data input signal from the FDD. This input pin needs to
connect a pulled-up 1-KΩ resistor to 5V for Floppy Drive compatibility.
HEAD#
16
OD24
Head selection. This open-rain output determines which disk drive
head is active.
Logic 1 = side 0
Logic 0 = side 1
DSKCHG#
17
INcs
Diskette change. This signal is active-low at power-on and whenever
the diskette is removed. This input pin needs to connect a pulled-up 1KΩ resistor to 5V for Floppy Drive compatibility.
5.3
Multi-Mode Parallel Port
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
SLCT
31
INts
PRINTER MODE:
An active-high input on this pin indicates that the printer is selected.
See the description of the parallel port for the definition of this pin in
ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the WE#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
WE# pin of FDC.
WE2#
PE
OD12
32
INts
WD2#
OD12
BUSY
MOB2#
33
INts
OD12
PRINTER MODE:
An active-high input on this pin indicates that the printer has detected
the end of the paper. See the description of the parallel port for the
definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the WD#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
WD# pin of FDC
PRINTER MODE:
An active-high input indicates that the printer is not ready to receive
data. See the description of the parallel port for the definitions of this
pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the MOB#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
MOB# pin of FDC.
-9-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
ACK#
34
INts
PRINTER MODE: ACK#
An active-low input on this pin indicates that the printer has received
data and is ready to accept more data. See the descriptions of the
parallel port for the definition of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the DSB#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DSB# pin of FDC.
DSB2#
ERR#
OD12
45
HEAD2#
SLIN#
OD12
43
STEP2#
INIT#
DIR2#
INts
OD12
OD12
44
OD12
OD12
PRINTER MODE: ERR#
An active-low input on this pin indicates that the printer has
encountered an error condition. See the description of the parallel
port for the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
HEAD# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
HEAD# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: SLIN#
Output line for detection of printer selection. See the description of
the parallel port for the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
STEP# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
STEP# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: INIT#
Output line for the printer initialization. See the description of the
parallel port for the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the DIR#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DIR# pin of FDC.
-10-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
AFD#
46
OD12
OD12
PRINTER MODE: AFD#
An active-low output from this pin causes the printer to auto feed a
line after a line is printed. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
DRVDEN0# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DRVDEN0# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: STB#
An active-low output is used to latch the parallel data into the printer.
See the description of the parallel port for the definitions of this pin in
ECP and EPP modes.
DRVDEN02
STB#
47
OD12
PD0
42
I/O12t
s
INDEX2#
INts
PD1
41
I/O12t
s
TRAK02#
INts
PD2
40
I/O12t
s
WP2#
INts
PRINTER MODE: PD0
Parallel port data bus bit 0. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
INDEX# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
INDEX# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: PD1
Parallel port data bus bit 1. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
TRAK0# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
TRAK0# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: PD2
Parallel port data bus bit 2. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the WP#
pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
WP# pin of FDC.
-11-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
PD3
39
I/O12t
PRINTER MODE: PD3
Parallel port data bus bit 3. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
RDATA# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
RDATA# pin of FDC.
s
RDATA2#
INts
PD4
38
I/O12t
s
DSKCHG2#
INts
PD5
37
I/O12t
PD6
36
I/O12t
s
s
MOA2#
OD12
PD7
35
I/O12t
s
DSA2#
OD12
5.4
PRINTER MODE: PD4
Parallel port data bus bit 4. See the description of the parallel port for
the definition of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
DSKCHG# pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DSKCHG# pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: PD5
Parallel port data bus bit 5. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:MOA2#
This pin is a tri-state output.
PRINTER MODE: PD6
Parallel port data bus bit 6. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A; its function is the same as the MOA#
pin of FDC
PRINTER MODE: PD7
Parallel port data bus bit 7. See the description of the parallel port for
the definitions of this pin in ECP and EPP modes.
EXTENSION FDD MODE:
This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE:
This pin is for Extension FDD A; its function is the same as the
DSA# pin of FDC.
Serial Port & Infrared Port Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
-12-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
RIA#
PIN
57
GP60
DCDA#
I/O
DESCRIPTION
INt
Ring Indicator. An active-low signal indicates that a ring signal is
being received from the modem or the data set.
I/OD12t
56
INt
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 0.
Data Carrier Detection. An active-low signal indicates the modem
or data set has detected a data carrier.
GP61
I/OD12t
SOUTA
O8
UART A Serial Output. This pin is used to transmit serial data out
to the communication link.
INt
During power on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is
defined as PENKBC, and the power-on values are shown at
CR24 bit 2. The PCB layout should reserve space for a 1-kΩ
resistor to pull down this pin to ensure the disabling of KBC, and
a 1-kΩ resistor is recommended to pull the pin up If wish to
enable KBC.
I/O8
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 2.
INt
Serial Input. This pin is used to receive serial data through the
communication link.
PENKBC
54
GP62
SINA
53
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 1.
GP63
I/OD12t
DTRA#
O8
UART A Data Terminal Ready. An active-low signal informs the
modem or data set that the controller is ready to communicate.
INt
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is
defined as PENROM disabled, and the power-on values are
shown at CR24 bit 1 (ENROM). The PCB layout should reserve
space for a 1-kΩ resistor to pull down this pin to ensure the
disabling of SPI interface, and a 1-kΩ resistor is recommended to
pull the pin up if wish to enable ROM.
GP64
I/O8
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 4.
RTSA#
O8
UART A Request To Send. An active-low signal informs the
modem or data set that the controller is ready to send data.
INt
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is
defined as HEFRAS, which provides the power-on value for
CR26 bit 6 (HEFRAS). The PCB layout should reserve space for
a 1-kΩ resistor to pull down this pin so as to ensure the selection
of I/O port’s configuration address to 2EH, and a 1-kΩ resistor is
recommended to pull it up if 4EH is selected as I/O port′s
configuration address.
PENROM
HEFRAS
52
51
GP65
DSRA#
I/O8
50
GP66
CTSA#
INt
I/OD12t
49
INt
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 3.
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 5.
Data Set Ready. An active-low signal indicates the modem or
data set is ready to establish a communication link and transfer
data to the UART.
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 6.
Clear To Send. This is the modem-control input. The function of
these pins can be tested by reading bit 4 of the handshake status
register.
-13-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
GP67
RIB#
I/O
I/OD12t
85
INt
GP40*
I/OD12t
DCDB#
INt
84
GP41***
I/OD12t
FAN_SET2
SOUTB
INt
83
O12
General-purpose I/O port 6 bit 7.
Ring Indicator. An active-low signal indicates that a ring signal is
being received from the modem or the data set.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 0.
Data Carrier Detection. An active-low signal indicates the modem
or data set has detected a data carrier.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 1.
Determines the initial FAN speed. Power-on configuration for 2
fan speeds, 50% or 100%. When VCC is on, this pin needs a
pulled-up or a pulled-down resistor to decide whether the fan
speed is 50% or 100%. Only CPUFANOUT1 is supported.
UART B Serial Output. This pin is used to transmit serial data out
to the communication link.
IR Transmitter output.
IRTX
GP42*
I/O12t
SINB
IRRX
DESCRIPTION
82
INt
I/OD12t
DTRB#
O12
GP44*
I/OD12t
RTSB#
O12
80
GP45***
I/OD12t
DSRB#
INt
79
GP46*
I/OD12t
CTSB#
INt
78
GP47***
Serial Input. This pin is used to receive serial data through the
communication link.
IR Receiver input.
GP43***
81
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 2.
Note: This pin changes to input state during internal PWROK
from low to high, then goes back to the previous setting state.
(Please see the AP Note 1 of W83627DHG-P)
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 3.
UART B Data Terminal Ready. An active-low signal informs the
modem or data set that the controller is ready to communicate.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 4.
UART B Request To Send. An active-low signal informs the
modem or data set that the controller is ready to send data.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 5.
Data Set Ready. An active-low signal indicates the modem or
data set is ready to establish a communication link and transfer
data to the UART.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 6.
Clear To Send. This is the modem-control input. The function of
these pins can be tested by reading bit 4 of the handshake status
register.
General-purpose I/O port 4 bit 7.
Note: Regarding the * sign, please see 5.12.7 GPIO-4 with WDTO# / SUSLED Multi-function for detailed
information.
5.5
KBC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
GA20M
59
O12
Gate A20 output. This pin is high after system reset. (KBC P21)
-14-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
DESCRIPTION
KBRST#
60
O12
Keyboard reset. This pin is high after system reset. (KBC P20)
KCLK
GP27
KDAT
GP26
MCLK
GP25
MDAT
GP24
5.6
62
63
65
66
I/OD16ts
Keyboard Clock.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 7.
I/OD16ts
Keyboard Data.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 6.
I/OD16ts
PS2 Mouse Clock.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 5.
I/OD16ts
PS2 Mouse Data.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 4.
Serial Peripheral Interface
The SPI employs a master-slave model and typically has three signal lines: serial data input line (SI),
serial data output line (SO), and serial clock line (SCK). Different slaves are addressed on the bus by
chip select signals from the master. The data bits are first shifted in/out the most significant bit (MSB).
The data are often shifted simultaneously out from the output pin and into the input pin. Among the
parameters, only the communication lines and the clock edge are defined by the SPI. The others differ
from device to device.
SPI Operation
To initiate the data transfer between the W83627DHG-P and a slave device, SCE# must go low. This
synchronizes the slave device with the W83627DHG-P. Data can now be transferred between the
W83627DHG-P and the slave device in one of two modes: the data is sampled either on the rising or
the falling edge of the clock.
In a slave device, a logic low is received on the SCE# line and the clock input is at the SCK pin, which
synchronizes the slave with the W83627DHG-P. Data is then received serially at the SI pin. During a
write cycle, data is shifted out to the SO pin on clocks from the W83627DHG-P.
SYMBOL
SCE#
GP22
SCK
GP23
PIN
19
2
SO
I/O
O12
I/OD12t
O12
I/OD12t
SI
AUXFANIN1
58
Serial flash ROM interface chip selection.
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 2.
Clock output for serial flash.
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 3.
O8
Transfer commands, addresses or data to serial flash. This pin
is connected to SI of serial flash.
OD8
Beep function for hardware monitor. This pin is low after
system reset.
INts
Receive data from serial flash. This pin is connected to SO of
serial flash.
118
BEEP
DESCRIPTION
I/O12ts
0 to +3 V amplitude fan tachometer input.
-15-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.7
Hardware Monitor Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
BEEP
I/O
DESCRIPTION
OD8
Beep function for hardware monitor. This pin is low after
system reset.
O8
Transfer commands, address or data to serial flash. This pin is
connected to SI of serial flash.
118
SO
CASEOPEN#
76
INt
CASE OPEN detection. An active-low input from an external
device when the case is open. This signal can be latched if pin
VBAT is connected to the battery, even if the W83627DHG-P
is turned off.
Pulling up a 2-MΩ resistor to VBAT is recommended if not in
use.
VIN3
96
AIN
Analog Inputs for voltage measurement (Range: 0 to 2.048 V)
VIN2
97
AIN
Analog Inputs for voltage measurement (Range: 0 to 2.048 V)
VIN1
98
AIN
Analog Inputs for voltage measurement (Range: 0 to 2.048 V)
VIN0
99
AIN
Analog Inputs for voltage measurement (Range: 0 to 2.048 V)
CPUVCORE
100
AIN
Analog Inputs for voltage measurement (Range: 0 to 2.048 V)
VREF
101
AOUT
AUXTIN
102
AIN
The input of temperature sensor 3. It is used for temperature
sensing.
CPUTIN
103
AIN
The input of temperature sensor 2. It is used for CPU
temperature sensing.
SYSTIN
104
AIN
The input of temperature sensor 1. It is used for system
temperature sensing.
OD12
The output of over temperature Shutdown. This pin indicates
the temperature is over the temperature limit. (Default after
LRESET#)
OD12
System Management Interrupt channel output.
I/O12
VID input detection, also with output control.
I/O12ts
0 to +3 V amplitude fan tachometer input.
OVT#
5
SMI#
VID7
VID6
VID5
VID4
VID3
VID2
VID1
VID0
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
AUXFANIN1
SI
58
INts
Reference Voltage (2.048 V).
Receive data from serial flash. This pin is connected to SO of
serial flash..
-16-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
AUXFANIN0
111
CPUFANIN0
112
SYSFANIN
113
CPUFANIN1
GP21
119
AUXFANOUT
7
CPUFANOUT0
115
SYSFANOUT
116
CPUFANOUT1
120
GP20
FAN_SET
117
PLED
5.8
I/O
DESCRIPTION
I/O12ts
0 to +3 V amplitude fan tachometer input.
I/O12ts
0 to +3 V amplitude fan tachometer input. (Default)
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 1.
AOUT/
OD12/
O12
DC/PWM fan output control.
CPUFANOUT0 and AUXFANOUT are default PWM mode,
CPUFANOUT1 and SYSFANOUT are default DC mode.
AOUT/
O12/
OD12
DC/PWM fan output control. (Default)
CPUFANOUT0 and AUXFANOUT are default PWM mode,
CPUFANOUT1 and SYSFANOUT are default DC mode.
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 0.
INtd
Determines the initial FAN speed. Power on configuration for 2 fan
speeds, 50% or 100%. During power-on reset, this pin is pulled
down internally and the fan speed is 50%. Only CPUFANOUT0 is
supported.
O12
Power LED output. Drive high 3.3 V after strapping.
PECI Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
PECI_REQ#
110
OD12
INTEL® CPU PECI interface.
PECI
108
I/OV3
INTEL® CPU PECI interface. Connect to CPU.
Vtt
107
Power
PECISB
106
I/OV3
5.9
DESCRIPTION
INTEL® CPU Vtt Power. This pin is connected to GND if the
PECI function is not in use.
INTEL® CPU PECI interface. Connect to ICH8.
SST Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
SST
114
I/OV4
DESCRIPTION
Simple Serial Transport (SST) Interface.
-17-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.10 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) is an interface that allows OS-directed
Power Management (OSPM). The ACPI replaces the APM (Advanced Power Management), MPS
(Multiprocessor Specification), and PnP BIOS Specification. In addition to power management, the
ACPI supports the functions of thermal management, state management, and speed control, as well
as the global system states and different device power states. Two of the primary states that the
W83627DHG-P supports are the S0 (working) and S3 (suspend to RAM) states. S0 is a full-power
state, in which the computer is actively used. S3 is a sleeping state, in which the processor is powered
down, but the memory, where the last procedural state is stored, is still active. By employing the ACPI,
the system conserves more energy through transiting unused devices into lower power states,
including placing the entire system in a low-power state when possible.
SYMBOL
PSIN#
PIN
68
I/O
INtu
GP56
I/OD12t
PSOUT#
OD12
67
GP57
RSMRST#
GP51
SUSB#
GP52
PSON#
GP53
PWROK
GP54
I/OD12t
75
73
72
71
OD12
I/OD12t
INt
I/OD12t
OD12
I/OD12t
OD12
I/OD12t
DESCRIPTION
Panel Switch Input. This pin is active-low with an internal pulledup resistor.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 6.
Panel Switch Output. This signal is used to wake-up the
system from S3/S5 state.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 7.
Resume reset signal output.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 1.
System S3 state input.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 2.
Power supply on-off output.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 3.
This pin generates the PWROK signal while 3VCC comes in.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 4.
RSTOUT0#
94
OD12
PCI Reset Buffer 0.
RSTOUT1#
93
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 1.
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 2. (Default)
RSTOUT2#
GP32
90
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 2.
SCL
INts
Serial Bus clock.
RSTOUT3#
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 3. (Default)
GP33
89
SDA
RSTOUT4#
GP34
88
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 3.
I/OD12ts
Serial bus bi-directional Data.
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 4. (Default)
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 4.
-18-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.11 SMBus Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
RSTOUT2#
O12
90
GP32
I/OD12t
DESCRIPTION
PCI Reset Buffer 2. (Default)
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 2.
SCL
INts
Serial Bus clock.
RSTOUT3#
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 3. (Default)
89
GP33
SDA
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 3.
I/OD12ts
Serial bus bi-directional Data.
5.12 General Purpose I/O Port
5.12.1 GPIO Power Source
SYMBOL
POWER SOURCE
GPIO port 2 (Bit0-3)
3VCC
GPIO port 2 (Bit4-7)
3VSB
GPIO port 3
3VSB
GPIO port 4
3VSB
GPIO port 5
3VSB
GPIO port 6
3VCC
5.12.2 GPIO-2 Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
GP20
CPUFANOUT1
GP21
CPUFANIN1
GP22
SCE#
GP23
SCK
GP24
MDAT
GP25
MCLK
120
119
19
2
66
65
I/O
DESCRIPTION
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 0.
AOUT/
OD12/
O12
DC/PWM fan output control. (Default)
CPUFANOUT0 and AUXFANOUT are default PWM mode,
CPUFANOUT1 and SYSFANOUT are default DC mode.
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 1.
I/O12ts
0 to +3 V amplitude fan tachometer input. (Default)
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 2.
O12
I/OD12t
O12
Serial flash ROM interface chip selection.
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 3.
Clock output for serial flash.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 4.
I/OD16ts
PS2 Mouse Data.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 5.
I/OD16ts
PS2 Mouse Clock.
-19-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
GP26
KDAT
GP27
KCLK
PIN
I/O
63
62
DESCRIPTION
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 6.
I/OD16ts
Keyboard Data.
I/OD16t
General-purpose I/O port 2 bit 7.
I/OD16ts
Keyboard Clock.
5.12.3 GPIO-3 Interface
SYMBOL
GP30
PWROK2
PIN
92
GP31
VSBGATE#
I/OD12t
OD12
I/OD12t
91
GP32
RSTOUT2#
I/O
O12
I/OD12t
90
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 0.
This pin generates the PWROK2 signal while 3VCC comes in.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 1.
Switch 3VSB power to memory when in S3 state. The default is
disabled while the particular ACPI functions are enabled. The
control bit is at Logical Device A, CR [E4h] bit 4.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 2.
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 2. (Default)
SCL
INts
Serial Bus clock.
GP33
I/OD12t
RSTOUT3#
89
SDA
GP34
RSTOUT4#
88
GP35
ATXPGD
GP36
FTPRST#
GP37
SUSC#
O12
PCI Reset Buffer 3. (Default)
I/OD12ts
Serial bus bi-directional Data.
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 4.
O12
I/OD12t
87
INt
I/OD12t
69
64
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 3.
INt
I/OD12t
INt
PCI Reset Buffer 4. (Default)
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 5.
ATX power good input signal. It is connected to the PWROK
signal from the power supply for PWROK/PWROK2 generation.
The default is enabled.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 6.
Connect to the reset button. This pin has internal de-bounce
circuit whose de-bounce time is at least 32 mS.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 7.
SLP_S5# input.
-20-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.12.4 GPIO-4 Interface
See 5.4 Serial Port & Infrared Port Interface
5.12.5 GPIO-5 Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
GP50
EN_GTL
77
WDTO#
GP51
RSMRST#
GP52
SUSB#
GP53
PSON#
GP54
PWROK
75
73
72
71
GP55
EN_ACPI
70
SUSLED
GP56
PSIN#
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 0. (Default after strapping)
INcu
During VSB power reset (RSMRST#), this pin is pulled high
internally and is defined as VID transition voltage level (GTL or
TTL), and the value is shown at CR2C bit 3. The PCB layout
should reserve space for a 1-kΩ resistor to pull down this pin if
TTL is the selected VID level.
O12
Watchdog Timer output signal.
I/OD12t
OD12
I/OD12t
INt
I/OD12t
OD12
I/OD12t
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 1.
Resume reset signal output.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 2.
System S3 state input.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 3.
Power supply on-off output.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 4.
OD12
This pin generates the PWROK signal while 3VCC comes in.
I/O12t
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 5. (Default)
INcd
During VSB power reset (RSMRST#), this pin is pulled down
internally and is defined as EN_ACPI (enabling particular ACPI
functions), which provides the value for CR2C bit 4 (EN_ACPI).
The PCB layout should reserve space for a 1-kΩ resistor to pull
down this pin to ensure successful disabling of particular ACPI
functions, and a 1-kΩ resistor is recommended to pull the pin up
if wish to enable particular ACPI functions.
O12
Suspended LED output.
INtu
I/OD12t
67
DESCRIPTION
I/O12t
I/OD12t
68
GP57
PSOUT#
I/O
OD12
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 6.
Panel Switch Input. This pin is active-low with an internal pulled-up
resistor.
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 7.
Panel Switch Output. This signal is used to wake-up the system
from S3/S5 state.
-21-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
5.12.6 GPIO-6 Interface
See 5.4 Serial Port & Infrared Port Interface
5.12.7 GPIO-4 with WDTO# / SUSLED Multi-function
SYMBOL
GPxx*
WDTO#
GPxx***
SUSLED
PIN
---
I/O
DESCRIPTION
I/OD12t
This GPxx* can serve as GPIO or the Watchdog Timer output
signals.
OD12
I/OD12t
---
This GPxx*** can serve as GPIO or Suspend-LED output
signals.
OD12
5.13 Particular ACPI Function pins
SYMBOL
SUSC#
GP37
PIN
64
I/O
INt
I/OD12t
DESCRIPTION
SLP_S5# input.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 7
INcd
During VSB power reset (RSMRST#), this pin is pulled down
internally and is defined as EN_ACPI (enabling particular ACPI
functions), which provides the value for CR2C bit 4 (EN_ACPI).
The PCB layout should reserve space for a 1-kΩ resistor to pull
down this pin to ensure successful disabling of particular ACPI
functions, and a 1-kΩ resistor is recommended to pull the pin up
if wish to enable particular ACPI functions.
GP55
I/O12t
General-purpose I/O port 5 bit 5.
SUSLED
O12
Suspended LED output.
VSBGATE#
O12
Switch 3VSB power to memory when in S3 state. The default is
disabled while the particular ACPI functions are enabled. The
control bit is at Logical Device A, CR [E4h] bit 4.
EN_ACPI
70
91
I/OD12t
GP31
PWROK2
GP30
ATXPGD
92
87
OD12
I/OD12t
INt
GP35
I/OD12
FTPRST#
INt
69
I/OD12
GP36
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 1.
This pin generates the PWROK2 signal while 3VCC comes in.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 0.
ATX power good input signal. It is connected to the PWROK
signal from the power supply for PWROK/PWROK2 generation.
The default is enabled.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 5.
Connect to the reset button. This pin has internal de-bounce
circuit whose de-bounce time is at least 32 mS.
General-purpose I/O port 3 bit 6.
5.14 POWER PINS
SYMBOL
PIN
3VSB
61
DESCRIPTION
+3.3 V stand-by power supply for the digital circuits.
-22-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PIN
DESCRIPTION
VBAT
74
3VCC
12,28,48
AVCC
95
Analog +3.3 V power input. Internally supply power to all analog
circuits.
CPUD(AGND)
105
Analog ground. The ground reference for all analog input.
Internally connected to all analog circuits.
VSS
20,55
Vtt
107
+3 V on-board battery for the digital circuits.
+3.3 V power supply for driving 3 V on host interface.
Ground.
INTEL® CPU Vtt power.
-23-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
6. ACPI GLUE LOGIC
SYMBOL
PIN
DESCRIPTION
SUSC#
64
SLP_S5# input.
FTPRST#
69
Connect to the reset button. This pin has internal de-bounce circuit
whose de-bounce time is at least 32 mS.
VSBGATE#
91
Switch 3VSB power to memory when in S3 state.
PWROK
71
This pin generates the PWRGD signals while 3VCC is present.
ATXPGD
87
ATX power good input signal. It is connected to the PWROK signal
from the power supply for PWROK/PWRGD generation. The
default is enabled.
t1
RSMRST#
3VSB
V1
V2
FTPRST#
TL
PWROK
t3
TL
3VCC
-24-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
VSBGATE#
t5
t4
3VCC
PSON#
t7
t6
SUSB#
t8
SUSC#
S3
S0
t9
RSTOUTx#
S0
t10
LRESET#
3VCC
3VCC
V3
Internal PWROK
t2
PWROK
-25-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
ATXPGD (if enable)
PWROK_2 / PWROK
Internal PWROK
3VCC
V4
PWROK2
PWROK
TIMING
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
t1
Valid 3VSB to RSMRST# inactive
100
200
mS
t2
Valid 3VCC to PWROK/PWRGD active
300
500
mS
t3
FTPRST# active to PWROK/PWRGD active
28
39
mS
t4
SUSB# active to VSBGATE# active
0
80
nS
t5
PSON# active to VSBGATE# inactive
90
142
mS
t6
SUSB# inactive to PSON# active
0
80
nS
t7
SUSB# active to PSON# inactive
28
39
mS
t8
SUSB# minimal Low Time
40
-
mS
t9
LRESET# active to RSTOUTx# active
0
80
nS
t10
LRESET# inactive to RSTOUTx# inactive
0
80
nS
DC
V1
PARAMETER
3VSB Valid Voltage
V2
3VSB Ineffective Voltage
V3
3VCC Valid Voltage
V4
3VCC Ineffective Voltage
MIN
TYPICAL
MAX
UNIT
-
-
3.0
Volt
2.4
-
-
Volt
-
-
3.0
Volt
2.4
-
-
Volt
Note： 1. The values above are the worst-case results of R&D simulation.
2. The length of TL level is based on the length of the low level of FTPRST#
-26-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
7. CONFIGURATION REGISTER ACCESS PROTOCOL
The W83627DHG-P uses Super I/O protocol to access configuration registers to set up different types
of configurations. The W83627DHG-P has totally twelve Logical Devices (from Logical Device 0 to
Logical Device C with the exception of Logical Device 4 for backward compatibility) corresponding to
twelve individual functions: FDC (Logical Device 0), Parallel Port (Logical Device 1), UARTA (Logical
Device 2), UARTB (Logical Device 3), Keyboard Controller (Logical Device 5), SPI (Serial Peripheral
Interface, Logical Device 6), GPIO6 (Logical Device 7), WDTO# & PLED (Logical Device 8), GPIO2, 3,
4, 5 (Logical Device 9), ACPI (Logical Device A), Hardware Monitor (Logical Device B), and PECI &
SST (Logical Device C). Each Logical Device has its own configuration registers (above CR30). The
host can access those registers by writing an appropriate Logical Device Number into the Logical
Device select register at CR7. Please note that GPIO1 is not defined in the W83627DHG-P.
Logical Device No.
Logical Device
Control
#0
Logical Device
Configuration
One Per
Logical Device
#1
#2
#C
Figure 7-1 Structure of the Configuration Register
LOGICAL DEVICE
NUMBER
FUNCTION
I/O BASE ADDRESS
0
FDC
100h ~ FF8h
1
Parallel Port
100h ~ FF8h
2
UART A
100h ~ FF8h
3
UART B
100h ~ FF8h
4
Reserved
5
Keyboard Controller
100h ~ FFFh
6
Serial Peripheral Interface
100h ~ FF8h
7
GPIO 6
100h ~ FFFh
8
WDTO# & PLED
Reserved
9
GPIO 2, 3, 4, 5
Reserved
A
ACPI
Reserved
-27-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
LOGICAL DEVICE
NUMBER
FUNCTION
I/O BASE ADDRESS
B
Hardware Monitor
100h ~ FFEh
C
PECI & SST
Reserved
Figure 7-2 Devices of I/O Base Address
7.1
Configuration Sequence
Power-on Reset
Any other I/O transition cycle
Wait for key string
I/O Write to 2Eh
N
Is the data
“87h”?
Y
Any other I/O transition cycle
Check Pass key
I/O Write to 2Eh
N
Is the data
“87h”?
Y
Extended Function
Mode
Figure 7-3 Configuration Register
To program the W83627DHG-P configuration registers, the following configuration procedures must
be followed in sequence:
(1). Enter the Extended Function Mode.
(2). Configure the configuration registers.
(3). Exit the Extended Function Mode.
-28-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
7.1.1 Enter the Extended Function Mode
To place the chip into the Extended Function Mode, two successive writes of 0x87 must be applied to
Extended Function Enable Registers (EFERs, i.e. 2Eh or 4Eh).
7.1.2 Configure the Configuration Registers
The chip selects the Logical Device and activates the desired Logical Devices through Extended
Function Index Register (EFIR) and Extended Function Data Register (EFDR). The EFIR is located at
the same address as the EFER, and the EFDR is located at address (EFIR+1).
First, write the Logical Device Number (i.e. 0x07) to the EFIR and then write the number of the desired
Logical Device to the EFDR. If accessing the Chip (Global) Control Registers, this step is not required.
Secondly, write the address of the desired configuration register within the Logical Device to the EFIR
and then write (or read) the desired configuration register through the EFDR.
7.1.3 Exit the Extended Function Mode
To exit the Extended Function Mode, writing 0xAA to the EFER is required. Once the chip exits the
Extended Function Mode, it is in the normal running mode and is ready to enter the configuration
mode.
7.1.4 Software Programming Example
The following example is written in Intel 8086 assembly language. It assumes that the EFER is located
at 2Eh, so the EFIR is located at 2Eh and the EFDR is located at 2Fh. If the HEFRAS (CR26 bit 6) is
set, 2Eh can be directly replaced by 4Eh and 2Fh replaced by 4Fh.
;----------------------------------------------------; Enter the Extended Function Mode
;----------------------------------------------------MOV DX, 2EH
MOV AL, 87H
OUT DX, AL
OUT DX, AL
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Configure Logical Device 1, Configuration Register CRF0
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------MOV DX, 2EH
MOV AL, 07H
OUT DX, AL
; point to Logical Device Number Reg.
MOV DX, 2FH
MOV AL, 01H
OUT DX, AL
; select Logical Device 1
;
MOV DX, 2EH
-29-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
MOV AL, F0H
OUT DX, AL
; select CRF0
MOV DX, 2FH
MOV AL, 3CH
OUT DX, AL
; update CRF0 with value 3CH
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------; Exit the Extended Function Mode
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------MOV DX, 2EH
MOV AL, AAH
OUT DX, AL
Figure 7-4 Chip (Global) Control Registers
INDEX
R/W
DEFAULT VALUE
DESCRIPTION
02h
Write Only
07h
R/W
00h
Logical Device
20h
Read Only
B0h
Chip ID, MSB
21h
Read Only
7xh
Chip ID, LSB
22h
R/W
FFh
Device Power Down
23h
R/W
00h
Immediate Power Down
24h
R/W
0100_0ss0b
Global Option
25h
R/W
00h
Interface Tri-state Enable
26h
R/W
0s000000b
Global Option
Software Reset
27h
Reserved
28h
R/W
50h
Global Option
29h
R/W
00h
Multi-function Pin
Selection
2Ah
R/W
00h
SPI Configuration
2Bh
Reserved
2Ch
R/W
E2h
Multi-function Pin
Selection
2Dh
R/W
21h
Multi-function Pin
Selection
2Eh
R/W
00h
Reserved
2Fh
R/W
00h
Reserved
S: Strapping; x: chip version.
-30-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8. HARDWARE MONITOR
8.1
General Description
The W83627DHG-P monitors several critical parameters in PC hardware, including power supply
voltages, fan speeds, and temperatures, all of which are very important for a high-end computer
system to work stably and properly.
The W83627DHG-P can simultaneously monitor all of the following inputs:
• Nine analog voltage inputs (four intrinsic monitor VBAT, 3VSB, 3VCC and AVCC power; five
externally monitored power)
• Five fan tachometer inputs
• Three remote temperatures, by thermistor or from the CPU thermal-diode output (voltage or
Current Mode)
• One case-open detection signal.
These inputs are converted to digital values using a built-in, eight-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
In response to these inputs, the W83627DHG-P can generate the following outputs:
• Four PWM (pulse width modulation) or DC fan outputs for the fan speed control
• Beep tone output for warnings
• SMI#
• OVT# signals for system protection events
The W83627DHG-P provides hardware access to all monitored parameters through the LPC or I2C
interface and software access through application software, such as Nuvoton’s Hardware DoctorTM, or
BIOS. In addition, the W83627DHG-P can generate pop-up warnings or beep tones when a parameter
goes outside of a user-specified range.
The rest of this section introduces the various features of the W83627DHG-P hardware-monitor
capability. These features are divided into the following sections:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Access Interfaces
Analog Inputs
Fan Speed Measurement and Control
Smart Fan Control
SMI# interrupt mode
OVT# interrupt mode
Registers and Value RAM
-31-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.2
Access Interfaces
The W83627DHG-P provides two interfaces, LPC and I2C, for the microprocessor to read or write the
internal registers of the hardware monitor.
8.2.1 LPC Interface
This interface uses the LPC bus to access the index and data ports. These two ports are located at
the 16-bit port specified in CR60 and CR61, plus 5h and 6h, respectively. If the 16-bit port value is
290h, so the default index and data port addresses are 295h and 296h, respectively. The structure of
the internal registers is shown in the following figure.
-32-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Smart Fan Configuration
Registers
00h-1Fh
Monitor Value Registers
20h~3Fh
BANK 0
FANOUT Critical
Temperature
6Bh~6Eh
Configuration Register
40h
Interrupt Status Registers
41h, 42h
BANK 1
CPUTIN Temperature
Control/Status Registers
50h~56h
SMI# Mask Registers
43h, 44h, 46h
Fan Divisor Register I
47h
LPC
Bus
Serial Bus Address
48h
Port 5h
BANK 2
AUXTIN Temperature
Control/Status Registers
50h~56h
BANK 4
Interrupt Status & SMI#
Mask Registers
50h~51h
FANOUTs Source Select Register
Index
Register
49h, 4Ah
BANK 4
Fan Divisor Register II
Beep Control Registers
4Bh
53h
SMI#/OVT# Control Register
4Ch
Fan IN /OUT Control Register
54h~56h
4Dh
Bank Select for 50h~5Fh
Registers.
4Eh
Port 6h
Data
Register
BANK 4
Temperature Offset
Registers
Winbond Vendor ID
BANK 4
Read Time Status
Registers
59h~5Bh
4Fh
BANK 0
BEEP Control Registers
56h~57h
BANK 0
Chip ID Register
BANK 5
Monitor Value Registers
50h~5Ch
58h
BANK 0
Temperature Sensor Type
Configuration &
Fan Divisor Registers
59h,5Dh
BANK 0
Critical Temperature and
Current Mode enable
5Eh
BANK 0
Smart Fan Configuration
Registers
60h~6Ah
Figure 8-1 LPC Bus' Reads from / Writes to Internal Registers
-33-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.2.2 I2C interface
This interface uses the I2C Serial Bus to access the internal registers. The W83627DHG-P has a
programmable serial-bus address that is controlled by index 48h.
The two timing diagrams below illustrate how to use the I2C interface to write to an internal register
and how to read the value in an internal register, respectively.
(a) Serial bus write to internal address register followed by the data byte
0
7
8
0
7
8
SCL
SDA
0
1
Start By
Master
0
1
1
0
1
R/W
D7
Ack
by
627DHG
Frame 1
Serial Bus Address Byte
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Ack
by
627DHG
Frame 2
Internal Index Register Byte
0
7
8
SCL (Continued)
SDA (Continued)
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Ack
Ack
byby
784R
627DHG
Stop
by
Master
Frame 3
Data Byte
Figure 8-2 Serial Bus Write to Internal Address Register Followed by the Data Byte
(b) Serial bus read from a register
0
7
8
0
7
8
SCL
0
SDA
1
0
Start By
Master
1
1
0
1
R/W
D7
Ack
by
627DHG
Frame 1
Serial Bus Address Byte
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Ack
by
627DHG
Frame 2
Internal Index Register Byte
0
0
0
Repeat
start
by
Master
7
1
0
1
1
0
1
8
0
R/W
D7
Ack
by
627DHG
Frame 3
Serial Bus Address Byte
7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
8
D0
Ack
by
Master
Frame 4
Data Byte
Stop by
Master
0
Figure 8-3 Serial Bus Read from Internal Address Register
-34-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.3
Analog Inputs
The maximum input voltage on analog pins is 2.048 V because the 8-bit ADC has an 8-mV LSB.
Usually, the voltage ports of CPU Vcore (pin 100), battery (pin 74), 3VSB (pin 61), 3VCC (pin 12), and
AVCC (pin 95) can be directly connected to their respective analog pins, as illustrated in the figure
below.
Pin 95
AVCC
Power Inputs
Pin 74
VBAT
Pin 61
3VSB
Pin 12
3VCC
Pin 100
CPUVCORE
R1
VIN0
V0
Pin 99
R2
Positive Voltage Input
Pin 97
VIN2
Pin 96
VIN3
R3
Negative Voltage Input
VIN1
V1
8-bit ADC
with
8mV LSB
Pin 98
R4
RTHM
10K@25 C, beta=3435K
R
10K, 1%
VREF
AUXTIN
CPUTIN
R
15K, 1%
SYSTIN
Pin 101
Pin 102
Pin 103
Pin 104
CPUD+
CAP,2200p
CPUD-(AGND) Pin 105
CPUD(AGND)
Figure 8-4 Analog Inputs and Application Circuit of the W83627DHG-P
As illustrated in the figure above, other connections may require some external circuits. The rest of
this section provides more information about voltages outside the range of the 8-bit ADC, CPU Vcore
voltage detection, and temperature sensing
8.3.1 Voltages Over 2.048 V or Less Than 0 V
Input voltages greater than 2.048 V should be reduced by external resistors to keep the input voltages
in the proper range. For example, input voltage V0 (+12 V) should be reduced before it is connected to
VIN0 according to the following equation:
VIN 0 = V 0 ×
R2
R1 + R2
R1 and R2 can be set to 56 KΩ and 10 KΩ, respectively, to reduce V0 from +12 V to less than 2.048 V.
-35-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
The W83627DHG-P uses the same approach. Pins 12 and 95 provide two functions. One, these pins
are connected to VCC at +3.3 V to supply internal (digital / analog) power to the W83627DHG-P. Two,
these pins monitor VCC. The W83627DHG-P has two internal, 34-KΩ serial resistors that reduce the
ADC-input voltage to 1.65 V.
Vin = VCC ×
34 KΩ
≅ 1.65V , where VCC is set to 3.3V
34 KΩ + 34 KΩ
Pin 61 is implemented likewise to monitor its +3.3 V stand-by power supply.
Negative voltages are handled similarly, though the equation looks a little more complicated. For
example, negative voltage V1 (-12V) can be reduced according to the following equation:
VIN1 = (V 1 − 2.048) ×
R4
+ 2.048, whereV 1 = −12
R3 + R 4
R3 and R4 can be set to 232 KΩ and 10 KΩ, respectively, to reduce negative input voltage V1 from –
12 V to less than 2.048 V.
Both of these solutions are illustrated in the figure above.
8.3.2 Voltage Detection
The data format for voltage detection is an eight-bit value, and each unit represents an interval of 8
mV.
Detected Voltage = Reading * 0.008 V
If the source voltage was reduced, the detected voltage value may have to be scaled up accordingly.
8.3.3 Temperature Sensing
The data format for sensor SYSTIN is 8-bit, two's-complement, and the data format for sensors
CPUTIN and AUXTIN is 9-bit, two's-complement. This is illustrated in the table below.
Table 8-1 Temperature Data Format
8-BIT DIGITAL OUTPUT
TEMPERATURE
8-BIT BINARY
8-BIT HEX
9-BIT DIGITAL OUTPUT
9-BIT BINARY
9-BIT HEX
+125°C
0111,1101
7Dh
0,1111,1010
0FAh
+25°C
0001,1001
19h
0,0011,0010
032h
+1°C
0000,0001
01h
0,0000,0010
002h
+0.5°C
-
-
0,0000,0001
001h
+0°C
0000,0000
00h
0,0000,0000
000h
-0.5°C
-
-
1,1111,1111
1FFh
-1°C
1111,1111
FFh
1,1111,1110
1FFh
-25°C
1110,0111
E7h
1,1100,1110
1CEh
-55°C
1100,1001
C9h
1,1001,0010
192h
Eight-bit temperature data is read from Index [27h]. For nine-bit temperature data, the 8 MSB are read
from Bank1 / Bank2 Index [50h], and the LSB is read from Bank1 / Bank2 Index [51h], bit 7.
There are two sources of temperature data: external thermistors or thermal diodes.
-36-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.3.3.1.
Monitor Temperature From Thermistor
External thermistors should have a β value of 3435K and a resistance of 10 KΩ at 25°C. As illustrated
in the schematic below, the thermistor is connected in series with a 10-KΩ resistor and then connects
to VREF (pin 101).
R
THM
10K@25 C, beta=3435K
R
10K, 1%
VREF
Pin 101
AUXTIN
Pin 102
CPUTIN
Pin 103
SYSTIN
Pin 104
W83627DHG-P
Figure 8-5 Monitoring Temperature from Thermistor
8.3.3.2. Monitor Temperature from Thermal Diode (Voltage Mode)
The thermal diode D- pin is connected to CPUD- (pin 105), and the D+ pin is connected to the
temperature sensor pin in the W83627DHG-P. A 15-KΩ resistor is connected to VREF to supply the
bias current for the diode, and the 2200-pF, bypass capacitor is added to filter high-frequency noise.
VREF
R=15K,1%
W83627DHG-P
D+
Therminal
Diode
C=2200pF
D-
(SYSTIN)
CPUTIN
(AUXTIN)
CPUD-(AGND)
AGND
Figure 8-6 Monitoring Temperature from Thermal Diode (Voltage Mode)
-37-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.3.3.3.
Monitor Temperature from Thermal Diode (Current Mode)
The W83627DHG-P can also sense the diode temperature through Current Mode and the circuit is
shown in the following figure.
W83627DHG-P
(SYSTIN)
CPUTIN
(AUXTIN)
D+
Thermal
Diode
C=2200pF
D-
CPUD-(AGND)
AGND
Figure 8-7 Monitoring Temperature from Thermal Diode (Current Mode)
The pin of processor D- is connected to CPUD- (pin 105) and the pin D+ is connected to temperature
sensor pin in the W83627DHG-P. A bypass capacitor C=2200pF should be added to filter the high
frequency noise.
8.4
SST Command Summary
The W83627DHG-P is equipped with a built-in voltage and temperature sensor which uses the Simple
Serial Transport (SST) interface. The sensor provides a means for an analog signal to travel over a
digital bus enabling remote voltage and temperature sensing in areas previously not monitored in the
PC.
SST is a self-clocked, one-wire bus for data transfer. The bus requires no additional control lines. In
addition, SST also includes variable data transfer rate established with every message. Therefore, it is
comparatively flexible. The W83627DHG-P has a programmable SST address defined at Logical
Device C CR [F1h]. The default address is 0x48h which is within the range of 0x48h-0x4ah defined in
the SST specification.
8.4.1
Command Summary
The W83627DHG-P supports SST commands as shown in the following table:
Table 8-2 SST Command Summary
COMMAND
DESCRIPTION
GetIntTemp()
Returns the 2-byte temperature data values for
pin SYSTIN (Pin 104)
GetExtTemp()
Returns the 2-byte temperature data values for
pin CPUTIN (Pin 103)
GetAllTemps()
Returns the 4-byte temperature data values for
both SYSTIN and CPUTIN
GetVolt12V()
Returns the 2-byte voltage data values for pin
VIN0 (Pin 99). This pin should be connected to
+12V power through scaling resistors Refer to
8.4.2.2 Voltage Data Format.
GetVolt5V()
Returns the 2-byte voltage data values for pin
VIN1 (Pin 98). This pin should be connected to
+5V power through scaling resistors Refer to
-38-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
COMMAND
DESCRIPTION
8.4.2.2 Voltage Data Format.
GetVolt3p3V()
Returns the 2-byte voltage data values for pin
3VCC (Pin 12, 28, 48).This pin should be
connected to +3.3V power directly Refer to
8.4.2.2 Voltage Data Format.
GetVolt2p5V()
Returns the 2-byte voltage data values for pin
VIN2 (Pin 97). This pin should be connected to
+2.5V power through scaling resistors. Refer to
8.4.2.2 Voltage Data Format.
GetVoltVccp()
Returns the 2-byte voltage data values of
CPUVCORE (Pin 100). This pin should be
connected to CPU power supply directly. The
CPU power supply voltage must not be higher
than 2.048 volt
GetAllVoltages()
Returns a 10-byte voltage data value containing
all the above listed five (5) voltages
8.4.2
Combination Sensor Data Format
8.4.2.1. Temperature Data Format
The W83627DHG-P temperature data format of both CPUTIN and SYSTIN is 16-bit two’s-complement
binary value. It represents multiple of 1/64°C in the temperature reading.
Table 1 shows some typical temperature values in 16-bit two’s complement format.
Table 8-3 Typical Temperature Values
TEMPERATURE
16-BIT DIGITAL OUTPUT (TWO’S COMPLEMENT)
16-BIT BINARY
16-BIT HEX
+80°C
0001 0100 0000 0000
1400h
+79.5°C
0001 0011 1110 0000
13E0h
+1°C
0000 0000 0100 0000
0010h
+0°C
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000h
-1°C
1111 1111 1100 0000
FFC0h
-5°C
1111 1110 1100 0000
FEC0h
8.4.2.2. Voltage Data Format
The W83627DHG-P can return five (5) voltage values through the SST interface. The voltage data
format is 16-bit two’s-complement binary. The relation between the 2-byte data and the monitored
voltage is listed below:
1) CPUVCORE (pin 100) = Decimal[2-byte data by GetVoltVccp() ] / 1024 volts
-39-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
2) 3VCC (pin 12) = Decimal[2-byte data by GetVolt3p3V()] / 1024 volts
3) “+12V” = Decimal[2-byte data by GetVolt12V()] / 1024 / ((R1+R2) / R2) volts
VIN0 (pin 99) is connected as shown below:.
R2
+12V
R1
150K 1%
10K 1%
VIN0
4) “+5VCC” = Decimal[2-byte data by GetVolt5V()] / 1024 / ((R3+R4) / R4) volts
VIN1 (pin 98) is connected as shown below:
R3
5VCC
VIN1
30K 1%
R4
10K 1%
5) “+2.5V” = Decimal[2-byte data by GetVolt2p5V()] / 1024 / ((R5+R6) / R6) volts
VIN2 (pin 97) is connected as shown below:
R5
2.5V
VIN2
10K 1%
R6
10K 1%
8.5
PECI
PECI (Platform Environment Control Interface) is a new digital interface to read the CPU temperature
of Intel® CPUs. With a bandwidth ranging from 2 Kbps to 2 Mbps, PECI uses a single wire for selfclocking and data transfer. By interfacing to the Digital Thermal Sensor (DTS) in the Intel® CPU, PECI
reports a negative temperature (in counts) relative to the processor’s temperature at which the thermal
control circuit (TCC) is activated. At the TCC Activation temperature, the Intel CPU will operate at
reduced performance to prevent the device from thermal damage.
PECI is one of the temperature sensing methods that the W83627DHG-P supports. The
W83627DHG-P contains a PECI master and reads the CPU PECI temperature. The CPU is a PECI
client.
The PECI temperature values returning from the CPU are in “counts” which are approximately linear in
relation to changes in temperature in degrees centigrade. However, this linearity is approximate and
cannot be guaranteed over the entire range of PECI temperatures. For further information, refer to the
PECI specification. All references to “temperature” in this section are in “counts” instead of “°C”.
Figure 8-8 shows a typical fan speed (PWM duty cycle) and PECI temperature relationship.
-40-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Fan Speed
(PWM Duty Cycle)
Tcontrol
TCC Activation
Duty1
Duty2
-20
-10
0
PECI Temperature (counts)
Figure 8-8 PECI Temperature
In this illustration, when PECI temperature is -20, the PWM duty cycle for fan control is at Duty2.
When CPU is getting hotter and the PECI temperature is -10, the PWM duty cycle is at Duty1.
At TControl PECI temperature, the recommendation from Intel is to operate the CPU fan at full speed.
Therefore Duty1 is 100% if this recommendation is followed. The value of TControl can be obtained by
reading the related Machine Specific Register (MSR) in the Intel CPU. The TControl MSR address is
usually in the BIOS Writer’s guide for the CPU family in question. Refer to the relevant CPU
documentation from Intel for more information. In this example, TControl is -10.
When the PECI temperature is below -20, the duty cycle is fixed at Duty2 to maintain a minimum (and
constant) RPM for the CPU fan.
W83627DHG-P’s fan control circuit can only accept positive real-time temperature inputs and limits
setting (in Smart Fan ™ mode). The device provides offset registers to ‘shift’ the negative PECI
readings to positive values otherwise the fan control circuit will not function properly. The offset
registers are the TBase registers located at Logical Device C, CR [E1h] ~ CR [E4h]. These registers
should be programmed with (positive) values so that the resultant value (Tbase + PECI) is always
positive. The unit of the TBase register contents is “count” to match that of PECI values. The resultant
value (TBase + PECI) should not be interpreted as the “temperature” (whether in count or °C) of the
PECI client (CPU).
Figure 8-9 shows the temperature/fan speed relationship after Tbase offsets are applied (based on
Figure 8-8). This view is from the perspective of the W83627DHG-P fan control circuit.
-41-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Fan Speed
(PWM Duty Cycle)
Tbase = 100
Tcontrol
TCC Activation
Duty1
85 = (-15 + 100)
(PECI = -15)
Duty2
80 = (-20 + 100)
(PECI = -20)
90 = (-10 + 100)
(PECI = -10)
(PECI = 0)
Temperature (as seen by the W83627DHG-P fan control circuit)
Figure 8-9 Temperature and Fan Speed Relation after Tbase Offsets
Assuming TBase is set to 100 and the PECI temperature is -15 , the real-time temperature value to
the fan control circuit will be 85 (-15 + 100). The value of 55 (hex) will appear in the relevant real-time
temperature register.
While using Smart Fan control function of W83627DHG-P, BIOS/software must include Tbase in
determining the thresholds (limits). In this example, assuming TControl is -10 and Tbase is set to 100
(1)
, the threshold temperature value corresponding to the “100% fan duty cycle” event is 90 (-10+100).
The value of 5A (hex) should be written to the relevant threshold register.
(1)
TControl is typically -10 to -20 for PECI-enabled CPUs. Base on that, a value of 85 ~100 for Tbase
could be set for proper operation of the fan control circuit. This recommendation is applicable for most
designs. In general, the concept presented in this section could be used to determine the optimum
value of TControl to match the specific application.
-42-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
W83627DHG-P
CPU
PECISB
PECI
PECI
PECI Host
(Programmable
Pass-through)
Fan Control
LPC
ICH8
Fan Control
PECI Host
Figure 8-10 Block Diagram for PECI 1.0
The W83627DHG-P provides a PECISB pin that can be connected to a PECI host (e.g. chipset), so
the W83627DHG-P becomes a bridge between that PECI host and the PECI client (e.g. CPU with
PECI function). The bridge can pass the CPU PECI signals by programming Configure Register at
Logical Device C, CR [E5h] Bit 0. An illustration is provided below (ICH8 is the alternative PECI host).
-43-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6
Fan Speed Measurement and Control
This section is divided into two parts, one to measure the speed and one to control the speed.
8.6.1
Fan Speed Measurement
The W83627DHG-P can measure fan speed for fans equipped with tachometer outputs. The
tachometer signals should be set to TTL-level, and the maximum input voltage cannot exceed +3.3 V.
If the tachometer signal exceeds +3.3 V, an external trimming circuit should be added to reduce the
voltage accordingly.
The fan speed counter is read from Bank0 Index 28h, 29h, 2Ah, and 3Fh and Bank5 Index 53h. The
fan speed can then be evaluated by the following equation:
RPM =
1.35 × 10 6
Count × Divisor
The default divisor is 2 and is specified at Bank0 Index 47h, bits 7 ~ 4; Index 4Bh, bits 7 ~ 6; Index
4Ch, bit 7; Index 59h, bit 7 and bits 3 ~ 2; and Index 5Dh, bits 5 ~ 7. There are three bits for each
divisor, and the corresponding divisor is listed in the table below.
Table 8-4 Fan Divisor Definition
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
FAN DIVISOR
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
FAN DIVISOR
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
16
0
0
1
2
1
0
1
32
0
1
0
4
1
1
0
64
0
1
1
8
1
1
1
128
The following table provides some examples of the relationship between divisor, RPM, and count.
Table 8-5 Divisor, RPM, and Count Relation
DIVISOR
NOMINAL
RPM
TIME PER
REVOLUTION
COUNTS
70% RPM
TIME FOR 70%
1
8800
6.82 ms
153
6160
9.84 ms
2 (default)
4400
13.64 ms
153
3080
19.48 ms
4
2200
27.27 ms
153
1540
38.96 ms
8
1100
54.54 ms
153
770
77.92 ms
16
550
109.08 ms
153
385
155.84 ms
32
275
218.16 ms
153
192
311.68 ms
64
137
436.32 ms
153
96
623.36 ms
128
68
872.64 ms
153
48
1246.72 ms
-44-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.2
Fan Speed Control
The W83627DHG-P has four output pins for fan control, each of which offers PWM duty cycle and DC
voltage to control the fan speed. The output type (PWM or DC) of each pin is configured by Bank0
Index 04h, bits 1 ~ 0; Index 12h, bit 0; and Index 62h, bit 6.
For PWM, the duty cycle is programmed by eight-bit registers at Bank0 Index 01h, Index 03h, Index
11h and Index 61h. The duty cycle can be calculated using the following equation:
Dutycycle(%) =
Programmed 8 - bit Register Value
× 100%
255
The default duty cycle is FFh, or 100%. The PWM clock frequency is programmed at Bank0 Index 00h,
Index 02h, Index 10h and Index 60h.
For DC, the W83627DHG-P has a six bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC) that produces 0 to 3.3 Volts
DC. The analog output is programmed at Bank0 Index 01h, Index 03h, Index 11h and Index 61h. The
analog output can be calculated using the following equation:
OUTPUT Voltage (V) = AVCC ×
Programmed 6 - bit Register Value
`
64
The default value is 111111YY, or nearly 3.3 V, and Y is a reserved bit.
-45-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.3
SMART FANTM Control
The W83627DHG-P supports two SMART FANTM I features — Thermal CruiseTM mode and Fan Speed
CruiseTM mode, SMART FANTM III features, and SMART FANTM III+ features. Each of these is discussed
in the following sections.
Each fan output and corresponding temperature sensor is illustrated in the figure below.
SYSTIN
SMART FANTM I
SYSFANOUT
FANCTRL1
FANCTRL2 pre-configure FANOUT
(Bank6, Idx5B)
CPUTIN(Def.)
8'h00
PECI1
PECI2
PECI3
PECI4
SMART FANTM I
CPUFANOUT0
SMART FANTM III
PECI ERROR
FANCTRL2
CPUFANOUT0 TEMP_SEL
(Bank0, Idx49[2:0])
SYSTIN
CPUTIN
AUXTIN
8'h00
PECI1
PECI2
PECI3
PECI4(Def.)
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ FAN_SEL[0]
(Bank1, Idx5E[4])
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ FAN_SEL[1]
(Bank1, Idx5E[5])
FANCTRL6 pre-configure FANOUT
(Bank6, Idx5F)
SMART FANTM III+
FANCTRL6
PECI ERROR
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ TEMP_SEL
(Bank1, Idx5E[3:1])
-46-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
FANCTRL3 pre-configure FANOUT
(Bank6, Idx5C)
AUXTIN(Def.)
8'h00
PECI1
PECI2
PECI3
PECI4
AUXFANOUT
SMART FANTM I
PECI ERROR
FANCTRL3
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ FAN_SEL[0]
(Bank0, Idx75[4])
AUXFANOUT TEMP_SEL
(Bank0, Idx49[6:4])
FANCTRL4 pre-configure FANOUT
(Bank6, Idx5D)
SYSTIN(Def.)
CPUTIN
AUXTIN
8'h00
PECI1
PECI2
PECI3
PECI4
SMART FANTM I
FANCTRL4
CPUFANOUT1 TEMP_SEL
(Bank0, Idx4A[7:5])
SYSTIN
CPUTIN
AUXTIN
8'h00
PECI1
PECI2
PECI3
PECI4(Def.)
CPUFANOUT1
SMART FANTM III
PECI ERROR
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ FAN_SEL[1]
(Bank0, Idx75[5])
FANCTRL5 pre-configure FANOUT
(Bank6, Idx5E)
SMART FANTM III+
FANCTRL5
PECI ERROR
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ TEMP_SEL
(Bank0, Idx75[3:1])
Figure 8-11 FANOUT and Corresponding Temperature Sensors in SMART FANTM I, III, and III+
-47-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.3.1. Thermal CruiseTM Mode
Four pairs of temperature sensors and fan outputs in Thermal CruiseTM mode:
• SYSTIN and SYSFANOUT
• CPUFANOUT0 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 49h, bits 2 ~ 0
• AUXFANOUT and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 49h, bits 6 ~ 4
• CPUFANOUT1 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 4Ah, bits 7 ~ 5
Thermal CruiseTM mode controls the fan speed to keep the temperature in a specified range. First, this
range is defined in BIOS by a temperature and the interval (e.g., 55 °C ± 3 °C). As long as the current
temperature remains below the low end of this range (i.e., 52 °C), the fan is off. Once the temperature
exceeds the low end, the fan turns on at a speed defined in BIOS (e.g., 20% output). Thermal
CruiseTM mode then controls the fan output according to the current temperature. Three conditions
may occur:
(1) If the temperature still exceeds the high end, fan output increases slowly. If the fan is operating
at full speed but the temperature still exceeds the high end, a warning message is issued to
protect the system.
(2) If the temperature falls below the high end (i.e., 58 °C) but remains above the low end (e.g., 52
°C), fan output remains the same.
(3) If the temperature falls below the low end (e.g., 52 °C), fan output decreases slowly to zero or
to a specified “stop value”. This stop value is enabled by Bank0 Index 12h, bits 3 ~ 5, and the
value itself is specified in Bank0 Index 08h, Index 09h, Index 15h, and Index 64h. The fan remains
at the stop value for the period of time defined in Bank0 Index 0Ch, Index 0Dh, Index 17h, and
Index 66h.
In general, Thermal CruiseTM mode means
• if the current temperature is higher than the high end, increase the fan speed;
• if the current temperature is lower than the low end, decrease the fan speed;
• otherwise, keep the fan speed the same.
The following figures illustrate two examples of Thermal CruiseTM mode.
-48-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
A
Tolerance
Target Temperature
B
C
D
58°C
55°C
Tolerance
52°C
PWM
Duty
Cycle
(%)
100
Fan Start = 20%
Fan Stop = 10%
Fan Start = 20%
50
0
Stop Time
Figure 8-12 Mechanism of Thermal CuriseTM Mode (PWM Duty Cycle)
A
Tolerance
Target Temperature
B
C
D
58°C
55°C
Tolerance
52°C
(V)
DC
3.3
Fan Start = 0.62V Fan Stop = 0.31V Fan Start = 0.62V
Output
Voltage
1.65
0
Stop Time
Figure 8-13 Mechanism of Thermal CuriseTM Mode (DC Output Value)
-49-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.3.2. Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode
Four pairs of fan input sensors and fan outputs in Fan Speed CruiseTM mode.
• SYSFANIN and SYSFANOUT
• CPUFANIN0 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 49h, bits 2 ~ 0
• AUXFANOUT and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 49h, bits 6 ~ 4
• CPUFANOUT1 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 4Ah, bits 7 ~ 5
Fan Speed CruiseTM mode keeps the fan speed in a specified range. First, this range is defined in
BIOS by a fan speed count (the amount of time between clock input signals, not the number of clock
input signals in a period of time) and an interval (e.g., 160 ± 10). As long as the fan speed count is in
the specified range, fan output remains the same. If the fan speed count is higher than the high end
(e.g., 170), fan output increases to make the count lower. If the fan speed count is lower than the low
end (e.g., 150), fan output decreases to make the count higher. One example is illustrated in this
figure.
A
Count
170
C
160
150
Fan
output
(%)
100
50
0
Figure 8-14 Mechanism of Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode
The following tables show current temperatures, fan output values and the relative control registers at
Thermal CruiseTM and Fan Speed CruiseTM mode.
Table 8-6 Display Registers - at SMART FANTM I Mode
DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ATTRIBUTE
BIT DATA
Current CPU
Temperature
Bank1 Index
50h ,51h
CPUTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C bit 7,
0.5 °C
Current SYS
Temperature
Bank 0 Index
27h
SYSTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C
Current AUX
Temperature
Bank2 Index
50h,51h
AUXTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C bit 7,
0.5 °C
Current
CPUFANOUT0
Output Value
Bank0 Index
03h
CPUFANOUT0 Output
Value Select
80h / FFh by
strapping
bits 7~0
CPUFANOUT0
Value
Current
SYSFANOUT
Bank0 Index
01h
SYSFANOUT Output
Value Select
FFh
bits 7~0
SYSFANOUT Value
-50-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
REGISTER
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
Current
AUXFANOUT
Output Value
Bank0 Index
11h
AUXFANOUT Output
Value Select
FFh
bits 7~0
AUXFANOUT Value
Current
CPUFANOUT1
Output Value
Bank0 Index
61h
CPUFANOUT1 Output
Value Select
80h / FFh by
strapping
bits 7~0
CPUFANOUT1
Value
DESCRIPTION
ATTRIBUTE
BIT DATA
Output Value
Table 8-7 Relative Registers - at Thermal CruiseTM Mode
THERMALTM
CRUISE
MODE
STARTUP
VALUE
STOP
VALUE
KEEP
MIN.
FAN
OUTPUT
VALUE
STOP
TIME
TARGET
TEMPERATURE
TOLERANCE
SYSFANOUT
Bank0, 05h
Bank0, 07h
Bit0-3
Bank0,
0Ah
Bank0,
08h
Bank0,
12h, Bit5
Bank0,
0Ch
CPUFANOUT0
Bank0, 06h
Bank0, 07h,
Bit4-7
Bank0,
0Bh
Bank0,
09h
Bank0,
12h, Bit4
Bank0,
0Dh
AUXFANOUT
Bank0, 13h
Bank0, 14h,
Bit0-3
Bank0,
16h
Bank0,
15h
Bank0,
12h, Bit3
Bank0,
17h
CPUFANOUT1
Bank0, 63h
Bank0, 62h,
Bit0-3
Bank0,
65h
Bank0,
64h
Bank0,
12h, Bit6
Bank0,
66h
STEPDOWN
TIME
STEPUP
TIME
Bank0,
0Eh
Bank0,
0Fh
Table 8-8 Relative Registers-at Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode
SPEED
CRUISETM
MODE
TARGET-SPEED
COUNT
TOLERANCE
KEEP MIN. FAN
OUTPUT VALUE
SYSFANOUT
Bank0, Index 05h
Bank0, Index
07h,
bits 0-3
Bank0, Index 12h,
Bit5
CPUFANOUT0
Bank0, Index 06h
Bank0, Index
07h,
bits 4-7
Bank0, Index 12h,
Bit4
AUXFANOUT
Bank0, Index 13h
Bank0, Index
14h,
bits 0-3
Bank0, Index 12h,
Bit3
CPUFANOUT1
Bank0, Index 63h
Bank0, Index
62h,
bits 0-3
Bank0, Index 12h,
Bit6
-51-
STEPDOWN
TIME
Bank0,
Index
0Eh
STEPUP TIME
Bank0,
Index
0Fh
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.3.3. SMART FANTM III
SMART FANTM III controls the fan speed so that the temperature meets the target temperature set in
BIOS or application software. There are only two pairs of fan outputs and temperature sensors in
SMART FANTM III mode.
• CPUFANOUT0 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 49h, bits 2 ~ 0
• CPUFANOUT1 and the temperature sensor selected by Bank0 Index 4Ah, bits 7 ~ 5
CPUTIN
PECI_Agent1
PECI_Agent2
PECI_Agent3
PECI_Agent4
Pin 115
CPUFANOUT0
SYSTIN
AUXTIN
CPUTIN
PECI_Agent1
PECI_Agent2
PECI_Agent3
PECI_Agent4
Pin 120
CPUFANOUT1
The algorithm is as follows:
(1) The target temperature, temperature tolerance, maximum and minimum fan outputs and step are
set.
(2) The following figure shows the initial conditions. If the current temperature is within (Target
Temperature ± Temperature Tolerance), the fan speed remains constant.
-52-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Setting
Fan output
(DC / PWM)
Tolerance
Max. Fan Output
Min. Fan Output
Tar. - Tol.
Tar. + Tol.
Temperature
Figure 8-15 Setting of SMART FANTM III
(3) If the current temperature is higher than (Target Temperature + Temperature Tolerance), fan
speed rises one step. The step is the value in the CPUFANOUT Output Value Select Register,
Bank0 Index 03h or Index 61h. In addition, the target temperature shifts to (Target Temperature +
Temperature Tolerance), creating a new target temperature, named Target Temperature 1 in this
figure.
Current Temp. > Target Temp. +
Fan output
(DC / PWM)
Tol.
Tolerance
Max. Fan Output
Step
Fan Initial
Output Value
Min. Fan Output
Tar
Tar 1
Tar 3
Tar 2
Tar 5
Temperature
Tar 4
Figure 8-16 SMART FANTM III Mechanism (Current Temp. > Target Temp. + Tol.)
If the current temperature rises higher than (Target Temperature 1 + Temperature Tolerance), the
fan speed will rise one step, and the target temperature will shift to (Target Temperature 1 +
-53-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Temperature Tolerance), or Target Temperature 2. This process repeats whenever the current
temperature is higher than (Target Temperature X ± Temperature Tolerance) or until the fan
speed reaches its maximum speed.
(4) If the current temperature falls below (Target Temperature － Temperature Tolerance), the fan
speed falls one step. The step is the value in the CPUFANOUT Output Value Select Register,
Bank0 Index 03h or Index 61h. In addition, the target temperature shifts to (Target Temperature －
Temperature Tolerance), creating a new target temperature named Target Temperature 1.This is
illustrated in the figure below.
Current Temp. < Target Temp. - Tol.
Fan output
(DC / PWM)
Tolerance
Max. Fan Output
Fan Initial
Output Value
Step
Min. Fan Output
Tar 3
Tar
Tar 2
Temperature
Tar 1
Figure 8-17 SMART FANTM III Mechanism (Current Temp. < Target Temp. - Tol.)
If the current temperature falls lower than (Target Temperature 1 － Temperature Tolerance), the
fan speed is reduced one step again, and the target temperature shifts to (Target Temperature 1
－ Temperature Tolerance), or Target Temperature 2. This process repeats whenever the current
temperature is lower than (Target Temperature X － Temperature Tolerance) or until the fan
speed reaches its minimum speed.
(5) If the current temperature is always lower than (Target Temperature X － Temperature Tolerance),
the fan speed decreases slowly to zero or to a specified stop value. The stop value is enabled by
register Bank0 Index 12h, bit 4 and bit 6, and the stop value is specified in Bank0 Index 09h and
Index 64h. The fan remains at the stop value for the period of time defined in Bank0 Index 0Dh
and Index 66h.
-54-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
The following tables show current temperatures, fan output values and the relative control registers at
SMART FANTM III mode.
Table 8-9 Display Register - in SMART FANTM III Mode
DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ATTRIBUTE
BIT DATA
Current CPU
Temperature
Bank1 Index
50h ,51h
CPUTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C bit 7,
0.5 °C
Current SYS
Temperature
Bank 0 Index
27h
SYSTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C
Current AUX
Temperature
Bank2 Index
50h,51h
AUXTIN Temperature
Sensor
Read only
8 MSB, 1°C bit 7,
0.5 °C
Current
CPUFANOUT0
Output Value
Bank0 Index
03h
CPUFANOUT0 Output
Value Select
80h / FFh by
strapping
bits 7~0
CPUFANOUT0
Value
Current
CPUFANOUT1
Output Value
Bank0 Index
61h
CPUFANOUT1 Output
Value Select
80h / FFh by
strapping
bits 7~0
CPUFANOUT1
Value
Table 8-10 Relative Register - in SMART FANTM III Control Mode
TOLERANCE
STOP
VALUE
(MIN. FAN
OUTPUT)
MAX. FAN
OUTPUT
STOP
TIME
Bank0, Index 06h
Bank0, Index
07h, bits 4-7
Bank0,
Index 09h
Bank0, Index
67h
Bank0,
Index 0Dh
Bank0, Index 63h
Bank0, Index
62h, bits 0-3
Bank0,
Index 64h
Bank0, Index
69h
Bank0,
Index 66h
SMART FANTM III
MODE
OUTPUT STEP
STEP DOWN
TIME
STEP UP
TIME
KEEP MIN.
FAN
OUTPUT
VALUE
INITIAL
VALUE
CPUFANOUT0
Bank0, Index 68h
Bank0, Index
0Eh
Bank0,
Index 0Fh
Bank0, Index
12h, bit 4
Bank0,
Index 03h
CPUFANOUT1
Bank0, Index 6Ah
Bank0, Index
12h, bit 6
Bank0,
Index 03h
SMART FANTM III
MODE
TARGET
TEMPERATURE
CPUFANOUT0
CPUFANOUT1
-55-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.6.3.4. SMART FANTM III+
SMART FANTM III+ offers 2 slopes to control the fan speed. There are four fan outputs and temperature
sensors in SMART FANTM III+ mode.
• The temperature sensor is selected by Bank0 Index 75h, bits 3~1 & Bank1 Index 5Eh, bits
3~1.
• The fan output (SYSFANOUT, CPUFANOUT0, AUXFANOUT & CPUFANOUT1) is selected
by Bank0 Index 75, bits 5~4 & Bank1 Index 5Eh, bit 5~4.
The 2 slopes can be obtained by setting PWM1~PWM3 and Temperature1~Temperature3 through the
registers. When the temperature changes, FAN Output will calculate the DC/PWM output based on
the current slope. For example, in the following figure, T1~T3 are the temperature set and DC/PWM1
~ DC/PWM3 are the fan output set. Assume Tx and Ty are the current temperature and DC/PWMx
and DC/PWMy are the fan outputs, then
The slope:
(DC / PWM 2) − (DC / PWM 1)
(T 2 − T1)
(DC / PWM 3) − (DC / PWM 2)
Y=
(T 3 − T 2)
X =
Fan Output:
DC / PWMx = (DC / PWM 1) + (Tx − T 1) ⋅ X
DC / PWMy = (DC / PWM 2 ) + (Ty − T 2 ) ⋅ Y
Fan output
(DC/PWM)
DC/PWM3
DC/PWMy
DC/PWM2
DC/PWMx
DC/PWM1
Temperature
T1
Tx
T2
Ty
T3
Figure 8-18 SMART FANTM III+ Mechanism
-56-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Table 8-11 Display Registers - in SMART FANTM III+ Mode
DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ATTRIBUTE
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III + Temperature 1
Bank0 Index
6Fh
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+ Temperature 1
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III + Temperature 2
Bank0 Index
70h
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+ Temperature 2
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III + Temperature 3
Bank0 Index
71h
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+ Temperature 3
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 1
Bank0 Index
72h
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 1
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 2
Bank0 Index
73h
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 2
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 3
Bank0 Index
74h
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 3
Read / Write
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM
III +
input source & output FAN
select
Bank0 Index
75h, bit5-1
FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III
+
input source & output FAN
select
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III +
Temperature 1
Bank1 Index
58h
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+
Temperature 1
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III + Temperature 2
Bank1 Index
59h
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+ Temperature 2
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III + Temperature 3
Bank1 Index
5Ah
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+ Temperature 3
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 1
Bank1 Index
5Bh
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 1
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 2
Bank1 Index
5Ch
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 2
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III +
DC/PWM 3
Bank1 Index
5Dh
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+
DC/PWM 3
Read / Write
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM
III +
input source & output FAN
select
Bank1 Index
5Eh, bit5-1
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III
+
input source & output FAN
select
Read / Write
-57-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.7
Interrupt Detection
8.7.1
SMI# Interrupt Mode
The SMI#/OVT# pin (pin 5) is a multi-function pin. It can be in SMI# mode or in OVT# mode by setting
Configuration Register CR [29h], bit 6 to one or zero, respectively. In SMI# mode, it can monitor
voltages, fan counts, or temperatures.
8.7.1.1. Voltage SMI# Mode
The SMI# pin can create an interrupt if a voltage exceeds a specified high limit or falls below a
specified low limit. This interrupt must be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or
subsequent events do not generate interrupts. This mode is illustrated in the following figure.
High limit
Fan Count limit
Low limit
SMI#
*
*
*
SMI#
*
*
*
*Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
Figure 8-19 SMI Mode of Voltage and Fan Inputs
8.7.1.2. Fan SMI# Mode
The SMI# pin can create an interrupt if a fan count crosses a specified fan limit (rises above it or falls
below it). This interrupt must be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent
events do not generate interrupts. This mode is illustrated in the figure above.
-58-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.7.1.3. Temperature SMI# Mode
The SMI# pin can create interrupts that depend on the temperatures measured by SYSTIN, CPUTIN,
and AUXTIN. These interrupts are divided into two parts, one for SYSTIN and the other for CPUTIN /
AUXTIN.
8.7.1.3.1. Temperature Sensor 1 (SYSTIN) SMI# Interrupt
The SMI# pin has four interrupt modes with SYSTIN.
(1) Shut-down Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting THYST (Temperature Hysteresis) lower than TOL and setting
Bank0 Index 40h, bit 4 to 1.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature rises above TOL
or Shut-down mode high limit temperature, and when the current temperature falls below THYST or
Shut-down mode low limit temperature. Once the temperature rises above TOL, however, and
generates an interrupt, this mode does not generate additional interrupts, even if the temperature
remains above TOL, until the temperature falls below THYST. This interrupt must be reset by reading
all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent events do not generate interrupts, except the first
time current temperature rises above Shut-down mode high limit temperature. This is illustrated in
the following figure.
Shut-down mode
High Limit Temperature
Shut-down mode
Low Limit Temperature
TOL
THTST
SMI#
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
Shut-down Interrupt Mode
(2) Comparator Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting THYST (Temperature Hysteresis) to 127°C.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt as long as the current temperature exceeds TO
(Over Temperature). This interrupt can be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or
subsequent events do not generate interrupts. If the interrupt is reset, the SMI# pin continues to
create interrupts until the temperature goes below TO. This is illustrated in the figure below.
-59-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
THYST
127'C
TOI
TOI
THYST
SMI#
*
*
*
SMI#
*
*
*
*
*Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
Comparator Interrupt Mode
Two-Time Interrupt Mode
Figure 8-20 SMI Mode of SYSTIN I
(3) Two-Time Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting THYST (Temperature Hysteresis) lower than TO and setting Bank0
Index 4Ch, bit 5 to zero.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature rises above TO or
when the current temperature falls below THYST. Once the temperature rises above TO, however,
and generates an interrupt, this mode does not generate additional interrupts, even if the
temperature remains above TO, until the temperature falls below THYST. This interrupt must be
reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent events do not generate interrupts.
This is illustrated in the figure above.
(4) One-Time Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting THYST (Temperature Hysteresis) lower than TO and setting Bank0
Index 4Ch, bit 5 to one.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature rises above TO.
Once the temperature rises above TO, however, and generates an interrupt, this mode does not
generate additional interrupts, even if the temperature remains above TO, until the temperature
falls below THYST. This interrupt must be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or
subsequent events do not generate interrupts. This is illustrated in the following figure.
-60-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
TOI
THYST
SMI#
*
*
*Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
One-Time Interrupt Mode
Figure 8-21 SMI Mode of SYSTIN II
8.7.1.3.2. Temperature Sensor 2 (CPUTIN) And Sensor 3 (AUXTIN) SMI# Interrupt
The SMI# pin has three interrupt modes with CPUTIN / AUXTIN.
(1) Shut-down Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting Bank0 Index 4Ch, bit 6 to zero and Bank0 Index 40h, bit 6-5 to
one.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature rises above TOL
or Shut-down mode high limit temperature, and when the current temperature falls below THYST or
Shut-down mode low limit temperature. Once the temperature rises above TOL, however, and
generates an interrupt, this mode does not generate additional interrupts, even if the temperature
remains above TOL, until the temperature falls below THYST. This interrupt must be reset by reading
all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent events do not generate interrupts, except the first
time current temperature rises above Shut-down mode high limit temperature. This is illustrated in
the following figure.
Shut-down mode
High Limit Temperature
Shut-down mode
Low Limit Temperature
TOL
THTST
SMI#
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
Shut-down Interrupt Mode
-61-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(2) Comparator Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting Bank0 Index 4Ch, bit 6, to one.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature exceeds TO
(Over Temperature) and continues to create interrupts until the temperature falls below THYST.
This interrupt can be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent events do
not generate interrupts. This is illustrated in the figure below.
TOI
TOI
THYST
THYST
SMI#
*
*
*
*
SMI#
*
*
*
*
*Interrupt Reset when Interrupt Status Registers are read
Comparator Interrupt Mode
Two-Time Interrupt Mode
Figure 8-22 SMI Mode of CPUTIN
(3) Two-Times Interrupt Mode
This mode is enabled by setting Bank0 Index 4Ch, bit 6, to zero.
In this mode, the SMI# pin can create an interrupt when the current temperature rises above TO
or when the current temperature falls below THYST. Once the temperature rises above TO,
however, and generates an interrupt, this mode does not generate additional interrupts, even if
the temperature remains above TO, until the temperature falls below THYST. This interrupt must be
reset by reading all the interrupt status registers, or subsequent events do not generate interrupts.
This is illustrated in the figure above.
8.7.2
OVT# Interrupt Mode
The SMI#/OVT# pin is a multi-function pin. It can be in SMI# mode or in OVT# mode by setting
Configuration Register CR [29h], bit 6 to one or zero, respectively. In OVT# mode, it can monitor
temperatures, and it is enabled or disabled for SYSTIN, CPUTIN, and AUXTIN by Bank0 Index 18h,
bit 6; Bank0 Index 4Ch, bit 3; and Bank0 Index 4Ch, bit4.
The OVT# pin has two interrupt modes, comparator and interrupt. The modes are illustrated in this
figure.
-62-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
To
THYST
OVT#
(Comparator Mode; default)
OVT#
(Interrupt Mode)
*
*
*
*Interrupt Reset when Temperature sensor registers are read
Figure 8-23 OVT# Modes of Temperature Inputs
If Bank0 Index 18h, bit 4, Bank1 Index 52h, bit 1, and Bank2 Index 52h, bit1 are set to zero, the OVT#
pin is in comparator mode. In comparator mode, the OVT# pin can create an interrupt once the current
temperature exceeds TO and continues to create interrupts until the temperature falls below THYST. The
OVT# pin is asserted once the temperature has exceeded TO and has not yet fallen below THYST.
If Bank0 Index 18h, bit 4, Bank1 Index 52h, bit1, and Bank2 Index 52h, bit 1 are set to one, the OVT#
pin is in interrupt mode. In interrupt mode, the OVT# pin can create an interrupt once the current
temperature rises above TO or when the temperature falls below THYST. Once the temperature rises
above TO, however, and generates an interrupt, this mode does not generate additional interrupts,
even if the temperature remains above TO, until the temperature falls below THYST. This interrupt must
be reset by reading all the interrupt status registers. The OVT# pin is asserted when an interrupt is
generated and remains asserted until the interrupt is reset.
-63-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
8.7.3
Caseopen Detection
The purpose of Caseopen function is used to detect whether the computer case is opened. This
feature must be able to function even when there is no 3VSB power. Consequently, the power source
for the circuit is from either Pin 74 (VBAT) or Pin 61 (3VSB). 3VSB is the default power source. If there
is no 3VSB power, the power source is VBAT. This is designed to save power consumption of the
battery.
When the case is closed, the signal of Pin 76 must be pulled high by an externally pulled-up 2MΩ
resistor that is connected to Pin 74. Once the case is opened, the signal will be changed from high to
low. Meanwhile, the detection circuit inside the IC latches the signal. As a result, the interrupt status
and the real-time status can be read at the registers next time when the computer is booted. The
status will not be cleared unless Bank 0, Index 46h, bit 7, or CR [E6h] bit 5 at Logical Device A is set
to “1” first and then to “0”.
CASEOPEN#
CASEOPEN
CLEAR
CASEOPEN
STATUS
Figure 8-24 Caseopen Mechanism
8.7.4
BEEP Alarm Function
The W83627DHG-P provides an alarm output function at the BEEP/SO pin. The BEEP/SO pin is a
multi-function pin and can be configured as BEEP output, if Configuration Register CR [24h], bit 1 is
set to zero.
The BEEP outputs a warning tone when one of the monitored parameters in the following events is out
of the preset range.
z
z
z
z
z
Any voltage input of the nine pins (CPUVCORE, VIN[0..3], 3VCC, AVCC , 3VSB and VBAT) is
out of the allowed range;
Any temperature input of the three pins (SYSTIN, CPUTIN and AUXTIN) exceeds the limit;
Any fan input of the five pins (SYSFANIN, CPUFANIN0, AUXFANIN0, CPUFANIN1 and
AUXFANIN1) exceeds the limit;
CASEOPEN# input pin is sampled low;
User-defined bit (Bank 4, Index 53h, bit 5) is written to 1.
-64-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Whether the BEEP alarm function is enabled or disabled is determined by the control bit at Hardware
Monitor Device, Bank 0, Index 57h, bit 7. Also, each event has their individual enable bit at Hardware
Monitor Device, Bank 0, Index 56h bit [7:0], Index 57h bit [6:0] and Bank 4, Index 53h, bit [1:0].
BEEP/SO is an open-drain output pin and its default state is low. When the BEEP alarm function is
activated, this pin repeatedly outputs 600 Hz square wave for 0.5 second and 1.2 KHz square wave
for 0.5 second in turn until the enable bit or the abnormal event is cleared.
-65-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9. HARDWARE MONITOR REGISTER SET
The base address of the Address Port and Data Port is specified in registers CR [60h] and CR [61h] of
Device B, the hardware monitor device. CR [60h] is the high byte, and CR [61h] is the low byte. The
Address Port and Data Port are located at the base address, plus 5h and 6h, respectively. For
example, if CR [60h] is 02h and CR [61h] is 90h, the Address Port is at 0x295h, and the Data Port is at
0x296h.
9.1
Address Port (Port x5h)
Attribute:
Size:
Bit 6:0 Read/write , Bit 7: Reserved
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
Reserved
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
DEFAULT
0
00h (Address Pointer)
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
Reserved.
6-0
9.2
Read/Write.
Data Port (Port x6h)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Data
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
9.3
3
Data to be read from or to be written to Value RAM and Register.
SYSFANOUT PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 00h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
PWM_CLK_SEL1
DEFAULT
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
PWM_SCALE1
0
0
0
-66-
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
The register is meaningful only when SYSFANOUT is programmed for PWM output (i.e., Bank0 Index
04h, bit 0 is 0).
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
SYSFANOUT PWM Input Clock Source Select. This bit selects the clock source for
PWM output frequency.
0: The clock source is 24 MHz.
1: The clock source is 180 KHz.
6-0
SYSFANOUT PWM Pre-Scale divider. The clock source for PWM output is divided by
this seven-bit value to calculate the actual PWM output frequency.
PWM output frequency =
Input Clock
1
∗
Pre_Scale Divider 256
The maximum value of the divider is 127 (7Fh), and it should not be set to 0.
9.4
SYSFANOUT Output Value Select Register - Index 01h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
4
2
1
0
1
1
1
SYSFANOUT VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
3
1
1
FUNCTION MODE
PWM Output
(Bank 0, Index
04h, bit 0 is 0)
7
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
DC Voltage Output
(Bank 0, Index
04h, bit 0 is 1)
1
DESCRIPTION
1
6
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
The PWM duty cycle is equal to this 8-bit value, divided by 255,
times 100%. FFh creates a duty cycle of 100%, and 00h
creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
SYSFANOUT voltage control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
-67-
1
1
1
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.5
CPUFANOUT0 PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 02h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
NAME
PWM_CLK_SEL2
DEFAULT
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
PWM_SCALE2
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
CPUFANOUT0 PWM Input Clock Source Select. This bit selects the clock source for
PWM output.
0: The clock source is 24 MHz.
1: The clock source is 180 KHz.
6-0
CPUFANOUT0 PWM Pre-Scale divider. The clock source for PWM output is divided by
the seven-bit value to calculate the actual PWM output frequency.
PWM output frequency =
Input Clock
1
∗
Pre_Scale Divider 256
The maximum value of the divider is 127 (7Fh), and it should not be set to 0.
The register is meaningful only when CPUFANOUT0 is programmed for PWM output.
9.6
CPUFANOUT0 Output Value Select Register - Index 03h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
4
3
2
NAME
CPUFANOUT0 VALUE
DEFAULT
Strap by FAN_SET (Pin 117)
FUNCTION MODE
PWM Output
(Bank 0, Index
04h, bit 1 is 0)
7
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
DC Voltage
Output (Bank 0,
Index 04h, bit 1 is
1)
DESCRIPTION
6
5
3
2
0
1
0
CPUFANOUT0 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is
equal to this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh
creates a duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of
0%.
Strap by FAN_SET (Pin 117)
CPUFANOUT0 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this equation:
OUTPUT Voltage =
DEFAULT
4
1
AVCC *
FANOUT
64
Reserved
Strap by FAN_SET (Pin 117)
-68-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.7
FAN Configuration Register I - Index 04h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
RESERVED
NAME
0
DEFAULT
5
4
3
CPUFANOUT0_MODE
0
0
2
SYSFANOUT_MODE
0
0
BIT
1
0
CPUFANOUT0_SEL
SYSFANOUT_SEL
0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
7-6
Reserved.
5-4
CPUFANOUT0 Mode Control.
Bits
54
0 0: CPUFANOUT0 is in Manual Mode. (Default)
0 1: CPUFANOUT0 is in Thermal CruiseTM Mode.
1 0: CPUFANOUT0 is in Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode.
1 1: CPUFANOUT0 is in SMART FANTM III Mode.
3-2
SYSFANOUT Mode Control.
Bits
32
0 0: SYSFANOUT is in Manual Mode. (Default)
0 1: SYSFANOUT is in Thermal CruiseTM Mode.
1 0: SYSFANOUT is in Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode.
1 1: Reserved.
1
CPUFANOUT0 Output Mode Selection.
0: CPUFANOUT0 pin produces a PWM output duty cycle. (Default)
1: CPUFANOUT0 pin produces DC output.
0
SYSFANOUT Output Mode Selection.
0: SYSFANOUT pin produces a PWM duty cycle output.
1: SYSFANOUT pin produces DC output. (Default)
9.8
SYSTIN Target Temperature Register/ SYSFANIN Target Speed Register Index 05h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
FUNCTION MODE
TM
Thermal Cruise
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
7
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
DEFAULT
0
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SYSTIN Target Temperature
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SYSFANIN Target Speed
0
0
-69-
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.9
CPUTIN Target Temperature Register/ CPUFANIN0 Target Speed Register Index 06h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
NAME
DEFAULT
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUTIN Target Temperature / CPUFANIN0 Target Speed
0
0
0
FUNCTION MODE
7
TM
Thermal Cruise
or SMART FANTM
III
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
0
6
Reserved
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
CPUTIN Target Temperature
0
DEFAULT
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CPUFANIN0 Target Speed
0
DEFAULT
0
0
9.10 Tolerance of Target Temperature or Target Speed Register - Index 07h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
FUNCTION MODE
7
TM
Thermal Cruise
or SMART FANTM
III
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
6
5
4
Tolerance of CPUTIN Target
Temperature
0
0
0
Tolerance of
Target Speed
0
0
0
CPUFANIN0
0
0
3
2
1
0
Tolerance of SYSTIN Target
Temperature
0
0
0
Tolerance of
Target Speed
0
0
0
SYSFANIN
0
0
9.11 SYSFANOUT Stop Value Register - Index 08h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
SYSFANOUT STOP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
-70-
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, the SYSFANOUT value decreases to this eight-bit value if the temperature
stays below the lowest temperature limit. This value should not be zero.
Please note that Stop Value does not mean that the fan really stops. It means that if the temperature
keeps below low temperature limit, then the fan speed keeps on decreasing until reaching a minimum
value, and this is Stop Value.
9.12 CPUFANOUT0 Stop Value Register - Index 09h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT0 STOP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
InThermal CruiseTM mode or SMART FANTM III mode, the CPUFANOUT0 value decreases to this eightbit value if the temperature stays below the lowest temperature limit. This value should not be zero.
Please note that Stop Value does not mean that the fan really stops. It means that if the temperature
keeps below low temperature limit, then the fan speed keeps on decreasing until reaching a minimum
value, and this is Stop Value.
9.13 SYSFANOUT Start-up Value Register - Index 0Ah (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
SYSFANOUT START-UP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, SYSFANOUT value increases from zero to this eight-bit register value to
provide a minimum value to turn on the fan.
9.14 CPUFANOUT0 Start-up Value Register - Index 0Bh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT0 START-UP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, CPUFANOUT0 value increases from zero to this eight-bit register value to
provide a minimum value to turn on the fan.
-71-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.15 SYSFANOUT Stop Time Register - Index 0Ch (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
SYSFANOUT STOP TIME
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, if the stop value is enabled, this register determines the amount of time it
takes the SYSFANOUT value to fall from the stop value to zero.
(1)For PWM output:
The units are intervals of 0.1 seconds. The default time is 6 seconds.
(2)For DC output:
The units are intervals of 0.4 seconds. The default time is 24 seconds.
9.16 CPUFANOUT0 Stop Time Register - Index 0Dh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
CPUFANOUT0 STOP TIME
0
0
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode or SMART FANTM III mode, this register determines the amount of time it
takes the CPUFANOUT0 value to fall from the stop value to zero.
(1)For PWM output:
The units are intervals of 0.1 seconds. The default time is 6 seconds.
(2)For DC output:
The units are intervals of 0.4 seconds. The default time is 24 seconds.
9.17 Fan Output Step Down Time Register - Index 0Eh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
FANOUT VALUE STEP DOWN TIME
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
1
In SMART FANTM mode, this register determines the amount of time it takes FANOUT to decrease its
value by one step.
(1)For PWM output:
The units are intervals of 0.1 seconds. The default time is 1 seconds.
(2)For DC output:
The units are intervals of 0.4 seconds. The default time is 4 seconds.
-72-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.18 Fan Output Step Up Time Register - Index 0Fh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
FANOUT VALUE STEP UP TIME
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
1
In SMART FANTM mode, this register determines the amount of time it takes FANOUT to increase its
value by one step.
(1)For PWM output:
The units are intervals of 0.1 second. The default time is 1 second.
(2)For DC output:
The units are intervals of 0.4 second. The default time is 4 seconds.
9.19 AUXFANOUT PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 10h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
PWM_CLK_SEL3
DEFAULT
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
PWM_SCALE3
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
AUXFANOUT PWM Input Clock Source Select. This bit selects the clock source of
PWM output frequency.
0: The clock source is 24 MHz.
1: The clock source is 180 KHz.
6-0
AUXFANOUT PWM Pre-Scale Divider. The clock source for PWM output is divided by
this seven-bit value to calculate the actual PWM output frequency.
PWM output frequency =
Input Clock
1
∗
Pre_Scale Divider 256
The maximum value of the divider is 127 (7Fh), and it should be set to 0.
The register is only meaningful when AUXFANOUT is programmed for PWM output(i.e.,
Bank0 Index 12h, bit 0 is 0).
-73-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.20 AUXFANOUT Output Value Select Register - Index 11h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
AUXFANOUT Value
NAME
1
DEFAULT
1
1
FUNCTION MODE
PWM Output
(Bank 0, Index
12h, bit 0 is 0)
7
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
6
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
AUXFANOUT PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal
to this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
DEFAULT
DC Output (Bank
0, Index 12h, bit 0
is 1)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AUXFANOUT Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.21 FAN Configuration Register II - Index 12h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
NAME
RESERVED
CPUFANOUT1
_MIN_VALUE
SYSFANOUT
_MIN_VALUE
CPUFANOUT0
_MIN_VALUE
AUXFANOUT
_MIN_VALUE
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
2
1
AUXFANOUT
_MODE
0
0
AUXFANOUT
_SEL
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7
RESERVED.
6
CPUFANOUT1_MINT_VALUE.
0: CPUFANOUT1 value decreases to zero when the temperature goes below the target
range.
1: CPUFANOUT1 value decreases to the value specified in Index 64h when the
temperature goes below the target range.
5
SYSFANOUT_MIN_VALUE.
0: SYSFANOUT value decreases to zero when the temperature goes below the target
range.
-74-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1: SYSFANOUT value decreases to the value specified in Index 08h when the
temperature goes below the target range.
4
CPUFANOUT0_MIN_VALUE.
0: CPUFANOUT0 value decreases to zero when the temperature goes below the target
range.
1: CPUFANOUT0 value decreases to the value specified in Index 09h when the
temperature goes below the target range.
3
AUXFANOUT_MIN_VALUE.
0: AUXFANOUT value decreases to zero when the temperature goes below the target
range.
1: AUXFANOUT value decreases to the value specified in Index 17h when the
temperature goes below the target range.
2-1
0
AUXFANOUT_MODE.
Bits
21
0 0: AUXFANOUT is in Manual Mode. (Default)
0 1: AUXFANOUT is in Thermal CruiseTM Mode.
1 0: AUXFANOUT is in Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode.
1 1: Reserved and no function.
AUXFANOUT_SEL.
0: AUXFANOUT pin produces a PWM output duty cycle. (Default)
1: AUXFANOUT pin produces DC output.
9.22 AUXTIN Target Temperature Register/ AUXFANIN0 Target Speed Register Index 13h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXTIN Target Temperature / AUXFANIN0 Target Speed
NAME
0
DEFAULT
0
FUNCTION MODE
TM
Thermal Cruise
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
4
0
0
7
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
DEFAULT
0
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
0
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
AUXTIN Target Temperature
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
AUXFANIN0 Target Speed
0
0
-75-
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.23 Tolerance of Target Temperature or Target Speed Register - Index 14h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
FUNCTION MODE
7
TM
Thermal Cruise
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
6
5
4
Reserved
0
2
1
0
Tolerance of AUXTIN Target
Temperature
0
0
0
Reserved
0
3
0
0
0
Tolerance of
Target Speed
0
0
0
0
0
0
AUXFANIN0
0
0
9.24 AUXFANOUT Stop Value Register - Index 15h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
AUXFANOUT STOP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, the AUXFANOUT value decreases to this eight-bit value if the temperature
stays below the lowest temperature limit. This value should not be zero.
Please note that Stop Value does not mean that the fan really stops. It means that if the temperature
keeps below low temperature limit, then the fan speed keeps on decreasing until reaching a minimum
value, and this is Stop Value.
9.25 AUXFANOUT Start-up Value Register - Index 16h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
AUXFANOUT START-UP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, the AUXFANOUT value increases from zero to this eight-bit register value
to provide a minimum value to turn on the fan.
-76-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.26 AUXFANOUT Stop Time Register - Index 17h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
AUXFANOUT STOP TIME
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, if the stop value is enabled, this register determines the amount of time it
takes the AUXFANOUT value to fall from the stop value to zero.
(1) For PWM output,
The units are intervals of 0.1 second. The default time is 6 seconds.
(2) For DC output,
The units are intervals of 0.4 second. The default time is 24 seconds.
9.27 OVT# Configuration Register - Index 18h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
NAME
RESERVED
DIS_OVT1
RESERVED
OVT1_MODE
DEFAULT
0
1
0
0
BIT
3
2
1
RESERVED
0
0
1
1
DESCRIPTION
7
RESERVED.
6
DIS_OVT1.
0: Enable SYSTIN OVT# output.
1: Disable temperature sensor SYSTIN over-temperature (OVT#) output. (Default)
5
RESERVED.
4
OVT1_MODE.
0: Compare Mode. (Default)
1: Interrupt Mode.
3-0
0
RESERVED.
9.28 Reserved Registers - Index 19h ~ 1Fh (Bank 0)
-77-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.29 Value RAM ⎯ Index 20h ~ 3Fh (Bank 0)
ADDRESS A6-A0
DESCRIPTION
20h
CPUVCORE reading
21h
VIN0 reading
22h
AVCC reading
23h
3VCC reading
24h
VIN1 reading
25h
VIN2 reading
26h
VIN3 reading
27h
SYSTIN temperature sensor reading
28h
SYSFANIN reading
Note: This location stores the number of counts of the internal clock per
revolution.
29h
CPUFANIN0 reading
Note: This location stores the number of counts of the internal clock per
revolution.
2Ah
AUXFANIN0 reading
Note: This location stores the number of counts of the internal clock per
revolution.
2Bh
CPUVCORE High Limit
2Ch
CPUVCORE Low Limit
2Dh
VIN0 High Limit
2Eh
VIN0 Low Limit
2Fh
AVCC High Limit
30h
AVCC Low Limit
31h
3VCC High Limit
32h
3VCC Low Limit
33h
VIN1 High Limit
34h
VIN1 Low Limit
35h
VIN2 High Limit
36h
VIN2 Low Limit
37h
VIN3 High Limit
38h
VIN3 Low Limit
39h
SYSTIN temperature sensor High Limit
3Ah
SYSTIN temperature sensor Hysteresis Limit
3Bh
SYSFANIN Fan Count Limit
Note: It is the number of counts of the internal clock for the Limit of the fan
speed.
-78-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
ADDRESS A6-A0
DESCRIPTION
3Ch
CPUFANIN0 Fan Count Limit
Note: It is the number of counts of the internal clock for the Limit of the fan
speed.
3Dh
AUXFANIN0 Fan Count Limit
Note: It is the number of counts of the internal clock for the Limit of the fan
speed.
3Eh
CPUFANIN1 Fan Count Limit
Note: It is the number of counts of the internal clock for the Limit of the fan
speed.
3Fh
CPUFANIN1 reading
Note: This location stores the number of counts of the internal clock per
revolution.
9.30 Configuration Register - Index 40h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
INITIALIZATION
EN_WS2
EN_WS1
EN_WS
INT_CLEAR
RESERVED
SMI#ENABLE
START
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
Initialization. A one restores the power-on default values to some registers. This bit
clears itself since the power-on default of this bit is zero.
6
EN_WS2.
1: SMI# output type of temperature AUXTIN is Shut-down Interrupt Mode.
0: SMI# output type is in Shut-down Interrupt Mode. (Default)
5
EN_WS1.
1: SMI# output type of temperature CPUTIN is Shut-down Interrupt Mode.
0: SMI# output type is in Shut-down Interrupt Mode. (Default)
4
EN_WS.
1: SMI# output type of temperature SYSTIN is Shut-down Interrupt Mode.
0: SMI# output type is in Shut-down Interrupt Mode. (Default)
3
INT_Clear. A one disables the SMI# output without affecting the contents of Interrupt
Status Registers. The device will stop monitoring. It will resume upon clearing of this bit.
2
Reserved.
1
SMI#Enable. A one enables the SMI# Interrupt output.
0
Start. A one enables startup of monitoring operations. A zero puts the part in standby
mode.
Note: Unlike the “INT_Clear” bit, the outputs of interrupt pins will not be cleared if the user
writes a zero to this location after an interrupt has occurred.
-79-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.31 Interrupt Status Register 1 - Index 41h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
CPUFANIN0
SYSFANIN
CPUTIN
SYSTIN
3VCC
AVCC
VIN0
CPUVCORE
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
CPUFANIN0. A one indicates the fan count limit of CPUFANIN0 has been exceeded.
6
SYSFANIN. A one indicates the fan count limit of SYSFANIN has been exceeded.
5
CPUTIN. A one indicates the high limit of CPUTIN temperature has been exceeded.
4
SYSTIN. A one indicates the high limit of SYSTIN temperature has been exceeded.
3
3VCC. A one indicates the high or low limit of 3VCC has been exceeded.
2
AVCC. A one indicates the high or low limit of AVCC has been exceeded.
1
VIN0. A one indicates the high or low limit of VIN0 has been exceeded.
0
CPUVCORE. A one indicates the high or low limit of CPUVCORE has been exceeded.
9.32 Interrupt Status Register 2 - Index 42h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
TAR2
TAR1
AUXTIN
CASEOPEN
AUXFANIN0
VIN2
VIN3
VIN1
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
TAR2. A one indicates that the CPUTIN temperature has been over the target
temperature for three minutes at full fan speed in Thermal CruiseTM mode.
6
TAR1. A one indicates that the SYSTIN temperature has been over the target
temperature for three minutes at full fan speed in Thermal CruiseTM mode.
5
AUXTIN. A one indicates the high limit of AUXTIN temperature has been exceeded.
4
CASEOPEN. A one indicates the case has been opened.
3
AUXFANIN0. A one indicates the fan count limit of AUXFANIN0 has been exceeded.
2
VIN2. A one indicates the high or low limit of VIN2 has been exceeded.
1
VIN3. A one indicates the high or low limit of VIN3 has been exceeded.
0
VIN1. A one indicates the high or low limit of VIn1 has been exceeded.
-80-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.33 SMI# Mask Register 1 - Index 43h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
CPUFANIN0
SYSFANIN
CPUTIN
SYSTIN
3VCC
AVCC
VIN0
CPUVCORE
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
CPUFANIN0
A one disables the corresponding interrupt
6
SYSFANIN
5
CPUTIN
4
SYSTIN
status bit for the SMI interrupt. (See
Interrupt Status Register 1 – Index 41h
(Bank0))
3
3VCC
2
AVCC
1
VIN0
0
CPUVCORE
9.34 SMI# Mask Register 2 - Index 44h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
TAR2
TAR1
AUXTIN
CASEOPEN
AUXFANIN0
VIN2
VIN3
VIN1
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
TAR2
6
TAR1
5
AUXTIN
4
CASEOPEN
3
AUXFANIN0
2
VIN2
1
VIN3
0
VIN1
A one disables the corresponding interrupt
status bit for the interrupt. (See Interrupt
Status Register 2 – Index 42h (Bank0))
-81-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.35 Interrupt Status Register 4 - Index 45h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
3
Reserved.
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-3
4
0
0
2
1
0
Shut_AUX
Shut_CPU
Shut_SYS
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
2
Shut_AUX. A one indicates the SMI# Shut-down mode high limit of AUXTIN temperature
has been exceeded.
1
Shut_CPU. A one indicates the SMI# Shut-down mode high limit of CPUTIN temperature
has been exceeded.
0
Shut_SYS. A one indicates the SMI# Shut-down mode high limit of SYSTIN temperature
has been exceeded.
9.36 SMI# Mask Register 3 - Index 46h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
CASEOPEN
CLEAR
RESERVED
Shut_AUX
Shut_CPU
Shut_SYS
AUXFANIN1
CPUFANIN1
RESERVED
DEFAULT
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
CASEOPEN Clear Control. Write 1 to this bit will clear CASEOPEN status. This bit will
not be self cleared. Please write 0 after the event is cleared. The function is the same as
LDA, CR [E6h], bit 5.
6
Reserved.
5
Shut_AUX
A one disables the corresponding interrupt
4
Shut_CPU
3
Shut_SYS
status bit for the SMI interrupt. (See
Interrupt Status Register 4 – Index 45h
(Bank 0)).
2
AUXFANIN1.
A one disables the corresponding interrupt
1
CPUFANIN1.
status bit for the SMI interrupt. (See
Interrupt Status Register 3 – Index 50h
(Bank 4)).
0
Reserved.
-82-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.37 Fan Divisor Register I - Index 47h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
CPUFANIN0
DIV_B1
CPUFANIN0
DIV_B0
SYSFANIN
DIV_B1
SYSFANIN
DIV_B0
FANOPV4
FANINC4
FANOPV5
FANINC5
DEFAULT
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANIN0 Divisor, bits 1-0. (See VBAT
Monitor Control Register – Index 5Dh
(Bank 0))
7
CPUFANIN0 DIV_B1.
6
CPUFANIN0 DIV_B0.
5
SYSFANIN DIV_B1.
4
SYSFANIN DIV_B0.
3
FANOPV4. CPUFANIN1 output value, only if bit 2 is set to zero. Otherwise, this bit has
no meaning.
1: Pin 119 (CPUFANIN1) generates a logic-high signal.
0: Pin 119 generates a logic-low signal. (Default)
2
FANINC4. CPUFANIN1 Input Control.
1: Pin 119 (CPUFANIN1) acts as a FAN tachometer input. (Default)
0: Pin 119 acts as a FAN control signal, and the output value is set by register bit 3.
1
FANOPV5. AUXFANIN1 output value, only if bit 0 is set to zero. Otherwise, this bit has
no meaning.
1: Pin 58 (AUXFANIN1) generates a logic-high signal.
0: Pin 58 generates a logic-low signal. (Default)
0
FANINC5. AUXFANIN1 Input Control.
1: Pin 58 (AUXFANIN1) acts as a FAN tachometer input. (Default)
0: Pin 58 acts as a FAN control signal, and the output value is set by bit 1.
SYSFANIN Divisor, bits 1-0. (See VBAT
Monitor Control Register – Index 5Dh
(Bank0))
9.38 Serial Bus Address Register - Index 48h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
RESERVED
DEFAULT
0
6
7
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
1
SERIAL BUS ADDR.
0
BIT
6-0
5
1
0
1
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. (Read only)
SERIAL BUS ADDR. Serial Bus address .
-83-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.39 CPUFANOUT0/AUXFANOUT Monitor Temperature Source Select Register Index 49h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
RESERVED
AUXFANOUT
AUXFANOUT
AUXFANOUT
RESERVED
CPUFANOUT0
CPUFANOUT0
CPUFANOUT
TEMP_SEL[2]
TEMP_SEL[1]
TEMP_SEL[0]
TEMP_SEL[2]
TEMP_SEL[1]
TEMP_SEL[0]
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
0
DESCRIPTION
7
RESERVED.
6
AUXFANOUT TEMP_SEL[2].
5
AUXFANOUT TEMP_SEL[1].
4
AUXFANOUT TEMP_SEL[0].
3
RESERVED.
2
CPUFANOUT0 TEMP_SEL[2].
AUXFANOUT Temperature Source Select.
Bits
654
0 0 0: Select AUXTIN as AUXFANOUT monitor
source (Default). Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 2, Index
50 and 51, AUXTIN Temperature Sensor is
AUXTIN when this is selected.
0 0 1: Reserved.
0 1 0: Select PECI Agent 1 as AUXFANOUT
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 2, Index
50 and 51, AUXTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 1 when this is selected.
0 1 1: Select PECI Agent 2 as AUXFANOUT
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 2, Index
50 and 51, AUXTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 2 when this is selected.
1 0 0: Select PECI Agent 3 as AUXFANOUT
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 2, Index
50 and 51, AUXTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 3 when this is selected.
1 0 1: Select PECI Agent 4 as AUXFANOUT
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 2, Index
50 and 51, AUXTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 4 when this is selected.
CPUFANOUT0 Temperature Source Select.
Bits
210
0 0 0: Select CPUTIN as CPUFANOUT0 monitor
-84-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1
CPUFANOUT0 TEMP_SEL[1].
0
CPUFANOUT0 TEMP_SEL[0].
source (Default). Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 1, Index
50 and 51, CPUTIN Temperature Sensor is
CPUTIN when this is selected.
0 0 1: Reserved.
0 1 0: Select PECI Agent 1 as CPUFANOUT0
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 1, Index
50 and 51, CPUTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 1 when this is selected.
0 1 1: Select PECI Agent 2 as CPUFANOUT0
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 1, Index
50 and 51, CPUTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 2 when this is selected.
1 0 0: Select PECI Agent 3 as CPUFANOUT0
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 1, Index
50 and 51, CPUTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 3 when this is selected.
1 0 1: Select PECI Agent 4 as CPUFANOUT0
monitor source. Please be noted that the
temperature source / reading in the Bank 1, Index
50 and 51, CPUTIN Temperature Sensor is PECI
Agent 4 when this is selected.
9.40 CPUFANOUT1 Monitor Temperature Source Select Register - Index 4Ah
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
NAME
CPUFANOUT1
TEMP_SEL[2]
CPUFANOUT1
TEMP_SEL[1]
CPUFANOUT1
TEMP[0]
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
RESERVED
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANOUT1 TEMP_SEL[2].
CPUFANOUT1 Temperature Source Select
Bits
765
0 0 0: Select SYSTIN as CPUFANOUT1 monitor
source. (Default)
-85-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
6
CPUFANOUT1 TEMP_SEL[1].
5
CPUFANOUT1 TEMP_SEL[0].
4-0
0 0 1: Select CPUTIN as CPUFANOUT1 monitor
source.
0 1 0: Select AUXTIN as CPUFANOUT1 monitor
source.
0 1 1: Reserved.
1 0 0: Select PECI Agent 1 as CPUFANOUT1
monitor source.
1 0 1: Select PECI Agent 2 as CPUFANOUT1
monitor source.
1 1 0: Select PECI Agent 3 as CPUFANOUT1
monitor source.
1 1 1: Select PECI Agent 4 as CPUFANOUT1
monitor source.
RESERVED.
9.41 Fan Divisor Register II - Index 4Bh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
NAME
AUXFANIN0
DIV_B1
AUXFANIN0
DIV_B0
DEFAULT
0
1
BIT
5
4
3
2
ADCOVSEL
0
0
1
0
RESERVED
0
1
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7
AUXFANIN0 DIV_B1.
6
AUXFANIN0 DIV_B0.
5-4
ADCOVSEL. A/D Converter Clock Input select.
Bits
54
0 0: ADC clock select 22.5 KHz. (Default)
0 1: ADC clock select 5.6 KHz. (22.5K/4)
1 0: ADC clock select 1.4 KHz. (22.5/16)
1 1: ADC clock select 0.35 KHz. (22.5/64)
3-2
RESERVED. These two bits should be set to 01h, the default value.
1-0
RESERVED.
9.42 SMI#/OVT# Control Register - Index 4Ch (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
-86-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
NAME
CPUFANIN1
DIV_B2
T2T3_INT
MODE
EN_T1
_ONE
DIS_
OVT3
DIS_
OVT2
OVTPOL
DEFAULT
0
0
0
1
0
0
BIT
1
0
RESERVED
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7
CPUFANIN1 DIV_B2. CPUFANIN1 Divisor bit 2.
6
T2T3_INT MODE.
1: SMI# output type of Temperature CPUTIN / AUXTIN is in Comparator Interrupt mode.
0: SMI# output type is in Two-Times Interrupt mode. (Default)
5
EN_T1_ONE.
1: SMI# output type of temperature SYSTIN is One-Time Interrupt mode.
0: SMI# output type is Two-Times Interrupt mode. (Default)
4
DIS_OVT3.
1: Disable temperature sensor AUXTIN over-temperature (OVT) output. (Default)
0: Enable AUXTIN OVT output through pin OVT#.
3
DIS_OVT2.
1: Disable temperature sensor CPUTIN over-temperature (OVT) output.
0: Enable CPUTIN OVT output through pin OVT#. (Default)
2
OVTPOL. Over-temperature polarity.
1: OVT# active high.
0: OVT# active low. (Default)
1-0
RESERVED.
9.43 FAN IN/OUT Control Register - Index 4Dh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
1
BIT
7-6
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
FANOPV3
FANINC3
FANOPV2
FANINC2
FANOPV1
FANINC1
0
1
0
1
0
1
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
5
FANOPV3. AUXFANIN0 output value, only if bit 4 is set to zero.
1: Pin 111 (AUXFANIN0) generates a logic-high signal.
0: Pin 111 generates a logic-low signal. (Default)
4
FANINC3. AUXFANIN0 Input Control.
-87-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1: Pin 111 (AUXFANIN0) acts as a FAN tachometer input. (Default)
0: Pin 111 acts as a FAN control signal, and the output value is set by bit 5.
3
FANOPV2. CPUFANIN0 output value, only if bit 2 is set to zero.
1: Pin 112 (CPUFANIN0) generates a logic-high signal.
0: Pin 112 generates a logic-low signal. (Default)
2
FANINC2. CPUFANIN0 Input Control.
1: Pin 112 (CPUFANIN0) acts as a FAN tachometer input. (Default)
0: Pin 112 acts as a FAN control signal, and the output value is set by bit 3.
1
FANOPV1. SYSFANIN output value, only if bit 0 is set to zero.
1: Pin 113 (SYSFANIN) generates a logic-high signal.
0: Pin 113 generates a logic-low signal. (Default)
0
FANINC1. SYSFANIN Input Control.
1: Pin 113 (SYSFANIN) acts as a FAN tachometer input. (Default)
0: Pin 113 acts as a FAN control signal, and the output value is set by bit 1.
9.44 Register 50h ~ 5Fh Bank Select Register - Index 4Eh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
HBACS
RESERVED
EN_AUXFANIN1
EN_CPUFANIN1
RESERVED
BANKSEL2
BANKSEL1
BANKSEL0
_BP
_BP
DEFAULT
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
0
DESCRIPTION
7
HBACS. High Byte Access.
1: Access Index 4Fh high-byte register. (Default)
0: Access Index 4Fh low-byte register.
6
RESERVED.
5
EN_AUXFANIN1_BP. BEEP output control for AUXFANIN1 if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
4
EN_CPUFANIN1_BP. BEEP output control for CPUFANIN1 if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
3
RESERVED. This bit should be set to 0.
2
BANKSEL2.
1
BANKSEL1.
0
BANKSEL0.
Bank Select for Index Ports 0x50h ~ 0x5Fh.
The three-bit binary value corresponds to
the bank number. For example, “010”
selects Bank 2.
-88-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.45 Nuvoton Vendor ID Register - Index 4Fh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
16 bits
15
BIT
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
VIDH
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
1
VIDL
NAME
DEFAULT
BIT
1
0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
15-8
Vendor ID High-Byte, if Index 4Eh, bit 7 is 1. Default 5Ch.
7-0
Vendor ID Low-Byte, if Index 4Eh, bit 7 is 0. Default A3h.
9.46 Reserved Register - Index 50h ~ 55h (Bank 0)
-89-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.47 BEEP Control Register 1 - Index 56h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
EN_
CPUFANIN0
_BP
EN_
SYSFANIN
_BP
EN_
CPUTIN
_BP
EN_
SYSTIN
_BP
EN_
3VCC
_BP
EN_
AVCC
_BP
EN_
VIN0
_BP
EN_
CPUVCORE
_BP
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
EN_CPUFANIN0_BP. BEEP output control for CPUFANIN0 if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
6
EN_SYSFANIN_BP. BEEP output control for SYSFANIN if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
5
EN_CPUTIN_BP. BEEP output control fro temperature CPUTIN if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
4
EN_SYSTIN_BP. BEEP output control for temperature SYSTIN if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
3
EN_3VCC_BP. BEEP output control for 3VCC if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
2
EN_AVCC_BP. BEEP output control for AVCC if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
1
EN_VIN0_BP. BEEP output control for VIN0 if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
0
EN_CPUVCORE_BP. BEEP output control for CPUVCORE if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
-90-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.48 BEEP Control Register 2 - Index 57h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
EN_GBP
EN_
VIN4_BP
EN_
AUXTIN
_BP
EN_
CASEOPEN
_BP
EN_
AUXFANIN0
_BP
EN_VIN3
_BP
EN_VIN2
_BP
EN_VIN1
_BP
DEFAULT
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
EN_GBP. Global BEEP control.
1: Enable global BEEP output. (Default)
0: Disable all BEEP output.
6
EN_VIN4_BP. BEEP output control for VIN4 if the monitored value exceeds the limit
value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
5
EN_AUXTIN_BP. BEEP output control for temperature AUXTIN if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
4
EN_CASEOPEN_BP. BEEP output control for CASEOPEN if the case has been
opened.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
3
EN_AUXFANIN0_BP. BEEP output control for AUXFANIN0 if the monitored value
exceeds the threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
2
EN_VIN3_BP. BEEP output control for VIN3 if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
1
EN_VIN2_BP. BEEP output control for VIN2 if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
0
EN_VIN1_BP. BEEP output control for VIN1 if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
1: Enable BEEP output.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
-91-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.49 Chip ID - Index 58h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
CHIPID
NAME
DEFAULT
1
1
0
0
BIT
7-0
3
DESCRIPTION
CHIPID. Nuvoton Chip ID number. Default C1h.
9.50 Fan Divisor Selection Register - Index 59h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
AUXFANIN1
DIV_B2
DEFAULT
0
6
5
4
RESERVED
1
1
3
2
1
0
AUXFANIN1
DIV_B1
AUXFANIN1
DIV_B0
CPUFANIN1
DIV_B1
CPUFANIN1
DIV_B0
0
0
0
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
AUXFANIN1 DIV_B2. AUXFANIN1 Divisor, bit 2. (See VBAT Monitor Control Register –
Index 5Dh (Bank 0))
6~4
3
AUXFANIN1 DIV_B1.
2
AUXFANIN1 DIV_B0.
1
CPUFANIN1 DIV_B1
0
CPUFANIN1 DIV_B0
AUXFANIN1 Divisor, bits 1-0. (See VBAT
Monitor Control Register – Index 5Dh
(Bank 0))
CPUFANIN1 Divisor, bits 1-0. (See VBAT
Monitor Control Register – Index 5Dh
(Bank 0))
9.51 Reserved Register - Index 5Ah ~ 5Ch (Bank 0)
9.52 VBAT Monitor Control Register - Index 5Dh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
4
-92-
3
2
1
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
NAME
AUXFANIN0
DIV_B2
CPUFANIN0
DIV_B2
SYSFANIN
DIV_B2
RESERVED
DIODES3
DIODES2
DIODES1
EN_
VBAT
_MNT
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
AUXFANIN0 DIV_B2. AUXFANIN0 Divisor, bit 2.
6
CPUFANIN0 DIV_B2. CPUFANIN0 Divisor, bit 2.
5
SYSFANIN DIV_B2. SYSFANIN Divisor, bit 2.
4
RESERVED.
3
DIODES3. Sensor Type Selection for AUXTIN.
1: Diode sensor.
0: Thermistor sensor.
2
DIODES2. Sensor Type Selection for CPUTIN.
1: Diode sensor.
0: Thermistor sensor.
1
DIODES1. Sensor Type Selection for SYSTIN.
1: Diode Sensor.
0: Thermistor sensor.
0
EN_VBAT_MNT.
1: Enable battery voltage monitor. When this bit changes from zero to one, it takes one
monitor cycle time to update the VBAT reading value register.
0: disable battery voltage monitor.
Fan divisor table:
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
FAN DIVISOR
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
FAN DIVISOR
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
16
0
0
1
2
1
0
1
32
0
1
0
4
1
1
0
64
0
1
1
8
1
1
1
128
-93-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.53 Critical Temperature and Current Mode Enable Register - Index 5Eh (Bank
0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
EN_
EN_
EN_
EN_
EN_
EN_
EN_
RESERVED
CPUFANOUT1
AUXFANOUT
CPUFANOUT
SYSFANOUT
AUXTIN
CPUTIN
CRITICAL
TEMP
CRITICAL
TEMP
CRITICAL
TEMP
CRITICAL
TEMP
CURRENT
MODE
CURRENT
MODE
SYSTIN
CURRENT
MODE
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
DEFAULT
BIT
0
DESCRIPTION
7
EN_CPUFANOUT1 CRITICAL TEMP.
1: Enable CPUFANOUT1 critical temperature protection.
0: Disable CPUFANOUT1 critical temperature protection. (Default)
6
EN_AUXFANOUT CRITICAL TEMP.
1: Enable AUXFANOUT critical temperature protection.
0: Disable AUXFANOUT critical temperature protection. (Default)
5
EN_CPUFANOUT CRITICAL TEMP.
1: Enable CPUFANOUT0 critical temperature protection.
0: Disable CPUFANOUT0 critical temperature protection. (Default)
4
EN_SYSFANOUT CRITICAL TEMP.
1: Enable SYSFANOUT critical temperature protection.
0: Disable SYSFANOUT critical temperature protection. (Default)
3
EN_AUXTIN CURRENT MODE. (To enable the current mode, please also set Bank0,
Index 5Dh, Bit 3 to ‘1’)
1: Temperature sensing of AUXTIN by Current Mode.
0: Temperature sensing of AUXTIN depends on the setting of Index 5Dh. (Default)
2
EN_CPUTIN CURRENT MODE. (To enable the current mode, please also set Bank0,
Index 5Dh, Bit 2 to ‘1’)
1: Temperature sensing of CPUTIN by Current Mode. (Default)
0: Temperature sensing of CPUTIN depends on the setting of Index 5Dh.
1
EN_SYSTIN CURRENT MODE. (To enable the current mode, please also set Bank0,
Index 5Dh, Bit 1 to ‘1’)
1: Temperature sensing of SYSTIN by Current Mode.
0: Temperature sensing of SYSTIN depends on the setting of Index 5Dh. (Default)
0
RESERVED.
9.54 Reserved Register - Index 5Fh (Bank 0)
-94-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.55 CPUFANOUT1 PWM Output Frequency Configuration Register - Index 60h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
PWM_CLK_SEL4
6
DEFAULT
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
PWM_SCALE4
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
PWM_CLK_SEL4. CPUFANOUT1 PWM Input Clock Source Select. This bit selects the
clock source for PWM output.
0: The clock source is 24 MHz.
1: The clock source is 180 KHz.
6-0
PWM_SCALE4. CPUFANOUT1 PWM Pre-Scale Divider. The clock source of PWM
output is divided by this seven-bit value to calculate the actual PWM output frequency.
PWM output frequency =
Input Clock
1
∗
Pre_Scale Divider 256
The maximum value of the divider is 127 (7Fh), and it should not be set to 0.
The register is only meaningful when CPUFANOUT1 is programmed for PWM output.
9.56 CPUFANOUT1 Output Value Select Register - Index 61h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
4
3
2
NAME
CPUFANOUT1 Value
DEFAULT
Strap by FAN_SET2 (Pin 83)
FUNCTION MODE
PWM Output
(Bank 0, Index
62h, bit 6 is 0)
7
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
DC Output (Bank
0, Index 62h, bit 6
is 1)
DESCRIPTION
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
0
CPUFANOUT1 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal
to this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and creates a duty cycle of 0%.
Strap by FAN_SET2 (Pin 83)
CPUFANOUT1 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this equation:
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
Reserved
Strap by FAN_SET2 (Pin 83)
-95-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.57 FAN Configuration Register III - Index 62h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
NAME
RESERVED
CPUFANOUT1
_SEL
DEFAULT
0
1
5
4
3
CPUFANOUT1_MODE
0
BIT
2
1
0
TARGET TEMPERATURE TOLERANCE /
CPUFANIN1 TARGET SPEED TOLERANCE
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7
RESERVED.
6
CPUFANOUT1_SEL. CPUFANOUT1 Output Mode Selection.
0: CPUFANOUT1 pin produces a PWM output duty cycle.
1: CPUFANOUT1 pin produces DC output. (Default)
5-4
CPUFANOUT1_MODE. CPUFANOUT1 Mode Control.
Bits
54
0 0: CPUFANOUT1 is in Manual Mode. (Default)
0 1: CPUFANOUT1 is in Thermal CruiseTM Mode.
1 0: CPUFANOUT1 is in Fan Speed CruiseTM Mode.
1 1: CPUFANOUT1 is in SMART FANTM III Mode.
3-0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode or SMART
FANTM III Mode:
Tolerance of select temperature source
Target Temperature.
In Fan Speed CruiseTM mode:
Tolerance of CPUFANIN1 Target Speed.
9.58 Target Temperature Register/CPUFANIN1 Target Speed Register - Index 63h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Target Temperature / Target Speed
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
FUNCTION MODE
TM
0
0
7
Thermal Cruise
or SMART FANTM
III mode
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
DEFAULT
0
Fan Speed
CruiseTM
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Target Temperature of select temperature source.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CPUFANIN1 Target Speed
0
0
-96-
0
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.59 CPUFANOUT1 Stop Value Register - Index 64h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT1 STOP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, the CPUFANOUT1 value decreases to this eight-bit value if the
temperature stays below the lowest temperature limit. This value should not be zero.
Please note that Stop Value does not mean that the fan really stops. It means that if the temperature
keeps below low temperature limit, then the fan speed keeps on decreasing until reaching a minimum
value, and this is Stop Value.
9.60 CPUFANOUT1 Start-up Value Register - Index 65h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT1 START-UP VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, CPUFANOUT1 value increases from zero to this eight-bit register value to
provide a minimum value to turn on the fan.
9.61 CPUFANOUT1 Stop Time Register - Index 66h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
CPUFANOUT1 STOP TIME
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode or SMART FANTM III mode, if the stop value is enabled, this register
determines the amount of time it takes the CPUFANOUT1 value to fall from the stop value to zero.
(1)For PWM output:
The units are intervals of 0.1 second. The default time is 6 seconds.
(2)For DC output:
The units are intervals of 0.4 second. The default time is 24 seconds.
-97-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.62 CPUFANOUT0 Maximum Output Value Register - Index 67h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
CPUFANOUT0 MAX. VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
1
1
1
1
1
In SMART FANTM III mode, the CPUFANOUT0 value increases to this value. This value cannot be zero,
and it cannot be lower than the CPUFANOUT0 Stop value.
9.63 CPUFANOUT0 Output Step Value Register - Index 68h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT0 STEP
0
0
0
0
0
In SMART FANTM III mode, the CPUFANOUT0 value decreases or increases by this eight-bit value,
when needed.
9.64 CPUFANOUT1 Maximum Output Value Register - Index 69h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
CPUFANOUT1 MAX. VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
4
1
1
1
1
1
In SMART FANTM III mode, the CPUFANOUT1 value increases to this value. This value cannot be
zero, and it cannot be lower than the CPUFANOUT1 Stop value.
9.65 CPUFANOUT1 Output Step Value Register - Index 6Ah (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
CPUFANOUT1 STEP
NAME
DEFAULT
4
0
0
0
0
0
In SMART FANTM III mode, the CPUFANOUT1 value decreases or increases by this eight-bit value,
when needed.
-98-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.66 SYSFANOUT Critical Temperature register - Index 6Bh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
NAME
DEFAULT
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
SYSFANOUT THRESHOLD TEMPERATURE
1
1
1
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, when the function of SYSFANOUT temperature sensing is enabled, and
the monitored temperature exceeds the threshold temperature, the SYSFANOUT will work at full
speed.
9.67 CPUFANOUT0 Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Ch (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
CPUFANOUT0 CRITICAL TEMPERATURE
NAME
DEFAULT
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, when the function of CPUFANOUT0 temperature sensing is enabled, and
the monitored temperature exceeds the threshold temperature, the CPUFANOUT0 will work at full
speed.
9.68 AUXFANOUT Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Dh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
AUXFANOUT CRITICAL TEMPERATURE
NAME
DEFAULT
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, when the function of AUXFANOUT temperature sensing is enabled, and
the monitored temperature exceeds the threshold temperature, the AUXFANOUT will work at full
speed.
-99-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.69 CPUFANOUT1 Critical Temperature Register - Index 6Eh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
CPUFANOUT1 CRITICAL TEMPERATURE
NAME
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
In Thermal CruiseTM mode, when the function of CPUFANOUT1 temperature sensing is enabled, and
the monitored temperature exceeds the threshold temperature, the CPUFANOUT1 will work at full
speed.
9.70 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1) – Index 6Fh (Bank
0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
IV
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ Temperature 1
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1).
9.71 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2) – Index 70h (Bank
0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ Temperature 2
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2).
-100-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.72 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 3 Register (T3) – Index 71h (Bank
0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+-1 Temperature 3
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+-1 Temperature 3 Register (T3).
9.73 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 1 Register - Index 72h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
TM
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 1
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 1 Register.
9.74 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 2 Register - Index 73h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
0
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 2
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 2 Register.
-101-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.75 FANCTRL5 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 3 Register - Index 74h (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
0
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 3
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 3 Register.
9.76 SMART FANTM III+-1 input source & output FAN select Register - Index 75h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
NAME
Reserved
Reserved
DEFAULT
0
0
5
4
TM
SMART FAN III+-1
FAN_SEL
0
BIT
0
3
2
SMART FAN
1
TM
1
III+-1 TEMP_SEL
1
1
0
Reserved
0
DESCRIPTION
7-6
Reserved.
5-4
SMART FANTM III+-1 FAN_SEL.
Bits
54
0 0: SMART FAN TM I Æ AUXFANOUT
SMART FAN TM I or III Æ CPUFANOUT1
0 1: SMART FAN TM III+ Æ AUXFANOUT
SMART FAN TM I or III Æ CPUFANOUT1
1 0: SMART FAN TM I Æ AUXFANOUT
SMART FAN TM III+ Æ CPUFANOUT1
1 1: SMART FAN TM III+ Æ AUXFANOUT
SMART FAN TM III+ Æ CPUFANOUT1
3-1
SMART FANTM III+-1 TEMP_SEL .
Bits
321
0 0 0: SYS Temperature
0 0 1: CPU Temperature
0 1 0: AUX Temperature
0 1 1: PECI1
1 0 0: PECI2
1 0 1: PECI3
1 1 0: PECI4
-102-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1 1 1: Reserved (Default)
0
Reserved.
9.77 SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index 76h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature.
9.78 SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 77h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SYSTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature.
9.79 CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index 78h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
DEFAULT
7-0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature
NAME
BIT
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature.
-103-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.80 CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 79h
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature.
9.81 AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature Register - Index
7Ah (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode High Limit Temperature.
9.82 AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature Register - Index 7Bh
(Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
DEFAULT
7-0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature
NAME
BIT
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
AUXTIN SMI# Shut-down mode Low Limit Temperature.
-104-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.83 Temperature selection Register - Index 7Ch (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
Reserved
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
4
3
MNTEMP2_SEL
MNTEMP1_SEL
0
0
0
BIT
7-5
1
0
Tread_SEL
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
4
MNTEMP2_SEL.
0: CPUTIN Temperature (Default)
1: PECI1
3
MNTEMP1_SEL.
0: SYSTIN Temperature (Default)
1: PECI1
2-0
2
Tread_SEL. (see Temperature Register – Index 7Dh (Bank 0))
Bits
210
0 0 0: SYSTIN Temperature (Default)
0 0 1: CPUTIN Temperature
0 1 0: AUXTIN Temperature
0 1 1: Reserved
1 0 0: PECI1
1 0 1: PECI2
1 1 0: PECI3
1 1 1: PECI4
9.84 Temperature Register - Index 7Dh (Bank 0)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
DEFAULT
7-0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Temperature Register
NAME
BIT
4
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
Temperature Register. (see Temperature selection Register – Index 7C (Bank 0))
-105-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.85 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 50h
(Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TEMP
NAME
DEFAULT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
TEMP. Temperature of the CPUTIN sensor. The nine-bit value is in units of
0.5°C.
Note: The temperature source / reading is affected by the register value at Bank0, Index 49, bit [2:0].
Please refer to Chapter 9.39 for detail information.
9.86 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index 51h
(Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
TEMP
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RESERVED
DEFAULT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
TEMP. Temperature of the CPUTIN sensor. The nine-bit value is in units of
0.5°C.
6-0
RESERVED.
Note: The temperature source / reading is affected by the register value at Bank0, Index 49, bit [2:0].
Please refer to Chapter 9.39 for detail information.
9.87 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Configuration Register - Index 52h (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
3
FAULT
0
BIT
0
0
2
1
0
RESERVED
OVTMOD
STOP
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7-5
RESERVED. These bits should be set to zero.
4-3
FAULT. Number of faults to detect before setting OVT# output. This avoids false
strapping due to noise.
2
RESERVED. This bit should be set to zero.
1
OVTMOD. OVT# Mode Select.
-106-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Compare mode. (Default)
1: Interrupt mode.
0
STOP.
0: Monitor CPUTIN.
1: Stop monitoring CPUTIN.
9.88 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (High Byte) Register - Index 53h
(Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
1
THYST
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
0
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
THYST. Hysteresis temperature bits 8-1. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C,
and the default is 75°C.
9.89 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (Low Byte) Register - Index 54h
(Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
THYST
DEFAULT
0
BIT
7
6-0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
RESERVED
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
THYST. Hysteresis temperature bit 0. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C.
RESERVED.
-107-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.90 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (High Byte) Register - Index
55h (Bank1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
TOVF
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
TOVF. Over-temperature bits 8-1. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C, and the
default is 80°C.
9.91 CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (Low Byte) Register - Index
56h (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
TOVF
DEFAULT
0
6
5
6-0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
RESERVED
0
0
BIT
7
4
0
0
DESCRIPTION
TOVF. Over-temperature bit 0. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C.
RESERVED.
9.92 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1) – Index 58h (Bank
1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
SMART FAN
0
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ Temperature 1
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ Temperature 1 Register (T1).
-108-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.93 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2) – Index 59h (Bank
1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
SMART FAN
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ Temperature 2
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ Temperature 2 Register (T2).
9.94 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ Temperature 3 Register (T3) – Index 5Ah (Bank
1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ Temperature 3
0
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ Temperature 3 Register (T3).
9.95 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 1 Register - Index 5Bh (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
0
3
IV
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 1
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 1 Register.
-109-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.96 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 2 Register - Index 5Ch (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
3
TM
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 2
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 2 Register.
9.97 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ DC/PWM 3 Register - Index 5Dh (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
SMART FAN
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
7-0
4
0
3
TM
2
1
0
0
0
0
III+ DC/PWM 3
0
DESCRIPTION
SMART FAN
TM
III+ DC/PWM 3 Register.
9.98 FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ input source & output FAN select Register Index 5Eh (Bank 1)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
NAME
Reserved
Reserved
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
5
4
TM
SMART FAN III+
FAN_SEL
0
0
3
2
SMART FAN
1
TM
1
III+ TEMP_SEL
1
1
0
Reserved
0
DESCRIPTION
7-6
Reserved.
5-4
SMART FANTM III+ FAN_SEL.
Bits
54
0 0: SMART FAN TM I Æ SYSFANOUT
SMART FAN TM I or III Æ CPUFANOUT0
0 1: SMART FAN TM III+ Æ SYSFANOUT
SMART FAN TM I or III Æ CPUFANOUT0
-110-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1 0: SMART FAN I Æ SYSFANOUT
SMART FAN TM III+ Æ CPUFANOUT0
1 1: SMART FAN TM III+ Æ SYSFANOUT
SMART FAN TM III+ Æ CPUFANOUT0
TM
3-1
0
SMART FANTM III+ TEMP_SEL.
Bits
321
0 0 0: SYS Temperature
0 0 1: CPU Temperature
0 1 0: AUX Temperature
0 1 1: Reserved
1 0 0: PECI1
1 0 1: PECI2
1 1 0: PECI3
1 1 1: PECI4 (Default)
Reserved.
9.99 AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (High Byte) Register - Index 50h
(Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TEMP
NAME
DEFAULT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
TEMP. Temperature of the AUXTIN sensor. The nine-bit value is in units of
0.5°C.
Note: The temperature source / reading is affected by the register value at Bank0, Index 49, bit [6:4].
Please refer to Chapter 9.39 for detail information.
9.100
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Temperature (Low Byte) Register Index 51h (Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
TEMP
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RESERVED
DEFAULT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
TEMP. Temperature of the AUXTIN sensor. The nine-bit value is in units of
-111-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
°
0.5 C.
6-0
RESERVED.
Note: The temperature source / reading is affected by the register value at Bank0, Index 49, bit [6:4].
Please refer to Chapter 9.39 for detail information.
9.101
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Configuration Register - Index 52h
(Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
FAULT
0
BIT
0
0
2
1
0
RESERVED
OVTMOD
STOP
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7-5
RESERVED. These bits should be set to zero.
4-3
FAULT. Number of faults to detect before setting OVT# output. This avoids false
strapping due to noise.
2
RESERVED.
1
OVTMOD. OVT# mode select.
0: Compare Mode. (Default)
1: Interrupt Mode.
0
STOP.
0: Monitor AUXTIN.
1: Stop monitoring AUXTIN.
9.102
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (High Byte) Register - Index
53h (Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
1
THYST
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
0
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
THYST. Hysteresis temperature, bits 8-1. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C,
and the default is 75°C.
-112-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.103
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Hysteresis (Low Byte) Register - Index
54h (Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
THYST
DEFAULT
0
6
5
6-0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
RESERVED
0
0
BIT
7
4
0
0
DESCRIPTION
THYST. Hysteresis temperature, bit 0. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C.
RESERVED.
9.104
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (High Byte) Register Index 55h (Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
TOVF
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
TOVF. Over-temperature, bits 8-1. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C, and the
default is 80°C.
9.105
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Over-temperature (Low Byte) Register Index 56h (Bank 2)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
NAME
TOVF
DEFAULT
0
BIT
7
6-0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
RESERVED
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
TOVF. Over-temperature, bit 0. The nine-bit value is in units of 0.5°C.
RESERVED.
-113-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.106
Interrupt Status Register 3 - Index 50h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
7
BIT
6
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
AUXFANIN1
CPUFANIN1
RESERVED
TAR3
VBAT
3VSB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
7-6
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
5
AUXFANIN1. A one indicates the fan count limit of AUXFANIN1 has been exceeded.
4
CPUFANIN1. A one indicates the fan count limit of CPUFANIN1 has been exceeded.
3
RESERVED.
2
TAR3. A one indicates that the AUXTIN temperature has been over the target
temperature for three minutes at full fan speed in Thermal CruiseTM mode.
1
VBAT. A one indicates the high or low limit of VBAT has been exceeded.
0
3VSB. A one indicates the high or low limit of 3VSB has been exceeded.
9.107
SMI# Mask Register 4 - Index 51h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
0
DEFAULT
BIT
4
3-2
1
0
9.108
5
RESERVED
NAME
7-5
6
0
4
3
TAR3
0
1
2
RESERVED
0
0
1
0
VBAT
3VSB
1
1
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
TAR3. A one disables the corresponding interrupt status bit for the SMI interrupt. (See
Interrupt Status Register 3 – Index 50h (Bank 4)).
RESERVED.
VBAT.
A one disables the corresponding interrupt
3VSB.
status bit for the SMI interrupt. (See
Interrupt Status Register 3 – Index 50h
(Bank 4)).
Reserved Register - Index 52h (Bank 4)
-114-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.109
BEEP Control Register 3 - Index 53h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
5
EN_
USER_BP
0
BIT
7-6
5
4-2
4
3
2
RESERVED
0
0
0
1
0
EN_
VBAT_BP
EN_
3VSB_BP
0
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
EN_USER_BP. User-defined BEEP output function.
0: BEEP is activated. (Default)
1: BEEP is not activated.
RESERVED.
1
EN_VBAT_BP. BEEP output control for VBAT if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
1: Enable BEEP output.
0
EN_3VSB_BP. BEEP output control for 3VSB if the monitored value exceeds the
threshold value.
0: Disable BEEP output. (Default)
1: Enable BEEP output.
9.110
SYSTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 54h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
OFFSET
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
OFFSET SYSTIN Temperature Offset Value. The value in this register is added to
the monitored value so that the read value will be the sum of the monitored value
and this offset value.
-115-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.111
CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 55h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
OFFSET
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
OFFSET. CPUTIN Temperature Offset Value. The value in this register will be
added to the monitored value so that the read value is the sum of the monitored value
and this offset value.
9.112
AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Offset Register - Index 56h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
OFFSET
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-0
OFFSET. AUTIN Temperature Offset Value. The value in this register is added to
the monitored value so that the reading value is the sum of the monitored value and this
offset value.
9.113
Reserved Register - Index 57h-58h (Bank 4)
9.114
Real Time Hardware Status Register I - Index 59h (Bank 4)
Attribute:
Size:
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
CPUFANIN0
_STS
SYSFANIN
_STS
CPUTIN
_STS
SYSTIN
_STS
3VCC
_STS
AVCC
_STS
VIN0
_STS
CPUVCORE
_STS
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
7
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANIN0_STS. CPUFANIN0 Status.
1: The fan speed count is over the threshold value.
-116-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: The fan speed count is in the allowed range.
6
SYSFANIN_STS. SYSFANIN Status.
1: The fan speed count is over the threshold value.
0: The fan speed count is in the allowed range.
5
CPUTIN_STS. CPUTIN Temperature Sensor Status.
1: The temperature exceeds the over-temperature value.
0: The temperature is under the hysteresis value.
4
SYSTIN_STS. SYSTIN Temperature Sensor Status.
1: The temperature exceeds the over-temperature value.
0: The temperature is under the hysteresis value.
3
3VCC_STS. 3VCC Voltage Status.
1: The 3VCC voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The 3VCC voltage is in the allowed range.
2
AVCC_STS. AVCC Voltage Status.
1: The AVCC voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The 3VCC voltage is in the allowed range.
1
VIN0_STS. VIN0 Voltage Status.
1: The VIN0 voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The VIN0 voltage is in the allowed range.
0
CPUVCORE_STS. CPUVCORE Voltage Status.
1: The CPUVCORE voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The CPUVCORE voltage is in the allowed range.
9.115
Attribute:
Size:
Real Time Hardware Status Register II - Index 5Ah (Bank 4)
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
TAR2
_STS
TAR1
_STS
AUXTIN
_STS
CASEOPEN
_STS
AUXFANIN0
_STS
CPUFANIN1
_STS
TAR4
_STS
VIN1
_STS
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
TAR2_STS. Smart Fan of CPUFANIN0 Warning Status.
1: The selected temperature has been over the target temperature for three minutes at full
fan speed in the Thermal CruiseTM mode.
0: The selected temperature has not reached the warning range.
6
TAR1_STS. Smart Fan of SYSFANIN Warning Status.
1: The SYSTIN temperature has been over the target temperature for three minutes at full
fan speed in the Thermal CruiseTM mode.
0: The SYSTIN temperature has not reached the warning range.
5
AUXTIN_STS. AUXTIN Temperature Sensor Status.
1: The temperature exceeds the over-temperature value.
0: The temperature is under the hysteresis value.
-117-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
4
CASEOPEN_STS. CASEOPEN Status.
1: CASEOPEN is detected and latched.
0: CASEOPEN is not latched.
3
AUXFANIN0_STS. AUXFANIN0 Status.
1: The fan speed count is over the threshold value.
0: The fan speed count is in the allowed range.
2
CPUFANIN1_STS. CPUFANIN1 Status.
1: The fan speed count is over the threshold value.
0: The fan speed count is in the allowed range.
1
TAR4_STS. Smart Fan of CPUFANIN1 Warning Status.
1: The selected temperature has been over the target temperature for three minutes at full
fan speed in Thermal CruiseTM mode.
0: The selected temperature has not reached the warning range.
0
VIN1_STS. VIN1 Voltage Status.
1: The VIN1 voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The VIN1 voltage is in the allowed range.
9.116
Attribute:
Size:
Real Time Hardware Status Register III - Index 5Bh (Bank 4)
Read Only
8 bits
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
AUXFANIN1
_STS
RESERVED
VIN2
_STS
VIN3
_STS
RESERVED
TAR3
_STS
VBAT
_STS
VSB
_STS
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
AUXFANIN1_STS. AIXFANIN1 Status.
1: The fan speed count is over the threshold value.
0: The fan speed count is in the allowed range.
6
RESERVED.
5
VIN2_STS. VIN2 Voltage Status.
1: The VIN2 voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The VIN2 voltage is in the allowed range.
4
VIN3_STS. VIN3 Voltage Status.
1: The VIN3 voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The VIN3 voltage is in the allowed range.
3
RESERVED.
2
TAR3_STS. Smart Fan of AUXFANIN Warning Status.
1: The selected temperature has been over the target temperature for three minutes at full
fan speed in Thermal CruiseTM mode.
0: The selected temperature has not reached the warning range.
1
VBAT_STS. VBAT Voltage Status.
-118-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1: The VBAT voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The VBAT voltage is in the allowed range.
0
VSB_STS. 3VSB Voltage Status.
1: The 3VSB voltage is over or under the allowed range.
0: The 3VSB voltage is in the allowed range.
9.117
Reserved Register - Index 5Ch ~ 5Fh (Bank 4)
9.118
Value RAM 2 ⎯ Index 50h-59h (Bank 5)
ADDRESS A6-A0
DESCRIPTION
50h
3VSB reading
51h
VBAT reading. The reading is meaningless unless EN_VBAT_MN (Bank0
Index 5Dh, bit0) is set.
52h
Reserved
53h
AUXFANIN1 reading
Note: This location stores the number of counts of the internal clock per
revolution.
54h
3VSB High Limit
55h
3VSB Low Limit
56h
VBAT High Limit
57h
VBAT Low Limit
58h
Reserved
59h
Reserved
5Ah
Reserved
5Bh
Reserved
5Ch
AUXFANIN1 Fan Count Limit
Note: It is the number of counts of the internal clock for the Low Limit of
the fan speed.
9.119
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
SYSFANIN SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 50h (Bank 6)
Read/Write
8 bits
7
6
BIT
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
SYSFANIN SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
-119-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
7-0
DESCRIPTION
SYSFANIN SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE.
9.120
SYSFANIN SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 51h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
0
0
0
CPUFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 52h (Bank 6)
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE.
9.122
CPUFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 53h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
7-0
1
SYSFANIN SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE.
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
2
DESCRIPTION
9.121
7-0
3
SYSFANIN SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE
NAME
7-0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE.
-120-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.123
AUXFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 54h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
0
0
0
AUXFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 55h (Bank 6)
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
AUXFANIN0 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE.
9.125
CPUFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 56h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CPUFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
7-0
1
AUXFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE.
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
2
DESCRIPTION
9.124
7-0
3
AUXFANIN0 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE
NAME
7-0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
CPUFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE.
-121-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.126
CPUFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 57h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
0
0
0
AUXFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 58h (Bank 6)
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
BIT
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
AUXFANIN1 SPEED HIGH-BYTE VALUE.
9.128
AUXFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE (RPM) - Index 59h (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
AUXFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE
NAME
DEFAULT
7-0
1
CPUFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE.
Attribute:
Size:
BIT
2
DESCRIPTION
9.127
7-0
3
CPUFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE
NAME
7-0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
AUXFANIN1 SPEED LOW-BYTE VALUE.
-122-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
9.129
FANOUT Configure register of PECI Error - Index 5Ah (Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
Reserved.
NAME
0
DEFAULT
0
1
0
PECI Error Condition
0
0
BIT
1
1
0
1
DESCRIPTION
7-3
Reserved.
2-0
PECI Error Condition
Bits
210
0 0 0 : FANOUT keeps at its current value
1 1 1 : FANOUT will be set to the pre-configured value when PECI error.
9.130
FANCTRL2 pre-configured fan output value for PECI error - Index 5Bh
(Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
FANCTRL2 pre-configured fan output value
NAME
1
DEFAULT
1
FUNCTION MODE
1
7
DESCRIPTION
PWM Output
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DC Output
1
6
1
5
1
4
3
2
1
0
FANCTRL2 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal to
this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
FANCTRL2 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.131
FANCTRL3 pre-configured fan output value for PECI error - Index 5Ch
(Bank 6)
Attribute:
Read/Write
-123-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Size:
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
FANCTRL3 pre-configured fan output value
NAME
1
DEFAULT
1
FUNCTION MODE
1
7
DESCRIPTION
PWM Output
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DC Output
1
6
1
5
1
4
3
2
1
0
FANCTRL3 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal to
this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FANCTRL3 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.132
FANCTRL4 pre-configured fan output value for PECI error - Index 5Dh
(Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
FANCTRL4 pre-configured fan output value
NAME
DEFAULT
5
1
1
FUNCTION MODE
1
7
DESCRIPTION
PWM Output
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DC Output
1
6
1
5
1
4
3
2
1
0
FANCTRL4 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal to
this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
FANCTRL4 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.133
FANCTRL5 pre-configured fan output value for PECI error - Index 5Eh
(Bank 6)
-124-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
FANCTRL5 pre-configured fan output value
NAME
1
DEFAULT
1
FUNCTION MODE
1
7
DESCRIPTION
PWM Output
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DC Output
1
6
1
5
1
4
3
2
1
0
FANCTRL5 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal to
this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FANCTRL5 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.134
FANCTRL6 pre-configured fan output value for PECI error - Index 5Fh
(Bank 6)
Attribute:
Size:
Read/Write
8 bits
BIT
7
6
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
FANCTRL6 pre-configured fan output value
NAME
DEFAULT
5
1
1
FUNCTION MODE
1
7
DESCRIPTION
PWM Output
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
DC Output
1
6
1
5
1
4
3
2
1
0
FANCTRL6 PWM Duty Cycle. The PWM duty cycle is equal to
this 8-bit value, divided by 255, times 100%. FFh creates a
duty cycle of 100%, and 00h creates a duty cycle of 0%.
1
1
1
1
1
1
FANCTRL6 Voltage Control. The output
voltage is calculated according to this
equation:
1
1
Reserved
FANOUT
OUTPUT Voltage = AVCC *
64
DEFAULT
1
1
1
-125-
1
1
1
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
10. SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE
The W83627DHG-P provides a bridge of the Low Pin Count (LPC) Interface to Serial Peripheral
Interface (SPI). The signals in the SPI are transmitted through Pin 2 (SCK), Pin 19 (SCE#), Pin 58 (SI),
and Pin 118 (SO). In the Super I/O (W83627DHG-P), these 4 pins are multi-functional. The SPI
functions are activated through strapping. Pin 52 determines whether to enable or disable the SPI
functions. In the Super I/O (W83627DHG-P), the SPI functions are activated when Pin 52 is pulled-up
to the power source. The function status can be seen/read at CR [24h], bit 1.
The SPI is primarily used to store the BIOS ROM. When booting the computer, the memory read
instructions or timing sequences are transmitted from the CPU, the South Bridge, the LPC bus to the
Super I/O (W83627DHG-P). After receiving the instruction, the Super I/O (W83627DHG-P) generates
and transmits the correct instructions and memory addresses to the SPI which responds with the
corresponding data of the addresses. The data are placed to the LPC bus by the Super I/O
(W83627DHG-P) and returned to the South Bridge. All of the data are read in this manner. By setting
the registers shown at Table 10.3, the Super I/O (W83627DHG-P) supports all the instructions given,
such as erase, read, program, to SPI flash. For more details, please see Table 10-2 SPI Address Map.
To make it more user-friendly, regularly used SPI instructions/functions can be generated via the LPC
I/O read/write commands. That is, the flash devices with SPI can be programmed, erased, or read on
the motherboard.
10.1 Using the SPI Interface via the LPC
z
The allowed range is 8 bytes above the base address. The base address is configured at
Configuration Register CR62h and CR63h in Logical Device 6. For example, if 03h is
written to Configuration Register CR62h, and F8h to Configuration Register CR63h,
03F8h ~ 03FFh is the allowed range.
Table 10-1 Base Address Setting
LOGICAL DEVICE
CONFIGURATION
REGISTER
BIT
FUNCTION
6
62
7:0
High byte of Base Address
63
7:0
Low byte of Base Address
z
Functions and Definitions
The functions and definitions of the 8 bytes are shown in the following table.
Table 10-2 SPI Address Map
Address
Bit
Function
Description
Base+0
7:0
CMD
Commands or instructions of each SPI device
7:4
MODE
Mode execution. Please see Table 10-3 MODE for
the details of each mode.
-126-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Address
Base+1
Bit
Function
Description
3:0
ADD2
Address [19:16]
Base+2
7:0
ADD1
Address [15:8]
Base+3
7:0
ADD0
Address [7:0]
Base+4
7:0
DATA0
Data byte 0
Base+5
7:0
DATA1
Data byte 1
Base+6
7:0
DATA2
Data byte 2
Base+7
7:0
DATA3
Data byte 3
Usages
z
Write SPI instructions to Base+0. Set up the addresses and the data in Base+2 ~ Base+7.
Implement the instruction by setting the instruction mode in Base+1.
Accessing SPI Devices
Take erasing the SPI for example, first write the “Chip Erase” instruction to Base+0 and
1Xh§1 to Base+1 (Bit3~Bit0 of Base +1 is the parameter of address [19:16].). The instruction
modes are listed in the table below. For Mode 1, only a one-byte instruction is generated.
For Mode 2, in addition to a one-byte instruction, a one-byte parameter, which is set up in
Base+4 in advance, is also generated.
§1
The “X” of 1X stands for the parameters of the address [19:16] (A19~A16, the most
significant byte (MSB) of the address).
Table 10-3 MODE
MODE
DEFINITION
FUNCTION
COMMAND EXAMPLE
1
CMD
Command only
Chip Enable, Write
Enable, Write Disable
2
CMD_Da(1)
Command with 1byte data write
Write Status Register
3
CMD_Da(2)
Command with 2bytes data read
Read ID (Atmel®)
4
CMD_Add(3)
Command with 3 bytes address
Block Erase, Sector Erase
5
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(1)_W
Command with 3bytes address and
1byte data read
Byte Program (1 byte)
6
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(4)_W
Command with 3bytes address and
4bytes data write
Page Program (4 bytes)
7
CMD_Ad(4)_Da(4)_R
Command with 3bytes and a
dummy byte address and 4byte
data read
FAST READ (4 bytes)
8
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(1)_R
Command with 3bytes address and
1byte data read
READ, Read Status
Read ID (ST/SST®)
9
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(2)_R
Command with 3bytes address and
Read ID (Nuvoton ®)
-127-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
MODE
DEFINITION
FUNCTION
COMMAND EXAMPLE
2bytes data read
a
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(3)_R
Command with 3bytes address and
3bytes data read
b
CMD_Ad(3)_Da(4)_R
Command with 3bytes address and
4 bytes data read
Read ID (PMC®)
Reading Data From SPI Devices
First, write the “Read” instruction to Base+0. Then write the addresses to Base+2 ~
Base+3. Last, write 8X to Base+1.
Programming SPI Devices
First, write the “Byte Program” instruction to Base+0. Then write the addresses into
Base+2 ~ Base+3 and parameters to Base+4. Last, write 5X to Base+1. For correct
programming, make sure the state of the device is ready and write enabled.
* For more details, please see the Programming Guide of the W83627DHG-P.
-128-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11. FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER
11.1 FDC Functional Description
The floppy disk controller (FDC) of the W83627DHG-P integrates all of the logic required for floppy
disk control. The FDC implements a FIFO which provides better system performance in multi-master
systems, and the digital data separator supports data rates up to 2 M bits/sec.
The FDC includes the following blocks: Precompensation, Data Rate Selection, Digital Data Separator,
FIFO, and FDC Core. The rest of this section discusses these blocks through the following topics:
FIFO, Data Separator, Write Precompensation, Perpendicular Recording mode, FDC core, FDC
commands, and FDC registers.
11.1.1 FIFO (Data)
The FIFO is 16 bytes in size and has programmable threshold values. All command parameter
information and disk data transfers go through the FIFO. Data transfers are governed by the RQM
(Request for Master) and DIO (Data Input/Output) bits in the Main Status Register.
The FIFO is defaulted to disabled mode after any form of reset, which maintains PC/AT hardware
compatibility. The default values can be changed through the configure command. The advantage of
the FIFO is that it lets the system have a larger DMA latency without causing disk errors. The following
tables give several examples of the delays with the FIFO. The data are based upon the following
formula:
DELAY = THRESHOLD # x (1 / DATA RATE) * 8 - 1.5 μs
Table 11-1 The Delays of the FIFO
FIFO THRESHOLD
MAXIMUM DELAY UNTIL SERVICING AT 500K BPS
1 Byte
Data Rate
1 x 16μs - 1.5 μs = 14.5 μs
2 Byte
2 x 16 μs - 1.5 μs = 30.5 μs
8 Byte
8 x 16 μs - 1.5 μs = 6.5 μs
15 Byte
15 x 16 μs - 1.5 μs = 238.5 μs
FIFO THRESHOLD
MAXIMUM DELAY UNTIL SERVICING AT 1M BPS
1 Byte
Data Rate
1 x 8 μs - 1.5 μs = 6.5 μs
2 Byte
2 x 8 μs - 1.5 μs = 14.5 μs
8 Byte
8 x 8 μs - 1.5 μs = 62.5 μs
15 Byte
15 x 8 μs - 1.5 μs = 118.5 μs
-129-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
At the start of a command, the FIFO is always disabled, and command parameters must be sent
based upon the RQM and DIO bit settings in the Main Status Register. When the FDC enters the
command execution phase, it clears the FIFO off any data to ensure that invalid data are not
transferred.
An overrun or underrun terminates the current command and data transfer. Disk writes complete the
current sector by generating a 00 pattern and valid CRC. Reads require the host to remove the
remaining data so that the result phase may be entered.
DMA transfers are enabled by the specify command and are initiated by the FDC when the LDRQ pin
is activated during a data transfer command.
11.1.2 Data Separator
The function of the data separator is to lock onto incoming serial read data. When a lock is achieved,
the serial front-end logic in the chip is provided with a clock that is synchronized with the read data.
The synchronized clock, called the Data Window, is used to internally sample the serial data portion of
the bit cell, and the alternate state samples the clock portion. Serial-to-parallel conversion logic
separates the read data into clock and data bytes.
The Digital Data Separator (DDS) has three parts: control logic, error adjustment, and speed tracking.
The control logic generates RDD and RWD for every pulse input, and any data pulse input is
synchronized and then adjusted immediately by error adjustment. A digital integrator keeps track of
the speed changes in the input data stream.
11.1.3 Write Precompensation
The write precompensation logic minimizes bit shifts in the RDDATA stream from the disk drive.
Shifting of bits is a known phenomenon in magnetic media and depends on the disk media and the
floppy drive.
The FDC monitors the bit stream that is being sent to the drive. The data patterns that require
precompensation are well known, so, depending on the pattern, the bit is shifted either early or late,
relative to the surrounding bits.
11.1.4 Perpendicular Recording Mode
The FDC is also capable of interfacing directly to perpendicular recording floppy drives. Perpendicular
recording differs from the traditional longitudinal method in that the magnetic bits are oriented vertically.
This scheme packs more data bits into the same area.
FDCs with perpendicular recording drives can read standard 3.5" floppy disks and can read and write
perpendicular media. Some manufacturers offer drives that can read and write standard and
perpendicular media in a perpendicular media drive.
A single command puts the FDC into perpendicular mode. All other commands operate as they
normally do. Perpendicular mode requires a 1 Mbps data rate for the FDC, and, at this data rate, the
FIFO manages the host interface bottleneck due to the high speed of data transfer to and from the
disk.
-130-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11.1.5 FDC Core
The W83627DHG-P FDC is capable of performing twenty commands. Each command is initiated by a
multi-byte transfer from the microprocessor, and the result may be a multi-byte transfer back to the
microprocessor. Each command consists of three phases: command, execution, and result.
Command
The microprocessor issues all required information to the controller to perform a specific operation.
Execution
The controller performs the specified operation.
Result
After the operation is completed, status information and other housekeeping information are provided
to the microprocessor.
The next section introduces each of the commands.
11.1.6 FDC Commands
Command Symbol Descriptions:
C:
Cylinder Number 0 - 256
D:
Data Pattern
DIR:
Step Direction
DIR = 0: step out
DIR = 1: step in
DS0:
Disk Drive Select 0
DS1:
Disk Drive Select 1
DTL:
Data Length
EC:
Enable Count
EFIFO:
Enable FIFO
EIS:
Enable Implied Seek
EOT:
End of Track
FIFOTHR:
FIFO Threshold
GAP:
Gap Length Selection
GPL:
Gap Length
H:
Head Number
HDS:
Head Number Select
HLT:
Head Load Time
HUT:
Head Unload Time
LOCK:
Lock EFIFO, FIFOTHR, and PTRTRK bits to prevent being affected by software reset
MFM:
MFM or FM Mode
MT:
Multitrack
N:
The number of data bytes written in a sector
NCN:
New Cylinder Number
ND:
Non-DMA Mode
OW:
Overwritten
PCN:
Present Cylinder Number
-131-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
POLL:
PRETRK:
R:
RCN:
R/W:
SC:
SK:
SRT:
ST0:
ST1:
ST2:
ST3:
WG:
Polling Disable
Precompensation Start Track Number
Record
Relative Cylinder Number
Read/Write
Sectors per Cylinder
Skip deleted data address mark
Step Rate Time
Status Register 0
Status Register 1
Status Register 2
Status Register 3
Write gate alters timing of WE
(1) Read Data
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
Command
W
MT MFM
W
0
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
SK
0
0
1
0
0
0
D1
D0
1
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H ------------------------
W
W
---------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
W
W
-------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Sector ID information after
command execution
-132-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(2) Read Deleted Data
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
Command
W
MT MFM
W
0
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
SK
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H ------------------------
W
W
---------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
W
W
-------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Sector ID information after
command execution
-133-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(3) Read A Track
D7
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
0
W
0
D6
MFM
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H ------------------------
W
W
---------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
W
W
-------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Data transfer between the
FDD and system; FDD
reads contents of all
cylinders from index hole to
EOT
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Sector ID information after
command execution
(4) Read ID
PHASE
Command
R/W
W
W
D7
0
0
D6
MFM
0
D5
D4
D3
0
0
0
0
1
0
D2
D1
D0
0
1
0
HDS DS1 DS0
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Command codes
The first correct ID
information on the cylinder
is stored in the Data
Register
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -------------------------------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
-134-
Status information after
command execution
Disk status after the
command has been
completed
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(5) Verify
PHASE
Command
R/W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
MT MFM SK
1
0
1
1
0
EC
0
0
0
0 HDS DS1 DS0
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL ------------------------------------------ DTL/SC -------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Command codes
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
No data transfer takes
place
Status information after
command execution
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -------------------------------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Sector ID information after
command execution
(6) Version
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
REMARKS
Command
W
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Command code
Result
R
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Enhanced controller
-135-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(7) Write Data
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
1
0
1
W
MT MFM
0
0
0
W
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H ------------------------
Sector ID information prior
to Command execution
W
W
---------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
W
W
-------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Data transfer between the
FDD and the system
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
Command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Sector ID information after
Command execution
(8) Write Deleted Data
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
MT MFM
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H ------------------------
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
W
W
---------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
W
W
W
-------------------- EOT ------------------------------------------ GPL ------------------------------------------ DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Data transfer between the
FDD and the system
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Sector ID information after
command execution
-136-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(9) Format A Track
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
1
0
1
W
0
MFM
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
W
---------------------- N -------------------------------------------- SC -----------------------
Bytes per Sector
Sectors per Cylinder
W
W
--------------------- GPL ------------------------------------------ D ------------------------
Gap 3
Filler Byte
Execution
for Each
Sector:
(Repeat)
W
W
W
W
---------------------- C --------------------------------------------- H --------------------------------------------- R --------------------------------------------- N ------------------------
Input Sector Parameters
Result
R
R
R
-------------------- ST0 ------------------------------------------ ST1 ------------------------------------------ ST2 -----------------------
Status information after
command execution
R
R
R
R
---------------- Undefined ---------------------------------- Undefined ---------------------------------- Undefined ---------------------------------- Undefined -------------------
(10) Recalibrate
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
REMARKS
Command codes
DS1 DS0
Execution
Head retracted to Track 0
Interrupt
(11) Sense Interrupt Status
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
Result
R
R
D7
0
D6
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
1
0
0
0
---------------- ST0 ---------------------------------------- PCN -------------------------
REMARKS
Command code
Status information at the end
of each seek operation
(12) Specify
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
0
D5
0
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
0
1
1
W
0
W
W
| ---------SRT ----------- | --------- HUT ---------- |
|------------ HLT ----------------------------------| ND
-137-
REMARKS
Command codes
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(13) Seek
PHASE
R/W
Command
Execution
D7
W
0
W
W
0
D6
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
1
1
1
1
REMARKS
Command codes
0
0
0
0 HDS DS1 DS0
-------------------- NCN -----------------------
R
Head positioned over proper
cylinder on the diskette
(14) Configure
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
W
0
W
W
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EIS EFIFO POLL | ------ FIFOTHR ----|
| --------------------PRETRK ----------------------- |
Execution
REMARKS
Configure information
Internal registers written
(15) Relative Seek
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
DIR
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
1
1
1
1
W
1
W
W
0
0
0
0
0 HDS DS1 DS0
| -------------------- RCN ---------------------------- |
REMARKS
Command codes
(16) Dumpreg
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
Result
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
D7
0
D6
0
D5
0
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
1
1
1
0
REMARKS
Registers placed in FIFO
----------------------- PCN-Drive 0------------------------------------------ PCN-Drive 1 ----------------------------------------- PCN-Drive 2------------------------------------------ PCN-Drive 3 --------------------------SRT ------------------ | --------- HUT ------------------ HLT -----------------------------------| ND
------------------------ SC/EOT ---------------------LOCK 0 D3 D2 D1 D0 GAP WG
0 EIS EFIFO POLL | ------ FIFOTHR ------------------------------PRETRK -------------------------
(17) Perpendicular Mode
PHASE
Command
R/W
W
W
D7
0
OW
D6
0
0
D5
0
D3
D4
D3
1
D2
0
D1
D2
D1
D0
0
1
0
D0 GAP WG
-138-
REMARKS
Command Code
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
(18) Lock
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
Result
R
D7
D6
LOCK 0
0
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
LOCK
0
0
0
0
D3
D2
D1
D0
REMARKS
Command Code
(19) Sense Drive Status
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
W
Result
R
D7
0
0
D6
0
0
D5
D4
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0 HDS DS1 DS0
---------------- ST3 -------------------------
REMARKS
Command Code
Status information about
the disk drive
(20) Invalid
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Command
W
------------- Invalid Codes -----------------
Result
R
-------------------- ST0 ----------------------
-139-
REMARKS
Invalid codes (no operationFDC goes to standby state)
ST0 = 80h
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11.2 Register Descriptions
There are several status, data, and control registers in the W83627DHG-P. These registers are
defined below, and the rest of this section provides more details about each one of them.
Table 11-2 FDC Registers
ADDRESS
REGISTER
OFFSET
READ
WRITE
base address + 0
base address + 1
base address + 2
base address + 3
base address + 4
base address + 5
base address + 7
SA REGISTER
SB REGISTER
DO REGISTER
TD REGISTER
DR REGISTER
DT (FIFO) REGISTER
CC REGISTER
TD REGISTER
MS REGISTER
DT (FIFO) REGISTER
DI REGISTER
11.2.1 Status Register A (SA Register) (Read base address + 0)
Along with the SB register, the SA register is used to monitor several disk-interface pins in PS/2 and
Model 30 modes. In PS/2 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
INIT
PEDNDING
RESERVED
STEP
TRAK0#
HEAD
INDEX#
WP#
DIR
DEFAULT
0
0
NA
1
NA
1
1
NA
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
INIT PENDING. This bit indicates the value of the floppy disk interrupt output.
6
RESERVED.
5
STEP. This bit indicates the complement of the STEP# output.
4
TRAK0#. This bit indicates the value of the TRAK0# input.
3
HEAD. This bit indicates the complement of the HEAD# output.
0: Side 0.
1: Side 1.
2
INDEX#. This bit indicates the value of INDEX# output.
1
WP#.
0: The disk is write-protected.
1: The disk is not write-protected.
0
DIR. This bit indicates the direction of head movement.
0: Outward direction.
1: Inward direction.
-140-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
In PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
INIT
PENDING
DRQ
STEP F/F
TRAK0#
HEAD#
INDEX
WP
DIR#
DEFAULT
0
0
NA
0
NA
0
0
NA
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
INIT PENDING. This bit indicates the value of the floppy disk interrupt output.
6
DRQ. This bit indicates the value of the DRQ output pin.
5
STEP F/F. This bit indicates the complement of the latched STEP# output.
4
TRAK0. This bit indicates the complement of the TRAK0# input.
3
HEAD#. This bit indicates the value of the HEAD# value.
0: Side 1.
1: Side 0.
2
INDEX. This bit indicates the complement of the INDEX output.
1
WP.
0: The disk is not write-protected.
1: The disk is write-protected.
0
DIR#. This bit indicates the direction of head movement.
0: Inward direction.
1: Outward direction.
11.2.2 Status Register B (SB Register) (Read base address + 1)
Along with the SA register, the SB register is used to monitor several disk interface pins in PS/2 and
Model 30 modes. In PS/2 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
BIT
6
NAME
DEFAULT
1
BIT
7-6
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
DRIVE
SEL0
WDATA
TOGGLE
RDATA
TOGGLE
WE
RESERVED
MOT EN
A
0
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
5
DRIVE SEL0. This bit indicates the status of the DO REGISTER, bit 0 (drive-select bit 0).
4
WDATA TOGGLE. This bit changes state on every rising edge of the WD# output pin.
3
RDATA TOGGLE. This bit changes state on every rising edge of the RDATA# output pin.
2
WE. This bit indicates the complement of the WE# output pin.
1
RESERVED.
0
MOT EN A. This bit indicates the complement of the MOA# output pin.
-141-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
In PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
BIT
6
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
0
1
5
4
3
2
DSA#
WD F/F
RDATA
F/F
WE F/F
1
0
0
0
BIT
7-6
1
0
RESERVED
1
1
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
5
DSA#. This bit indicates the status of the DSA# output pin.
4
WD F/F. This bit indicates the complement of the WD# output pin, which is latched on
every rising edge of the WD# output pin.
3
RDATA F/F. This bit indicates the complement of the latched RDATA# output pin.
2
1-0
WE F/F. This bit indicates the complement of the latched WE# output pin.
RESERVED.
11.2.3 Digital Output Register (DO Register) (Write base address + 2)
The Digital Output Register is a write-only register that controls drive motors, drive selection,
DRQ/IRQ enable, and FDC reset. The bit definitions are as follows:
7
BIT
6
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
BIT
7-5
5
RESERVED
0
4
3
2
MOTOR
ENABLE
A
DMA &
INT
ENABLE
FDC
RESET
0
0
0
1
0
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
4
MOTOR ENABLE A. Motor A on when active high.
3
DMA & INT ENABLE. An active high signal enables DRQ/IRQ.
2
FDC RESET. Floppy Disk Controller Reset. An active low signal resets the FDC.
1-0
0
DRIVE SELECT
DRIVE SELECT.
Bits
10
0 0: Select Drive A.
0 1: Reserved.
1 0: Reserved.
1 1: Reserved.
-142-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11.2.4 Tape Drive Register (TD Register) (Read base address + 3)
This register is used to assign a particular drive number to the tape drive support mode of the data
separator. This register also holds the media ID, drive type, and floppy boot drive information for the
floppy disk drive.
In normal floppy mode, this register only has bits 0 and 1, and the bit definitions are as follows:
7
BIT
6
5
4
3
2
RESERVED
NAME
NA
DEFAULT
NA
NA
NA
BIT
NA
NA
1
0
TAPE
SEL 1
TAPE
SEL 0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7-2
RESERVED.
1
TAPE SEL 1.
0
TAPE SEL 0.
If the three-mode FDD function is enabled (EN3MODE = 1 in LD0 CRF0, Bit 0), the bit definitions are
as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
MEDIA
ID1
MEDIA
ID0
DRIVE
TYPE ID1
DRIVE
TYPE ID0
FLOPPY
BOOT
DRIVE 1
FLOPPY
BOOT
DRIVE 0
TAPE
SEL1
TAPE
SEL0
DEFAULT
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
MEDIA ID1.
6
MEDIA ID0.
5
DRIVE TYPE ID1.
4
DRIVE TYPE ID0.
3
FLOPPY BOOT DRIVE 1.
2
FLOPPY BOOT DRIVE 0.
1
TAPE SEL 1.
0
TAPE SEL 0.
These two bits are read-only. These two
bits reflect the value of LD0, CR [F1h], bits
5 and 4.
These two bits reflect two of the bits in LD0,
CR [F2h]. Which two bits are reflected
depends on the last drive selection in the
DO register.
These two bits reflect the value of LD0, CR
[F1h], bits 7 and 8.
These two bits assign a logical drive
number to the tape drive. Drive 0 is not
available as a tape drive and is reserved for
the floppy disk boot drive.
TAPE SEL 1
TAPE SEL 0
DRIVE SELECTED
0
0
0
1
None
1
-143-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
TAPE SEL 1
TAPE SEL 0
DRIVE SELECTED
1
1
0
1
2
3
11.2.5 Main Status Register (MS Register) (Read base address + 4)
The Main Status Register is used to control the flow of data between the microprocessor and the
controller. The bit definitions for this register are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
NAME
RQM
DIO
NON-DMA
MODE
CB
DEFAULT
0
NA
NA
NA
3
2
1
RESERVED
NA
NA
0
FDD 0
BUSY
NA
NA
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
RQM. Request for Master. A high on this bit indicates Data Register is ready to send or
receive data to or from the processor.
6
DIO. Data Input/Output. If DIO= HIGH, the transfer is from Data Register to the
processor. If DIO=LOW, the transfer is from the processor to Data Register.
5
NON-DMA MODE. The FDC is in the non-DMA mode. This bit is set only during the
execution phase in the non-DMA mode. Transition to LOW state indicates execution
phase has ended.
4
CB. FDC Busy. A read or write command is in the process when CB = HIGH.
3-1
0
RESERVED.
FDD0 BUSY. (D0B = 1). FDD number 0 is in the SEEK mode.
11.2.6 Data Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base address + 4)
The Data Rate Register is used to set the transfer rate and write precompensation. However, in PCAT and PS/2 Model 30 and PS/2 modes, the data rate is controlled by the CC register, not by the DR
register. As a result, the real data rate is determined by the most recent write to either the DR or CC
register. The bit definitions for this register are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
S/W
RESET
POWER
DOWN
RESERVED
PRECOMP
2
PRECOMP
1
PRECOMP
0
DRATE 1
DRATE 0
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
S/W RESET. This bit is the software reset bit.
6
POWER DOWN.
0: The FDC is in the normal mode.
1: The FDC is in the power-down mode.
5
RESERVED.
4
PRECOMP 2.
These three bits select the value of write
-144-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
3
PRECOMP 1.
2
PRECOMP 0.
1
DRATE 1.
0
DRATE 0.
PRECOMP
2 1 0
0 0 0
0 0 1
0 1 0
0 1 1
1 0 0
1 0 1
1 1 0
1 1 1
precompensation. The following tables
show the precompensation values for every
combination of these bits.
These two bits select the data rate of the
FDC and reduced write-current control.
Bits
10
0 0: 500 KB/S (MFM), 250 KB/S (FM),
RWC# = 1
0 1: 300 KB/S (MFM), 150 KB/S (FM),
RWC# = 0
1 0: 250 KB/S (MFM), 125 KB/S (FM),
RWC# = 0
1 1: 1 MB/S (MFM), Illegal (FM), RWC# = 1
The 2 MB/S data rate for the tape drive is
only supported by setting DRATE1 and
DRATE0 to 01, as well as setting DRT1
and DRT0 (CR [F4h] and CR [F5h] for
logical device 0) to 10. Please see the
functional description of CR [F4h] or CR
[F5h] and the data rate table for individual
data-rate settings.
PRECOMPENSATION DELAY
250K - 1 Mbps
Default Delays
41.67 ns
83.34 ns
125.00 ns
166.67 ns
208.33 ns
250.00 ns
0.00 ns (disabled)
2 Mbps Tape drive
Default Delays
20.8 ns
41.17 ns
62.5ns
83.3 ns
104.2 ns
125.00 ns
0.00 ns (disabled)
DATA RATE
DEFAULT PRECOMPENSATION DELAYS
250 KB/S
300 KB/S
500 KB/S
1 MB/S
2 MB/S
125 ns
125 ns
125 ns
41.67ns
20.8 ns
-145-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11.2.7 FIFO Register (R/W base address + 5)
The FIFO register consists of four status registers in a stack, and only one register is presented to the
data bus at a time. The FIFO register stores data, commands, and parameters, and it provides diskdrive status information. In addition, data bytes pass through the data register to program or obtain
results after a command. In the W83627DHG-P, this register is disabled after reset. The FIFO can
enable it and change its values through the configure command.
Status Register 0 (ST0)
BIT
NAME
7
6
IC
BIT
7-6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SE
EC
NR
HD
US1
DRIVE
SELECT
US0
DRIVE
SELECT
DESCRIPTION
IC. Interrupt Code.
Bits
76
0 0: Normal termination of command.
0 1: Abnormal termination of command.
1 0: Invalid command issue.
1 1: Abnormal termination because the ready signal from FDD changes state during
command execution.
5
SE. Seek Mode.
1: Seek end.
0: Seek error.
4
EC. Equipment Check.
1: When a fault signal is received form the FDD or the track.
0: The signal fails to occur after 77 step pulses.
3
NR. Not Ready.
0: Drive is not ready.
1: Drive is ready.
2
HD. Head Address.
0: Head selected.
1: Head selected.
1
US1 DRIVE SELECT.
0
US0 DRIVE SELECT.
Drive Select.
Bits
10
0 0: Drive A selected.
0 1: Reserved.
1 0: Reserved.
1 1: Reserved.
-146-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Status Register 1 (ST1)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
EN
RESERVED
DE
OR
RESERVED
ND
NW
MAM
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
EN. End of track. 1 when the FDC tries to access a sector beyond the final sector of a
cylinder
6
RESERVED. This bit is always 0.
5
DE. Data Error. 1 when the FDC detects a CRC error in either the ID field or the data
filed.
4
OR. Over Run. 1 if the FDC is not served by the host system within a certain time interval
during data transfer.
3
RESERVED. This bit is always 0.
2
ND (No Data). 1 if the specified sector cannot be found during execution of a read, write
or verify data.
1
NW. Not Writable. 1 if a write protect signal is detected from the diskette drive during
execution of write data.
0
MAM. Missing Address Mark. 1 when the FDC cannot detect the data address mark or
the data address mark has been deleted.
Status Register 2 (ST2)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
RESERVED
CM
DD
WC
SH
SN
BC
MD
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
RESERVED. This bit is always 0.
6
CM. Control Mark.
1: During execution of the read data or scan command.
0: No error.
5
DD. Data Error in the Data Field.
1: If the FDC detects a CRC error in the data field.
0: No error.
4
WC. Wrong Cylinder.
1 indicates wrong cylinder.
3
SH. Scan Equal Hit.
1: During execution of the Scan command, if the equal condition is satisfied.
0: No error.
2
SN. Scan Not Satisfied.
1: During execution of the Scan command.
0: No error.
1
BC. Bad Cylinder.
1: Bad Cylinder.
-147-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: No error.
0
MD. Missing Address Mark in Data Field.
1: If the FDC cannot find a data address mark (or the address mark has been deleted)
when reading data from the media.
0: No error.
Status Register 3 (ST3)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
FT
WP
RY
T0
TS
HD
US1
US0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
FT. Fault.
6
WP. Write Protected.
5
RY. Ready.
4
T0. Track 0.
3
TS. Two-Side.
2
HD. Head Address.
1
US1. Unit Select 1.
0
US0. Unit Select 0.
11.2.8 Digital Input Register (DI Register) (Read base address + 7)
The Digital Input Register is an 8-bit, read-only register used for diagnostic purposes. In PC/XT or
PC/AT mode, only bit 7 is checked by the BIOS. When the register is read, bit 7 shows the
complement of DSKCHG#, while the other bits remain in tri-state. The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
NAME
DSKCHG
DEFAULT
0
BIT
7
6-0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NA
NA
NA
RESERVED
NA
NA
NA
NA
DESCRIPTION
DSKCHG.
RESERVED. Reserved for the hard disk controller. During a read of this register, these
bits are in tri-state.
-148-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
In PS/2 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
NAME
DSKCHG
DEFAULT
0
6
5
6-3
3
RESERVED
1
1
BIT
7
4
1
1
2
1
0
DRATE1
DRATE0
HIGH
DENS#
1
0
1
DESCRIPTION
DSKCHG. This bit indicates the complement of the DSKCHG# input.
RESERVED. These bits are always logic 1 during a read.
These two bits select the data rate of the
FDC. See DR register bits 1 and 0 (Data
Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base
address + 4)) for how the settings
correspond to individual data rates.
2
DRATE1.
1
DRATE0.
0
HIGH DENS#.
0: 500 KB/S or 1 MB/S data rate (high-density FDD).
1: 250 KB/S or 300 KB/S data rate.
In PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
NAME
DSKCHG#
DEFAULT
1
BIT
7
6-4
6
5
4
RESERVED
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
DMAEN
NOPREC
DRATE1
DRATE0
0
0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
DSKCHG#. This bit indicates the status of the DSKCHG# input.
RESERVED. These bits are always a logic 0 during a read.
3
DMAEN. This bit indicates the value of DO register, bit 3.
2
NOPREC. This bit indicates the value of the NOPREC bit in the CC REGISTER.
1
DRATE1.
0
DRATE0.
These two bits select the data rate of the
FDC. See DR register bits 1 and 0 (Data
Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base
address + 4)) for how the settings
correspond to individual data rates.
-149-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
11.2.9 Configuration Control Register (CC Register) (Write base address + 7)
This register is used to control the data rate. In PC/AT and PS/2 mode, the bit definitions are as
follows:
7
BIT
6
5
3
2
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
NA
NA
NA
BIT
7-2
4
NA
NA
NA
1
0
DRATE1
DRATE0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. These bits should be set to 0.
1
DRATE1.
0
DRATE0.
These two bits select data rate of the FDC.
See DR register bits 1 and 0 (Data Rate
Register (DR Register) (Write base address
+ 4)) for how the settings correspond to
individual data rates.
In the PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
7
BIT
6
4
3
RESERVED
NAME
DEFAULT
NA
BIT
7-3
5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
1
0
NOPREC
DRATE1
DRATE0
0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. These bits should be set to 0.
2
NOPREC. This bit disables the precompensation function. It can be set by the software.
1
DRATE1.
0
DRATE0.
These two bits select the data rate of the
FDC. See DR register bits 1 and 0 (Data
Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base
address + 4)) for how the settings
correspond to individual data rates.
-150-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
12. UART PORT
12.1 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART A, UART B)
The UARTs are used to convert parallel data into serial format for transmission and to convert serial
data into parallel format during reception. The serial data format is a start bit, followed by five to eight
data bits, a parity bit (if programmed) and one, one-and-a-half (five-bit format only) or two stop bits.
The UARTs are capable of handling divisors of 1 to 65535 and producing a 16x clock for driving the
internal transmitter logic. Provisions are also included to use this 16x clock to drive the receiver logic.
The UARTs also support the MIDI data rate. Furthermore, the UARTs also include a complete modem
control capability and 16-byte FIFOs for reception and transmission to reduce the number of interrupts
presented to the CPU.
12.2 Register Description
12.2.1 UART Control Register (UCR) (Read/Write)
The UART Control Register defines and controls the protocol for asynchronous data communication,
including data length, stop bit, parity, and baud rate selection.
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
BDLAB
SSE
PBFE
EPE
PBE
MSBE
DLS1
DLS0
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
BDLAB. Baudrate Divisor Latch Access Bit. When this bit is set to logical 1, designers
can access the divisor (in 16-bit binary format) from the divisor latches of the baud-rate
generator during a read or write operation. When this bit is set to logical 0, the Receiver
Buffer Register, the Transmitter Buffer Register, and the Interrupt Control Register can be
accessed.
6
SSE. Set Silence Enable. A logical 1 forces the Serial Output (SOUT) to a silent state (a
logical 0). Only IRTX is affected by this bit; the transmitter is not affected.
5
PBFE. Parity Bit Fixed Enable. When PBE and PBFE of UCR are both set to logical 1,
(1) If EPE is logical 1, the parity bit is fixed at logical 0 when transmitting and checking.
(2) If EPE is logical 0, the parity bit is fixed at logical 1 when transmitting and checking.
4
EPE. Even Parity Enable. When PBE is set to logical 1, this bit counts the number of
logical 1’s in the data word bits and determines the parity bit. When this bit is set to logical
1, the parity bit is set to logical 1 if an even number of logical 1’s are sent or checked.
When the bit is set to logical 0, the parity bit is logical 1 if an odd number of logic 1’s are
sent or checked.
3
PBE. Parity Bit Enable. When this bit is set to logical 1, the transmitter inserts a stop bit
between the last data bit and the stop bit of the SOUT, and the receiver checks the parity
bit in the same position.
2
MSBE. Multiple Stop Bits Enable. This bit defines the number of stop bits in each serial
character that is transmitted or received.
(1) If MSBE is set to logical 0, one stop bit is sent and checked.
(2) If MSBE is set to logical 1 and the data length is 5 bits, one-and-a-half stop bits are
sent and checked.
(3) If MSBE is set to logical 1 and the data length is 6, 7 or 8 bits, two stop bits are sent
-151-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
and checked.
1
DLS1. Data Length Select Bit 1.
0
DLS0. Data Length Select Bit 0.
These two bits define the number of data
bits that are sent or checked in each serial
character.
DLS1
DLS0
DATA LENGTH
0
0
5 bits
0
1
6 bits
1
0
7 bits
1
1
8 bits
The following table identifies the remaining UART registers. Each one is described separately in the
following sections.
-152-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Table 12-1 Register Summary for UART
Bit Number
Register Address Base
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+0
BDLAB = 0
Receiver
Buffer
Register
(Read Only)
RBR
RX Data
Bit 0
RX Data
Bit 1
RX Data
Bit 2
RX Data
Bit 3
RX Data
Bit 4
RX Data
Bit 5
RX Data
Bit 6
RX Data
Bit 7
+0
BDLAB = 0
Transmitter
Buffer Register
(Write Only)
TBR
TX Data
Bit 0
TX Data
Bit 1
TX Data
Bit 2
TX Data
Bit 3
TX Data
Bit 4
TX Data
Bit 5
TX Data
Bit 6
TX Data
Bit 7
+1
Interrupt Control
Register
BDLAB = 0
ICR
RBR Data
Ready
Interrupt
Enable
(ERDRI)
TBR
Empty
Interrupt
Enable
(ETBREI)
USR
Interrupt
Enable
(EUSRI)
HSR
Interrupt
Enable
(EHSRI)
0
0
0
0
FIFOs
Enabled
**
FIFOs
Enabled
**
+2
Interrupt Status
Register
(Read Only)
ISR
"0" if
Interrupt
Pending
Interrupt
Status
Bit (0)
Interrupt
Status
Bit (1)
Interrupt
Status
Bit (2)**
0
0
+2
UART FIFO
Control
Register
(Write Only)
UFR
FIFO
Enable
RCVR
FIFO
Reset
XMIT
FIFO
Reset
DMA
Mode
Select
Reserved
Reversed
+3
UART Control
Register
UCR
Data
Length
Select
Bit 0
(DLS0)
Data
Length
Select
Bit 1
(DLS1)
Multiple
Stop Bits
Enable
(MSBE)
Parity
Bit
Enable
(PBE)
Even
Parity
Enable
(EPE)
Parity
Bit Fixed
Enable
PBFE)
Set
Silence
Enable
(SSE)
Baudrate
Divisor
Latch
Access Bit
(BDLAB)
+4
Handshake
Control
Register
HCR
Data
Terminal
Ready
(DTR)
Request
to
Send
(RTS)
Loopback
RI
Input
IRQ
Enable
Internal
Loopback
Enable
0
0
0
+5
UART Status
Register
USR
RBR Data
Ready
(RDR)
Overrun
Error
(OER)
Parity Bit
Error
(PBER)
No Stop
Bit
Error
(NSER)
Silent
Byte
Detected
(SBD)
TBR
Empty
(TBRE)
TSR
Empty
(TSRE)
RX FIFO
Error
Indication
(RFEI) **
+6
Handshake
Status Register
HSR
CTS
Toggling
(TCTS)
DSR
Toggling
(TDSR)
RI Falling
Edge
(FERI)
DCD
Toggling
(TDCD)
Clear
to Send
(CTS)
Data Set
Ready
(DSR)
Ring
Indicator
(RI)
Data Carrier
Detect
(DCD)
+7
User Defined
Register
UDR
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
+0
BDLAB = 1
Baudrate
Divisor Latch
Low
BLL
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
+1
BDLAB = 1
Baudrate
Divisor Latch
High
BHL
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
RX
RX
Interrupt
Interrupt
Active Level Active Level
(LSB)
(MSB)
*: Bit 0 is the least significant bit. The least significant bit is the first bit serially transmitted or received.
**: These bits are always 0 in 16450 Mode.
-153-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
12.2.2 UART Status Register (USR) (Read/Write)
This 8-bit register provides information about the status of data transfer during communication.
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
RFEI
TSRE
TBRE
SBD
NSER
PBER
OER
RDR
DEFAULT
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
RFEI. RX FIFO Error Indication. In 16450 mode, this bit is always set to logical 0. In
16550 mode, this bit is set to logical 1 when there is at least one parity-bit error and no
stop-bit error or silent-byte detected in the FIFO. In 16550 mode, this bit is cleared to
logical 0 by reading from the USR if there are no remaining errors left in the FIFO.
6
TSRE. Transmitter Shift Register Empty. In 16450 mode, this bit is set to logical 1
when TBR and TSR are both empty. In 16550 mode, it is set to logical 1 when the
transmit FIFO and TSR are both empty. Otherwise, this bit is set to logical 0.
5
TBRE. Transmitter Buffer Register Empty. In 16450 mode, when a data character is
transferred from TBR to TSR, this bit is set to logical 1. If ETREI or ICR is high, an
interrupt is generated to notify the CPU to write the next data. In 16550 mode, this bit is
set to logical 1 when the transmit FIFO is empty. It is set to logical 0 when the CPU writes
data into TBR or the FIFO.
4
SBD. Silent Byte Detected. This bit is set to logical 1 to indicate that received data are
kept in silent state for the time it takes to receive a full word, which includes the start bit,
data bits, parity bit, and stop bits. In 16550 mode, it indicates the same condition for the
data on the top of the FIFO. When the CPU reads USR, it sets this bit to logical 0.
3
NSER. No Stop Bit Error. This bit is set to logical 1 to indicate that the received data
have no stop bit. In 16550 mode, it indicates the same condition for the data on the top of
the FIFO. When the CPU reads USR, it sets this bit to logical 0.
2
PBER. Parity Bit Error. This bit is set to logical 1 to indicate that the received data has
the wrong parity bit. In 16550 mode, it indicates the same condition for the data on the top
of the FIFO. When the CPU reads USR, it sets this bit to logical 0.
1
OER. Overrun Error. This bit is set to logical 1 to indicate that the received data have
been overwritten by the next received data before they are read by the CPU. In 16550
mode, it indicates the same condition, instead of FIFO full. When the CPU reads USR, it
sets this bit to logical 0.
0
RDR. RBR Data Ready. This bit is set to logical 1 to indicate that the received data are
ready to be read by the CPU in the RBR or FIFO. When no data are left in the RBR or
FIFO, the bit is set to logical 0.
12.2.3 Handshake Control Register (HCR) (Read/Write)
This register controls pins used with handshaking peripherals such as modems and also controls the
diagnostic mode of the UART.
BIT
7
NAME
DEFAULT
6
5
RESERVED
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
INTERNAL
LOOPBACK
ENABLE
IRQ
ENABLE
LOOPBACK
RI INPUT
RTS
DTR
0
0
0
0
0
-154-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
7-5
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED.
4
INTERNAL LOOPBACK ENABLE. When this bit is set to logical 1, the UART enters
diagnostic mode, as follows:
(1) SOUT is forced to logical 1, and SIN is isolated from the communication link.
(2) The modem output pins are set to their inactive state.
(3) The modem input pins are isolated from the communication link and connect
internally as DTR(bit 0 of HCR) →DSR#, RTS (bit 1 of HCR) →CTS#, Loopback RI
input (bit 2 of HCR) → RI# and IRQ enable (bit 3 of HCR) →DCD#.
Aside from the above connections, the UART operates normally. This method allows the
CPU to test the UART in a convenient way.
3
IRQ ENABLE. The UART interrupt output is enabled by setting this bit to logical 1. In
diagnostic mode, this bit is internally connected to the modem control input DCD#.
2
LOOPBACK RI INPUT. This bit is only used in the diagnostic mode. In diagnostic mode,
this bit is internally connected to the modem control input RI#.
1
RTS. Request to Send. This bit controls the RTS# output. The value of this bit is inverted
and output to RTS#.
0
DTR. Data Terminal Ready. This bit controls the DTR# output. The value of this bit is
inverted and output to DTR#.
12.2.4 Handshake Status Register (HSR) (Read/Write)
This register reflects the current state of the four input pins used with handshake peripherals such as
modems and records changes on these pins.
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
DCD
RI
DSR
CTS
TDCD
FERI
TDSR
TCTS
DEFAULT
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
DCD. Data Carrier Detect. This bit is the opposite of the DCD# input. This bit is
equivalent to bit 3 of HCR in the loopback mode.
6
RI. Ring Indicator. This bit is the opposite of the RI# input. This bit is equivalent to bit 2
of HCR in the loopback mode.
5
DSR. Data Set Ready. This bit is the opposite of the DSR# input. This bit is equivalent to
bit 0 of HCR in the loopback mode.
4
CTS. Clear to Send. This bit is the opposite of the CTS# input. This bit is equivalent to bit
1 of HCR in the loopback mode.
3
TDCD. DCD# Toggling. This bit indicates that the DCD# pin has changed state after
HSR was read by the CPU.
2
FERI. RI Falling Edge. This bit indicates that the RI# pin has changed from low to high
after HSR was read by the CPU.
1
TDSR. DSR# Toggling. This bit indicates that the DSR# pin has changed state after HSR
was read by the CPU.
0
TCTS. CTS# Toggling. This bit indicates that the CTS# pin has changed state after HSR
was read by the CPU.
-155-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
12.2.5 UART FIFO Control Register (UFR) (Write only)
This register is used to control the FIFO functions of the UART.
BIT
7
6
NAME
RX IAL
(MSB)
RXIAL
(LSB)
DEFAULT
0
0
5
4
RESREVED
NA
3
2
1
0
DMA
MODE
SELECT
TRANSMITTER
FIFO RESET
RECEIVER
FIFO
RESET
FIFO
ENABLE
0
0
0
0
NA
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
RX IAL (MSB). RX INTERRUPT ACTIVE
LEVEL.
6
RX IAL (LSB). RX INTERRUPT ACTIVE
LEVEL.
5-4
These two bits are used to set the active
level of the receiver FIFO interrupt. The
active level is the number of bytes that
must be in the receiver FIFO to generate
an interrupt.
RESERVED.
3
DMA MODE SELECT. When this bit is set to logical 1, the DMA mode changes from
mode 0 to mode 1 if UFR bit 0 = 1.
2
TRANSMITTER FIFO RESET. Setting this bit to logical 1 resets the TX FIFO counter
logic to its initial state. This bit is automatically cleared afterwards.
1
RECEIVER FIFO RESET. Setting this bit to logical 1 resets the RX FIFO counter logic to
its initial state. This bit is automatically cleared afterwards.
0
FIFO ENABLE. This bit enables 16550 mode. This bit should be set to logical 1 before
the other UFR bits are programmed.
BIT 7
BIT 6
RX FIFO INTERRUPT ACTIVE LEVEL (BYTES)
0
0
01
0
1
04
1
0
08
1
1
14
12.2.6 Interrupt Status Register (ISR) (Read only)
This register reflects the UART interrupt status.
7
BIT
FIFOS ENABLED
NAME
DEFAULT
BIT
6
0
0
5
4
RESERVED
0
3
2
1
0
INTERRUPT
STATUS
BIT2
INTERRUPT
STATUS
BIT1
INTERRUPT
STATUS
BIT0
0 IF
INTERRUPT
PENDING
0
0
0
1
0
DESCRIPTION
7-6
FIFOS ENABLED. These two bits are set to logical 1 when UFR, bit 0 = 1.
5-4
RESERVED. These two bits are always logical 0.
-156-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
3
INTERRUPT STATUS BIT2. In 16450 mode, this bit is logical 0. In 16550 mode, bit 3 and
2 are set to logical 1 when a time-out interrupts is pending. See the table below.
2
INTERRUPT STATUS BIT1.
1
INTERRUPT STATUS BIT0.
0
0 IF INTERRUPT PENDING. This bit is logical 1 if there is no interrupt pending. If one of
the interrupt sources has occurred, this bit is set to logical 0.
These two bits identify the priority level of
the pending interrupt, as shown in the table
below.
ISR
INTERRUPT SET AND FUNCTION
Bit
3
Bit
2
Bit
1
Bit
0
Interrupt
priority
Interrupt Type
0
0
0
1
-
0
1
1
0
First
UART Receive
Status
1. OER = 1 2. PBER =1
3. NSER = 1 4. SBD = 1
Read USR
0
1
0
0
Second
RBR Data Ready
1. RBR data ready
2. FIFO interrupt active level
reached
1. Read RBR
2. Read RBR until FIFO
data under active level
1
1
0
0
Second
FIFO Data Timeout
Data present in RX FIFO for 4
characters period of time since last
access of RX FIFO.
Read RBR
0
0
1
0
Third
TBR Empty
TBR empty
1. Write data into TBR
2. Read ISR (if priority is
third)
0
0
0
0
Fourth
Handshake status
1. TCTS = 1
3. FERI = 1
-
Interrupt Source
Clear Interrupt
No Interrupt pending
-
2. TDSR = 1
4. TDCD = 1
Read HSR
** Bit 3 of ISR is enabled when bit 0 of UFR is logical 1.
12.2.7 Interrupt Control Register (ICR) (Read/Write)
This 8-bit register enables and disables the five types of controller interrupts separately. A selected
interrupt can be enabled by setting the appropriate bit to logical 1. The interrupt system can be totally
disabled by setting bits 0 through 3 to logical 0.
7
BIT
DEFAULT
7-4
5
4
RESERVED
NAME
BIT
6
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
EHSRI
EUSRI
ETBREI
ERDRI
0
0
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. These four bits are always logical 0.
3
EHSRI. Set this bit to logical 1 to enable the handshake status register interrupt.
2
EUSRI. Set this bit to logical 1 to enable the UART status register interrupt.
1
ETBREI. Set this bit to logical 1 to enable the TBR empty interrupt.
0
ERDRI. Set this bit to logical 1 to enable the RBR data ready interrupt.
-157-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
12.2.8 Programmable Baud Generator (BLL/BHL) (Read/Write)
Two 8-bit registers, BLL and BHL, compose a programmable baud generator that uses 24 MHz to
generate a 1.8461 MHz frequency and divide it by a divisor from 1 to (216 –1). The output frequency of
the baud generator is the baud rate multiplied by 16, and this is the base frequency for the transmitter
and receiver. The table below illustrates the use of the baud generator with a frequency of 1.8461
MHz. In high-speed UART mode (CR0C, bits 7 and 6), the programmable baud generator directly
uses 24 MHz and the same divisor as the normal speed divisor. As a result, in high-speed mode, the
data transmission rate can be as high as 1.5M bps.
BAUD RATE FROM DIFFERENT PRE-DIVIDER
PRE-DIV: 13
1.8461M HZ
PRE-DIV: 1.0
24M HZ
DECIMAL DIVISOR
USED TO
GENERATE 16X
CLOCK
ERROR PERCENTAGE
50
650
2304
**
75
975
1536
**
110
1430
1047
0.18%
134.5
1478.5
857
0.099%
150
1950
768
**
300
3900
384
**
600
7800
192
**
1200
15600
96
**
1800
23400
64
**
2000
26000
58
0.53%
2400
31200
48
**
3600
46800
32
**
4800
62400
24
**
7200
93600
16
**
9600
124800
12
**
19200
249600
6
**
38400
499200
3
**
57600
748800
2
**
115200
1497600
1
**
** Unless specified, the error percentage for all of the baud rates is 0.16%.
Note: Pre-Divisor is determined by CRF0 of UART A and B.
12.2.9 User-defined Register (UDR) (Read/Write)
This is a temporary register that can be accessed and defined by the user.
-158-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13. PARALLEL PORT
13.1 Printer Interface Logic
The W83627DHG-P parallel port can be attached to devices that accept eight bits of parallel data at
standard TTL level. The W83627DHG-P supports the IBM XT/AT compatible parallel port (SPP), the
bi-directional parallel port (BPP), the Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP), and the Extended Capabilities
Parallel Port (ECP) on the parallel port.
The following tables show the pin definitions for different modes of the parallel port.
Table 13-1 Pin Descriptions for SPP, EPP, and ECP Modes
HOST
CONNECTOR
PIN NUMBER
OF W83627DHG-P
PIN ATTRIBUTE
SPP
EPP
ECP
1
36
O
nSTB
nWrite
nSTB, HostClk
2-9
31-26, 24-23
I/O
PD
PD
PD
10
22
I
nACK
Intr
nACK, PeriphClk
11
21
I
BUSY
nWait
BUSY, PeriphAck
12
19
I
PE
PE
PEerror, nAckReverse
13
18
I
SLCT
Select
SLCT, Xflag
14
35
O
nAFD
nDStrb
nAFD, HostAck
15
34
I
nERR
nError
nFault , nPeriphRequest
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
16
33
O
nINIT
nInit
nINIT , nReverseRqst
17
32
O
nSLIN
nAStrb
nSLIN , ECPMode
1
2
Notes:
n : Active Low
1. Compatible Mode
2. High Speed Mode
3. For more information, please refer to the IEEE 1284 standard.
HOST CONNECTOR
PIN NUMBER OF W83627DHG-P
PIN ATTRIBUTE
SPP
1
2
36
O
nSTB
31
I/O
PD0
3
30
I/O
PD1
4
29
I/O
PD2
5
28
I/O
PD3
6
27
I/O
PD4
7
26
I/O
PD5
8
24
I/O
PD6
9
23
I/O
PD7
10
22
I
nACK
11
21
I
BUSY
12
19
I
PE
SLCT
13
18
I
14
35
O
nAFD
15
34
I
nERR
16
33
O
nINIT
-159-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
HOST CONNECTOR
PIN NUMBER OF W83627DHG-P
PIN ATTRIBUTE
SPP
17
32
O
nSLIN
13.2 Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP)
The following table lists the registers used in the EPP mode and identifies the bit map of the parallel
port and EPP registers. Some of the registers are used in other modes as well.
Table 13-2 EPP Register Addresses
A2
A1
A0
REGISTER
NOTE
0
0
0
Data pot (R/W)
1
0
0
1
Printer status buffer (Read)
1
0
1
0
Printer control latch (Write)
1
0
1
0
Printer control swapper (Read)
1
0
1
1
EPP address port (R/W)
2
1
0
0
EPP data port 0 (R/W)
2
1
0
1
EPP data port 1 (R/W)
2
1
1
0
EPP data port 2 (R/W)
2
1
1
1
EPP data port 2 (R/W)
2
Notes:
1. These registers are available in all modes.
2. These registers are available only in EPP mode.
Table 13-3 Address and Bit Map for SPP and EPP Modes
REGISTER
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Data Port (R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Status Buffer (Read)
BUSY#
ACK#
PE
SLCT
ERROR#
1
1
TMOUT
Control Swapper (Read)
1
1
1
IRQEN
SLIN
INIT#
AUTOFD#
STROBE#
Control Latch (Write)
1
1
DIR
IRQ
SLIN
INIT#
AUTOFD#
STROBE#
EPP Address Port
(R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 0 (R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 1 (R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 2 (R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 3 (R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Each register (or pair of registers, in some cases) is discussed below.
13.2.1 Data Port (Data Swapper)
The CPU reads the contents of the printer's data latch by reading the data port.
-160-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13.2.2 Printer Status Buffer
The CPU reads the printer status by reading the printer status buffer. The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
NAME
BUSY#
ACK#
PE
SLCT
ERROR#
DEFAULT
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1
RESERVED
1
0
TMOUT
1
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
BUSY#. This signal is active during data entry, when the printer is off-line during printing,
when the printer head is changing position, or in an error state. When this signal is active,
the printer is busy and cannot accept data.
6
ACK#. This bit represents the current state of the printer’s ACK# signal. A logical 0
means the printer has received a character and is ready to accept another. Normally, this
signal is active for approximately before 5 μs BUSY# stops.
5
PE. A logical 1 means the printer has detected the end of paper.
4
SLCT. A logical 1 means the printer is selected.
3
ERROR#. A logical 0 means the printer has encountered an error condition.
2-1
0
RESERVED. These bits are always read as logical 1.
TMOUT. This bit is only valid in the EPP mode. A logical 1 indicates that a 10 μs time-out
has occurred on the EPP bus. A logical 0 means that no time-out error has occurred.
Writing a logical 1 to this bit clears the time-out status bit; writing a logical 0 has no effect.
13.2.3 Printer Control Latch and Printer Control Swapper
The CPU reads the contents of the printer control latch by reading the printer control swapper. The bit
definitions are as follows:
7
BIT
NAME
DEFAULT
BIT
7-6
6
RESERVED
1
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIR
IRQ
ENABLE
SLCT IN
INIT#
AUTO FD
STROBE
NA
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. These two bits are always read as logical 1. They can be written.
5
DIR. Direction Control Bit. When this bit is logical 1, the parallel port is in the input mode
(read). When it is logical 0, the parallel port is in the output mode (write). This bit can be
read and written. In the SPP mode, this bit is invalid and fixed at zero.
4
IRQ ENABLE. A logical 1 allows an interrupt to occur when ACK# changes from low to
high.
3
SLCT IN. A logical 1 selects the printer.
2
INIT#. A logical 0 starts the printer (50 microsecond pulse, minimum).
1
AUTO FD. A logical 1 causes the printer to line-feed after a line is printed.
0
STROBE. A logical 1 generates an active-high pulse for a minimum of 0.5 μs to clock
data into the printer. Valid data must be present for a minimum of 0.5 μs before and after
the strobe pulse.
-161-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13.2.4 EPP Address Port
The address port is available only in EPP mode. Bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
The contents of DB0-DB7 are buffered (non-inverting) and output to ports PD0-PD7 during a write
operation. The leading edge of IOW# causes an EPP address write cycle to be performed, and the
trailing edge of IOW# latches the data for the duration of the EPP write cycle.
PD0-PD7 ports are read during a read operation. The leading edge of IOR# causes an EPP address
read cycle to be performed and the data to be output to the host CPU.
13.2.5 EPP Data Port 0-3
These four registers are available only in EPP mode. The bit definitions for each data port are the
same and as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
When any EPP data port is accessed, the contents of DB0-DB7 are buffered (non-inverting) and
output to ports PD0-PD7 during a write operation. The leading edge of IOW# causes an EPP data
write cycle to be performed, and the trailing edge of IOW# latches the data for the duration of the EPP
write cycle.
During a read operation, ports PD0-PD7 are read, and the leading edge of IOR# causes an EPP read
cycle to be performed and the data to be output to the host CPU.
13.2.6 EPP Pin Descriptions
EPP NAME
TYPE
EPP DESCRIPTION
NWrite
O
Denotes read or write operation for address or data.
PD
I/O
Bi-directional EPP address and data bus.
Intr
I
Used by peripheral devices to interrupt the host.
NWait
I
Inactivated to acknowledge that data transfer is complete. Activated to
indicate that the device is ready for the next transfer.
PE
I
Paper end; same as SPP mode.
Select
I
Printer-select status; same as SPP mode.
NDStrb
O
This signal is active low. It denotes a data read or write operation.
Nerror
I
Error; same as SPP mode.
Ninits
O
This signal is active low. When it is active, the EPP device is reset to its
initial operating mode.
NAStrb
O
This signal is active low. It denotes an address read or write operation.
13.2.7 EPP Operation
-162-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
When EPP mode is selected, the PDx bus is in standard or bi-directional mode when no EPP read,
write, or address cycle is being executed. In this situation, all output signals are set by the SPP
Control Port and the direction is controlled by DIR of the Control Port.
A watchdog timer is required to prevent system lockup. The timer indicates that more than 10 μs have
elapsed from the start of the EPP cycle to the time WAIT# is deasserted. The current EPP cycle is
aborted when a time-out occurs. The time-out condition is indicated in status bit 0.
The EPP operates on a two-phase cycle. First, the host selects the register within the device for
subsequent operations. Second, the host performs a series of read and/or write byte operations to the
selected register. Four operations are supported on the EPP: Address Write, Data Write, Address
Read, and Data Read. All operations on the EPP device are performed asynchronously.
13.2.7.1. EPP Version 1.9 Operation
The EPP read/write operation can be completed under the following conditions:
a. If nWait is active low, the read cycle (nWrite inactive high, nDStrb/nAStrb active low) or write cycle
(nWrite active low, nDStrb/nAStrb active low) starts, proceeds normally, and is completed when nWait
goes inactive high.
b. If nWait is inactive high, the read/write cycle cannot start. It must wait until nWait changes to active
low, at which time it starts as described above.
13.2.7.2. EPP Version 1.7 Operation
The EPP read/write cycle can start without checking whether nWait is active or inactive. Once the
read/write cycle starts; however, it does not finish until nWait changes from active low to inactive high.
13.3 Extended Capabilities Parallel (ECP) Port
This port is software- and hardware-compatible with existing parallel ports, so the W83627DHG-P
parallel port may be used in standard printer mode if ECP is not required. It provides an automatic
high burst-bandwidth channel that supports DMA for ECP in both the forward (host-to-peripheral) and
reverse (peripheral-to-host) directions.
Small FIFOs are used in both forward and reverse directions to improve the maximum bandwidth
requirement. The size of the FIFO is 16 bytes. The ECP port supports an automatic handshake for the
standard parallel port to improve compatibility mode transfer speed.
The ECP port hardware supports run-length-encoded (RLE) decompression. Compression is
accomplished by counting identical bytes and transmitting an RLE byte that indicates how many times
the next byte is to be repeated. RLE compression is required; the hardware support is optional.
For more information about the ECP Protocol, please refer to the Extended Capabilities Port Protocol
and ISA Interface Standard.
The W83627DHG-P ECP supports the following modes.
Table 13-4 ECP Mode Description
MODE
DESCRIPTION
000
SPP mode
001
PS/2 Parallel Port mode
010
Parallel Port Data FIFO mode
-163-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
MODE
DESCRIPTION
011
ECP Parallel Port mode
100
EPP mode (If this option is enabled in the CRF0h to select ECP/EPP mode)
101
Reserved
110
Test mode
111
Configuration mode
The mode selection bits are bits 7-5 of the Extended Control Register.
13.3.1 ECP Register and Bit Map
The next two tables list the registers used in the ECP mode and provide a bit map of the parallel port
and ECP registers.
Table 13-5 ECP Register Addresses
NAME
ADDRESS
I/O
ECP MODES
FUNCTION
data
Base+000h
R/W
000-001
ecpAFifo
Base+000h
R/W
011
ECP FIFO (Address)
dsr
Base+001h
R
All
Status Register
Data Register
dcr
Base+002h
R/W
All
Control Register
cFifo
Base+400h
R/W
010
Parallel Port Data FIFO
ecpDFifo
Base+400h
R/W
011
ECP FIFO (DATA)
tFifo
Base+400h
R/W
110
Test FIFO
cnfgA
Base+400h
R
111
Configuration Register A
cnfgB
Base+401h
R/W
111
Configuration Register B
ecr
Base+402h
R/W
All
Extended Control Register
Note: The base addresses are specified by CR60 and 61, which are determined by the configuration register or the hardware
setting.
Table 13-6 Bit Map of the ECP Registers
D7
Data
ecpAFifo
Dsr
Dcr
cFifo
ecpDFifo
tFifo
cnfgA
cnfgB
Ecr
PD7
Addr/RLE
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Address or RLE field
NOTE
2
nBusy
nAck
PError
Select
nFault
1
1
1
1
1
1
Directio
ackIntEn
SelectIn
nInit
Autofd
strobe
1
Parallel Port Data FIFO
2
ECP Data FIFO
2
Test FIFO
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
compress
intrValue
1
1
1
1
1
1
nErrIntrEn
dmaEn
serviceIntr
full
empty
MODE
Notes:
1. These registers are available in all modes.
2. All FIFOs use one common 16-byte FIFO.
Each register (or pair of registers, in some cases) is discussed below.
-164-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13.3.2 Data and ecpAFifo Port
Modes 000 (SPP) and 001 (PS/2) (Data Port)
During a write operation, the Data Register latches the contents of the data bus on the rising edge of
the input, and the contents of this register are output to PD0-PD7. During a read operation, ports PD0PD7 are read and output to the host. The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Mode 011 (ECP FIFO-Address/RLE)
A data byte written to this address is placed in the FIFO and tagged as an ECP Address/RLE. The
hardware at the ECP port transmits this byte to the peripheral automatically. This operation is defined
only for the forward direction. The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
NAME
ADDRESS/RLE
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADDRESS OR RLE
13.3.3 Device Status Register (DSR)
These bits are logical 0 during a read of the Printer Status Register. The bits of this status register are
defined as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
nBUSY
nACK
PERROR
SELECT
nFAULT
1
1
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
nBUSY. This bit reflects the complement of the Busy input.
6
nACK. This bit reflects the nAck input.
5
PERROR. This bit reflects the PError input.
4
SELECT. This bit reflects the Select input.
3
nFAULT. This bit reflects the nFault input.
2-0
RESERVED. These three bits are not implemented and are always logical 1 during a
read.
13.3.4 Device Control Register (DCR)
The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
NAME
DEFAULT
7
6
RESERVED
1
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIRECTOR
ACKINTEN
SELECTIN
NINIT
AUTOFD
STROBE
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
-165-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
7-6
DESCRIPTION
RESERVED. These two bits are always read as logical 1 and cannot be written.
5
DIRECTOR. If the mode is 000 or 010, this bit has no effect and the direction is always
out. In other modes,
0: The parallel port is in the output mode.
1: The parallel port is in the input mode.
4
ACKINEN. Interrupt Request Enable. When this bit is set to logical 1, it enables interrupt
requests from the parallel port to the CPU on the low-to-high transition on ACK#.
3
SELECTIN. This bit is inverted and output to the SLIN# output.
0: The printer is not selected.
1: The printer is selected.
2
NINIT. This bit is output to the INIT# output.
1
AUTOFD. This bit is inverted and output to the AFD# output.
0
STROBE. This bit is inverted and output to the STB# output.
13.3.5 CFIFO (Parallel Port Data FIFO) Mode = 010
This mode is defined only for the forward direction. Bytes written or DMAed to this FIFO are
transmitted by a hardware handshake to the peripheral using the standard parallel port protocol.
Transfers to the FIFO are byte-aligned.
13.3.6 ECPDFIFO (ECP Data FIFO) Mode = 011
When the direction bit is 0, bytes written or DMAed to this FIFO are transmitted by a hardware
handshake to the peripheral using the ECP parallel port protocol. Transfers to the FIFO are bytealigned.
When the direction bit is 1, data bytes from the peripheral are read via automatic hardware handshake
from ECP into this FIFO. Reads or DMAs from the FIFO return bytes of ECP data to the system.
13.3.7 TFIFO (Test FIFO Mode) Mode = 110
Data bytes may be read, written, or DMAed to or from the system to this FIFO in any direction. Data in
the tFIFO is not transmitted to the parallel port lines. However, data in the tFIFO may be displayed on
the parallel port data lines.
13.3.8 CNFGA (Configuration Register A) Mode = 111
This register is a read-only register. When it is read, 10h is returned indicating an 8-bit implementation.
13.3.9 CNFGB (Configuration Register B) Mode = 111
The bit definitions are as follows:
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
NAME
COMPRESS
INTROVALUE
IRQX2
IRQX1
IRQX0
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
-166-
2
1
0
RESERVED
1
1
1
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7
COMPRESS. This bit is read-only. It is logical 0 during a read, which means that this chip
does not support hardware RLE compression.
6
INTRVALUE. Returns the value on the ISA IRQ line to determine possible conflicts.
5
IRQX2.
4
IRQX1.
3
IRQX0.
2-0
Reflects the IRQ resource assigned for the ECP port.
cnfgB[5:3]
IRQ Resource
000
Reflects other IRQ resources selected by
PnP register (Default)
001
IRQ7
010
IRQ9
011
IRQ10
100
IRQ11
101
IRQ14
110
IRQ15
111
IRQ5
RESERVED. These bits are logical 1 during a read and can be written.
13.3.10 ECR (Extended Control Register) Mode = all
This register controls the extended ECP parallel port functions. The bit definitions are follows:
7
BIT
6
5
MODE
NAME
DEFAULT
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
nERRINTREN
DMAEN
SERVICE
INTR
FULL
EMPTY
1
0
1
0
1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
7-5
MODE. Read/Write. These bits select the mode.
Bits
765
0 0 0: Standard Parallel Port (SPP) mode. The FIFO is reset in this mode.
0 0 1: PS/2 Parallel Port mode. In addition to the functions of the SPP mode, this mode
has an extra trait: Direction is able to tri-state the data lines. Furthermore, reading
the data register returns the value on the data lines, not the value in the data
register.
0 1 0: Parallel Port FIFO mode. This is the same as the SPP mode except that bytes are
written or DMAed to the FIFO. FIFO data are automatically transmitted using the
standard parallel port protocol. This mode functions only when the direction is 0.
0 1 1: ECP Parallel Port Mode. When the direction is 0 (forward direction), bytes placed
into the ecpDFifo and bytes written to the ecpAFifo are placed in a single FIFO and
automatically transmitted to the peripheral using the ECP Protocol. When the
direction is 1 (reverse direction), bytes are moved from the ECP parallel port and
packed into bytes in the ecpDFifo.
1 0 0: EPP Mode. The EPP mode is activated if the EPP mode is selected.
1 0 1: Reserved.
-167-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1 1 0: Test Mode. The FIFO may be written and read in this mode, but the data is not
transmitted on the parallel port.
1 1 1: Configuration Mode. The confgA and confgB registers are accessible at 0x400
and 0x401 in this mode.
4
nERRINTREN. Read/Write (Valid only in the ECP mode)
1: Disables the interrupt generated on the asserting edge of nFault.
0: Enables the interrupt generated on the falling edge of nFault. This prevents interrupts
from being lost in the time between the read and the write of the ECR.
3
DMAEN. Read/Write.
1: Enables DMA.
0: Disables DMA unconditionally.
2
SERVICE INTR. Read/Write.
1: Disables DMA and all of the service interrupts. Writing a logical 1 to this bit does not
cause an interrupt.
0: Enables one of the following cases of interrupts. When one of the serviced interrupts
occurs, this bit is set to logical 1 by the hardware. This bit must be reset to logical 0 to reenable the interrupts.
(a) dmaEn = 1: During DMA, this bit is set to logical 1 when terminal count is reached.
(b) dmaEn = 0, direction = 0: This bit is set to logical 1 whenever there are writeIntr
threshold or more bytes free in the FIFO.
(c) dmaEn = 0, direction = 1: This bit is set to logical 1 whenver there are readIntr
threshold or more valid bytes to be read from the FIFO.
1
FULL. Read only.
1: The FIFO is completely full. It cannot accept another byte.
0: The FIFO has at least one free byte.
0
EMPTY. Read only.
1: The FIFO is completely empty.
0: The FIFO contains at least one byte of data.
13.3.11 ECP Pin Descriptions
NAME
NStrobe (HostClk)
PD
nAck (PeriphClk)
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
O
This pin loads data or address into the slave on its asserting edge
during write operations. This signal handshakes with Busy.
I/O
These signals contain address, data or RLE data.
I
This signal indicates valid data driven by the peripheral when
asserted. This signal handshakes with nAutoFd in reverse.
I
This signal deasserts to indicate that the peripheral can accept
data. In the reverse direction, it indicates whether the data lines
contain ECP command information or data. Normal data are
transferred when Busy (PeriphAck) is high, and an 8-bit command
is transferred when it is low.
I
This signal is used to acknowledge a change in the direction of the
transfer (asserted = forward). The peripheral drives this signal low
to acknowledge nReverseRequest. The host relies upon
nAckReverse to determine when it is permitted to drive the data
bus.
Busy (PeriphAck)
PError (nAckReverse)
-168-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
NAME
Select (Xflag)
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
I
Indicates printer on-line.
O
Requests a byte of data from the peripheral when it is asserted. In
the forward direction, this signal indicates whether the data lines
contain ECP address or data. Normal data are transferred when
nAutoFd (HostAck) is high, and an 8-bit command is transferred
when it is low.
I
Generates an error interrupt when it is asserted. This signal is valid
only in the forward direction. The peripheral is permitted (but not
required) to drive this pin low to request a reverse transfer during
ECP mode.
nInit
(nReverseRequest)
O
This signal sets the transfer direction (asserted = reverse,
deasserted = forward). This pin is driven low to place the channel
in the reverse direction.
nSelectIn (ECPMode)
O
This signal is always deasserted in ECP mode.
NautoFd (HostAck)
nFault
(nPeriphReuqest)
13.3.12 ECP Operation
The host must negotiate on the parallel port to determine if the peripheral supports the ECP protocol
before ECP operation. After negotiation, it is necessary to initialize some of the port bits.
(a) Set direction = 0, enabling the drivers.
(b) Set strobe = 0, causing the nStrobe signal to default to the deasserted state.
(c) Set autoFd = 0, causing the nAutoFd signal to default to the deasserted state.
(d) Set mode = 011 (ECP Mode)
ECP address/RLE bytes or data bytes may be sent automatically by writing the ecpAFifo or ecpDFifo,
respectively.
13.3.12.1. Mode Switching
The software must handle P1284 negotiation and all operations prior to a data transfer in SPP or PS/2
modes (000 or 001). The hardware provides an automatic control line handshake, moving data
between the FIFO and the ECP port, only in the data transfer phase (mode 011 or 010).
If the port is in mode 000 or 001, it may switch to any other mode. If the port is not in mode 000 or 001,
it can only be switched into mode 000 or 001. The direction can only be changed in mode 001.
In extended forward mode, the software should wait for the FIFO to be empty before switching back to
mode 000 or 001. In ECP reverse mode, the software should wait for all the data to be read from the
FIFO before changing back to mode 000 or 001.
13.3.12.2. Command/Data
ECP mode allows the transfer of normal 8-bit data or 8-bit commands. In the forward direction, normal
data are transferred when HostAck is high, and an 8-bit command is transferred when HostAck is low.
The most significant bits of the command indicate whether it is a run-length count (for compression) or
a channel address.
In the reverse direction, normal data are transferred when PeriphAck is high, and an 8-bit command is
transferred when PeriphAck is low. The most significant bit of the command is always zero.
-169-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
13.3.12.3. Data Compression
The W83627DHG-P hardware supports RLE decompression and can transfer compressed data to a
peripheral. Odd (RLE) compression is not supported in the hardware, however. In order to transfer
data in ECP mode, the compression count is written to ecpAFifo and the data byte is written to
ecpDFifo.
13.3.13 FIFO Operation
The FIFO threshold is set in LD0 CRO0, bit 6 ~ 3. All data transferred to or from the parallel port can
proceed in DMA or Programmed I/O (non-DMA) mode, as indicated by the selected mode. The FIFO
is used in Parallel Port FIFO mode or ECP Parallel Port Mode. After a reset, the FIFO is disabled.
13.3.14 DMA Transfers
DMA transfers are always to or from the ecpDFifo, tFifo, or CFifo. DMA uses the standard PC DMA
services. The ECP requests DMA transfers from the host by activating the PDRQ pin. The DMA
empties or fills the FIFO using the appropriate direction and mode. When the terminal count in the
DMA controller is reached, an interrupt is generated, and serviceIntr is asserted, which will disable the
DMA.
13.3.15 Programmed I/O (NON-DMA) Mode
The ECP and parallel port FIFOs can also be operated using interrupt-driven, programmed I/O.
Programmed I/O transfers are
1. To the ecpDFifo at 400h and ecpAFifo at 000h
2. From the ecpDFifo located at 400h
3. To / from the tFifo at 400h.
The host must set dmaEn and serviceIntr to 0 and also must set the direction and state accordingly in
the programmed I/O transfers.
The ECP requests programmed I/O transfers from the host by activating the IRQ pin. The
programmed I/O empties or fills the FIFO using the appropriate direction and mode.
-170-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
14. KEYBOARD CONTROLLER
The W83627DHG-P KBC (8042 with licensed KB BIOS) circuit is designed to provide the functions
needed to interface a CPU with a keyboard and/or a PS/2 mouse and can be used with IBM®compatible personal computers or PS/2-based systems. The controller receives serial data from the
keyboard or PS/2 mouse, checks the parity of the data, and presents the data to the system as a byte
of data in its output buffer. Then, the controller asserts an interrupt to the system when data are
placed in its output buffer. The keyboard and PS/2 mouse are required to acknowledge all data
transmissions. No transmission should be sent to the keyboard or PS/2 mouse until an
acknowledgement is received for the previous data byte.
KINH
P17
8042
P24
KIRQ
P25
MIRQ
P21
GATEA20
P20
KBRST
P27
KDAT
P10
P26
KCLK
T0
GP I/O PINS
Multiplex I/O PINS
MCLK
P23
P12~P16
T1
MDAT
P22
P11
Figure 14-1 Keyboard and Mouse Interface
14.1 Output Buffer
The output buffer is an 8-bit, read-only register at I/O address 60h (Default, PnP programmable I/O
address LD5-CR60 and LD5-CR61). The keyboard controller uses the output buffer to send the scan
code (from the keyboard) and required command bytes to the system. The output buffer can only be
read when the output buffer full bit in the register (in the status register) is logical 1.
14.2 Input Buffer
The input buffer is an 8-bit, write-only register at I/O address 60h or 64h (Default, PnP programmable
I/O address LD5-CR60, LD5-CR61, LD5-CR62, and LD5-CR63). Writing to address 60h sets a flag to
indicate a data write; writing to address 64h sets a flag to indicate a command write. Data written to
I/O address 60h is sent to the keyboard (unless the keyboard controller is expecting a data byte)
through the controller's input buffer only if the input buffer full bit (in the status register) is logical 0.
-171-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
14.3 Status Register
The status register is an 8-bit, read-only register at I/O address 64h (Default, PnP programmable I/O
address LD5-CR62 and LD5-CR63) that holds information about the status of the keyboard controller
and interface. It may be read at any time.
Table 14-1 Bit Map of Status Register
BIT
BIT FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
0
Output Buffer Full
0: Output buffer empty
1: Output buffer full
1
Input Buffer Full
0: Input buffer empty
1: Input buffer full
2
System Flag
This bit may be set to 0 or 1 by writing to the
system flag bit in the command byte of the
keyboard controller. It defaults to 0 after a
power-on reset.
3
Command/Data
0: Data byte
1: Command byte
4
Inhibit Switch
0: Keyboard is inhibited
1: Keyboard is not inhibited
5
Auxiliary Device Output Buffer
0: Auxiliary device output buffer empty
1: Auxiliary device output buffer full
6
General Purpose Time-out
0: No time-out error
1: Time-out error
7
Parity Error
0: Odd parity
1: Even parity (error)
14.4 Commands
Table 14-2 KBC Command Sets
COMMAND
FUNCTION
20h
Read Command Byte of Keyboard Controller
60h
Write Command Byte of Keyboard Controller
BIT
BIT DEFINITION
7
Reserved
6
IBM Keyboard Translate Mode
5
Disable Auxiliary Device
4
Disable Keyboard
3
Reserve
2
System Flag
1
Enable Auxiliary Interrupt
0
Enable Keyboard Interrupt
-172-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
COMMAND
A4h
FUNCTION
A7h
Test Password
Returns 0Fah if Password is loaded
Returns 0F1h if Password is not loaded
Load Password
Load Password until a logical 0 is received from the system
Enable Password
Enable the checking of keystrokes for a match with the password
Disable Auxiliary Device Interface
A8h
Enable Auxiliary Device Interface
A9h
Interface Test
A5h
A6h
BIT
AAh
ABh
BIT DEFINITION
00
No Error Detected
01
Auxiliary Device "Clock" line is stuck low
02
Auxiliary Device "Clock" line is stuck high
03
Auxiliary Device "Data" line is stuck low
04
Auxiliary Device "Data" line is stuck low
Self-test
Returns 055h if self-test succeeds
Interface Test
BIT
BIT DEFINITION
00
No Error Detected
01
Keyboard "Clock" line is stuck low
02
Keyboard "Clock" line is stuck high
03
Keyboard "Data" line is stuck low
04
Keyboard "Data" line is stuck high
ADh
Disable Keyboard Interface
AEh
Enable Keyboard Interface
C0h
Read Input Port (P1) and send data to the system
C1h
Continuously puts the lower four bits of Port1 into the STATUS register
C2h
Continuously puts the upper four bits of Port1 into the STATUS register
D0h
Send Port 2 value to the system
D1h
Only set / reset GateA20 line based on system data bit 1
D2h
Send data back to the system as if it came from the Keyboard
D3h
Send data back to the system as if it came from Auxiliary Device
D4h
Output next received byte of data from system to Auxiliary Device
E0h
Reports the status of the test inputs
FXh
Pulse only RC (the reset line) low for 6μs if the Command byte is even
-173-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
14.5 Hardware GATEA20/Keyboard Reset Control Logic
The KBC includes hardware control logic to speed-up GATEA20 and KBRESET. This control logic is
controlled by LD5-CRF0 as follows:
14.5.1 KB Control Register
BIT
7
6
NAME
KCLKS1
KCLKS0
DEFAULT
1
0
BIT
4
3
Reserved
0
0
0
2
1
0
P92EN
HGA20
HKBRST#
0
0
0
DESCRIPTION
7
KCLKS1
6
KCLKS0
5-3
5
These two bits select the KBC clock rate.
Bits
76
0 0: Reserved.
0 1: Reserved.
1 0: KBC clock input is 12 MHz.
1 1: Reserved.
RESERVED.
2
P92EN. Port 92 Enable.
1: Enable Port 92 to control GATEA20 and KBRESET.
0: Disable Port 92 functions.
1
HGA20. Hardware GATEA20.
1: Selects hardware GATEA20 control logic to control GATE A20 signal.
0: Disable hardware GATEA20 control logic function.
0
HKBRST#. Hardware Keyboard Reset.
1: Select hardware KB RESET control logic to control KBRESET signal.
0: Disable hardware KB RESET control logic function.
When the KBC receives data that follows a "D1" command, the hardware control logic sets or clears
GATEA20 according to received data bit 1. Similarly, the hardware control logic sets or clears
KBRESET depending on received data bit 0. When the KBC receives an "FE" command, the
KBRESET is pulse low for 6μs (Min.) with a 14μs (Min.) delay.
GATEA20 and KBRESET are controlled by either software or hardware logic, and they are mutually
exclusive. Then, GATEA20 and KBRESET are merged with Port92 when the P92EN bit is set.
-174-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
14.5.2 Port 92 Control Register
BIT
7
Res. (0)
NAME
DEFAULT
6
0
5
4
Res. (1)
0
1
3
Res. (0)
0
0
2
1
0
Res. (1)
SGA20
PLKBRST
#
1
0
0
SGA20 (Special GATE A20 Control)
1: Drives GATE A20 signal to high.
0: Drives GATE A20 signal to low.
PLKBRST# (Pull-Low KBRESET)
A logical 1 on this bit causes KBRESET to drive low for 6 μS (Min.) with a 14 μS (Min.) delay. Before
issuing another keyboard-reset command, the bit must be cleared.
BIT
7-6
DESCRIPTION
Res. (0)
5
Res. (1)
4-3
Res. (0)
2
Res. (1)
1
SGA20. Special GATE A20 Control.
1: Drives GATE A20 signal to high.
0: Drives GATE A20 signal to low.
0
PLKBRST#. Pull-Low KBRESET. A logical 1 on this bit causes KBRESET to drive low
for 6 μS (Min.) with a 14 μS (Min.) delay. Before issuing another keyboard-reset
command, the bit must e cleared.
-175-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
15. POWER MANAGEMENT EVENT
The PME# (pin 86) signal is connected to the South Bridge and is used to wake up the system from
S1 ~ S5 sleeping states.
One control bit and four registers in the W83627DHG-P are associated with the PME function. The
control bit is at Logical Device A, CR [F2h], bit [0] and is for enabling or disabling the PME function. If
this bit is set to “0”, the W83627DHG-P won’t output any PME signal when any of the wake-up events
has occurred and is enabled. The four registers are divided into PME status registers and PME
interrupt registers of wake-up events Note.1.
1) The PME status registers of wake-up event:
- At Logical Device A, CR [F3h] and CR [F4h]
- Each wake-up event has its own status
- The PME status should be cleared by writing a “1” before enabling its corresponding bit in
the PME interrupt registers
2) The PME interrupt registers of wake-up event:
- At Logical Device A, CR [F6h] and CR [F7h]
- Each wake-up event can be enabled / disabled individually to generate a PME# signal
Note.1
PME wake-up events that the W83627DHG-P supports include:
z
Mouse IRQ event *
z
Keyboard IRQ event *
z
GP30, GP31, and GP35 events *
z
Printer IRQ event
z
Floppy IRQ event
z
UART A IRQ event
z
UART B IRQ event
z
Hardware Monitor IRQ event
z
WDTO# event
z
RIB (UARTB Ring Indicator) event
Note.2
All the above support both S0 and S1 states. Events with the “*” mark also support S3 and S5
states.
-176-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
15.1 Power Control Logic
This chapter describes how the W83627DHG-P implements its ACPI function via these power control
pins: PSIN# (Pin 68), PSOUT# (Pin 67), SUSB# (i.e. SLP_S3#; Pin 73) and PSON# (Pin 72). The
following figure illustrates the relationships.
PSON#
3VCC 3VSB/VBAT
PSOUT#
PSIN#
PWRBTN#
W83627DHG-P
W83627DHG
IOCLK
48 / 24 MHz
South Bridge
SUSB#
PSON#
Power
Supply
VCC ON
SLP_S3#
Figure 15-1 Power Control Mechanism
15.1.1 PSON# Logic
15.1.1.1.
Normal Operation
The PSOUT# signal will be asserted low if the PSIN# signal is asserted low. The PSOUT# signal is
held low for as long as the PSIN# is held low. The South Bridge controls the SUSB# signal through the
PSOUT# signal. The PSON# is directly connected to the power supply to turn on or off the power.
Figure 15.2 shows the power on and off sequences.
The ACPI state changes from S5 to S0, then to S5
-177-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PSON#
T3
T4
SLP_S3#
(Intel Chipset)
S3#
(Other Chipset)
PSOUT#
T1
PSIN#
T2
3VSB
G3
S5
S0
S5
Figure 15-2 Power Sequence from S5 to S0, then Back to S5
15.1.2 AC Power Failure Resume
By definition, AC power failure means that the standby power is removed. The power failure resume
control logic of the W83627DHG-P is used to recover the system to a pre-defined state after AC power
failure. Two control bits at Logical Device A, CR [E4h], bits [6:5] indicate the pre-defined state. The
definition of these two bits is listed in the following table:
Table 15-1 Bit Map of Logical Device A, CR [E4h], Bits [6:5]
LOGICAL DEVICE A,
CR[E4H], BITS[6:5]
DEFINITION
00
System always turns off when it returns from AC
power failure
01
System always turns on when it returns from AC
power failure
10
System turns off / on when it returns from power
failure depending on the state before the power
failure. (Please see Note 1)
11
User defines the state before the power failure.
(The previous state is set at CRE6 [4]. Please
see Note 2)
Note1. The W83627DHG-P detects the state before power failure (on or off) through the SUSB# signal and the
3VCC power. The relation is illustrated in the following two figures.
-178-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
3VCC
SUSB#
Figure 15-3 The previous state is “on” - 3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at 2.0V
3VCC
SUSB#
Figure 15-4 The previous state is “off” - 3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at 0.8V
Note 2.
Logical Device A, CR[E6h]
bit [4]
Definition
0
User defines the state to be “on”
1
User defines the state to be “off”
To ensure that VCC does not fall faster than VSB in various ATX Power Supplies, the W83627DHG-P adds the
option of “user define mode” for the pre-defined state before AC power failure. BIOS can set the pre-defined state
to be “On” or “Off”. According to this setting, the system is returned to the pre-defined state after the AC power
recovery.
15.2 Wake Up the System by Keyboard and Mouse
The W83627DHG-P generates a low pulse through the PSOUT# pin to wake up the system when it
detects a key code pressed or mouse button clicked. The following sections describe how the
W83627DHG-P works.
15.2.1 Waken up by Keyboard events
The keyboard Wake-Up function is enabled by setting Logical Device A, CR [E0h], bit 6 to “1”.
There are two keyboard events can be used for the wake-up
1) Any key – Set bit 0 at Logical Device A, CR [E0h] to “1” (Default).
2) Specific keys (Password) - Set bit 0 at Logical Device A, CR [E0h] to “0”.
Three sets of specific key combinations are stored at Logical Device A. CR [E1h] is an index register
to indicate which byte of key code storage (0x00h ~ 0x0Eh, 0x30h ~ 0x3Eh, 0x40h ~ 0x4Eh) is going
to be read or written through CR [E2h]. According to IBM 101/102 keyboard specification, a complete
-179-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
key code contains a 1-byte make code and a 2-byte break code. For example, the make code of “0” is
0x45h, and the corresponding break code is 0xF0h, 0x45h.
The approach to implement Keyboard Password Wake-Up Function is to fill key codes into the
password storage. Assume that we want to set “012” as the password. The storage should be filled as
below. Please note that index 0x09h ~ 0x0Eh must be filled as 0x00h since the password has only
three numbers.
Index(CRE1)Æ
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C 0D
0E
D a t a (CRE2)Æ
1E
F0
1E
16
F0
16
45
F0
45
00
00
00
00
00
00
First-pressed key “0”
Second-pressed key “1”
Third-pressed key “2”
15.2.2 Waken up by Mouse events
The mouse Wake-Up function is enabled by setting Logical Device A, CR [E0h], bit 5 to “1”.
The following specific mouse events can be used for the wake-up:
z
Any button clicked or any movement
z
One click of the left or the right button
z
One click of the left button
z
One click of the right button
z
Two clicks of the left button
z
Two clicks of the right button.
Three control bits (ENMDAT_UP, MSRKEY, MSXKEY) define the combinations of the mouse wake-up
events. Please see the following table for the details.
Table 15-2 Definitions of Mouse Wake-Up Events
ENMDAT_UP
MSRKEY
(LOGICAL DEVICE A, (LOGICAL DEVICE A,
CR[E6H], BIT 7)
CR[E0H], BIT 4)
MSXKEY
(LOGICAL
DEVICE A,
CR[E0H], BIT 1)
WAKE-UP EVENT
Any button clicked or any
movement.
One click of the left or right
button.
1
x
1
1
x
0
0
0
1
One click of the left button.
0
1
1
One click of the right button.
0
0
0
Two clicks of the left button.
0
1
0
Two clicks of the right button.
-180-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
15.3 Resume Reset Logic
The RSMRST# (Pin 75) signal is a reset output and is used as the 3VSB power-on reset signal for the
South Bridge.
When the W83627DHG-P detects the 3VSB voltage rises to “V1”, it then starts a delay – “t1” before
the rising edge of RSMRST# asserting. If the 3VSB voltage falls below “V2”, the RSMRST# de-asserts
immediately.
Timing and voltage parameters are shown in Figure 15-5 Mechanism of Resume Reset Logic and
Figure 15-3 The previous state is “on” - 3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at 2.0V.
t1
RSMRST#
3VSB
V1
V2
Figure 15-5 Mechanism of Resume Reset Logic
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
V1
3VSB Valid Voltage
2.4
2.6
2.75
V
V2
3VSB Ineffective Voltage
2.25
2.4
2.55
V
t1
Valid 3VSB to RSMRST# inactive
100
-
200
mS
Table 15-3 Timing and Voltage Parameters of RSMRST#
15.4 PWROK Generation
The PWROK (Pin 71) signal is an output and is used as the 3VCC power-on reset signal.
When the W83627DHG-P detects the 3VCC voltage rises to “V3”, it then starts a delay – “t2” before
the rising edge of PWROK asserting. If the 3VCC voltage falls below “V4”, the PWROK de-asserts
immediately.
Timing and voltage parameters are shown in Figure 15-6 and Table 15-4.
t2
PWROK
3VCC
V3
V4
Figure 15-6
-181-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
V3
3VCC Valid Voltage
2.4
2.6
2.75
V
V4
3VCC Ineffective Voltage
2.25
2.4
2.55
V
t2
Valid 3VCC to PWROK active
300
-
500
mS
Table 15-4
Originally, the t2 timing is between 300 mS to 500 mS, but it can be changed to 200 mS to 300 mS by
programming Logical Device A, CR [E6h], bit 3 to “1”. Furthermore, the W83627DHG-P provides four
different extra delay time of PWROK for various demands. The four extra delay time are designed at
Logical Device A, CR [E6h], bits 2~1. The following table shows the definitions of Logical Device A,
CR [E6h] bits 3 ~1.
Table 15-5 Bit Map of Logical Device A, CR [E6h], Bits [3:1]
LOGICAL DEVICE A,
CR[E6H] BIT[3:1]
3
2~1
DEFINITION
PWROK_DEL (first stage) (VSB)
Set the delay time when rising from PWROK_LP to PWROK_ST.
0: 300 ~ 500 mS.
1: 200 ~ 300 mS.
PWROK_DEL (VSB)
Set the delay time when rising from PWROK_ST to PWROK.
00: No delay time.
01: Delay 32 mS
10: 96 mS
11: Delay 250 mS
For example, if Logical Device A, CR [E6h] bit 3 is set to “0” and bits 2~1 are set to “10”, the range of
t2 timing is from 396 (300 + 96) mS to 596 (500 + 96) mS.
15.4.1
The Relation among PWROK/PWROK2, ATXPGD and FTPRST#
PWROK and PWROK2 signals as well as ATXPGD and FTPRST# input signals are interrelated.
Once the FTPRST# signal changes from high to low then to high, the PWROK and PWROK2 signals
will have the same transition after 28mS ~ 39mS delay. The relation and parameter are illustrated in the
following figure and table.
-182-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
FTPRST#
TL
t3
PWROK/PWROK2
TL
3VCC
Figure 15-7
Table 15-6
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
t3
MIN
FTPRST# active to PWROK active
Note.
28
MAX
UNIT
39
mS
1. The values above are the worst-case results of R&D simulation
2. The length of TL level is based on the length of the low level of FTPRST#
Additionally, the ATXPGD signal, too, is used to control the generation of PWROK and PWROK2. In
Figure 15-8, the 3VCC voltage rises to “V3”, and then starts a delay – “t2” for PWROK and PWROK2
generation. However, ATXPGD is still inactive after t2; therefore the delay time before the rising edge
of PWROK and PWROK2 are t2 plus Td. The length of Td is based on when the ATXPGD signal is
active. Once 3VCC falls below “V4” or the ATXPGD signal is inactive, PWROK and PWROK2 deassert immediately.
PWROK/PWROK2 are
active when both 3VCC
and ATXPGD are valid
3VCC
V3
V4
ATXPGD(input)
PWROK/PWROK2
are inactive when
either 3VCC or
ATXPGD is invalid
t2
PWROK/PWROK2
(output)
Td
Figure 15-8
In Figure 15-9, the 3VCC voltage rises to “V3”, and the ATXPGD is active during t2, so PWROK and
PWROK2 assert after t2. The timing of t2 starts when 3VCC voltage rises to “V3”. No matter the
ATXPGD signal activation is during or after t2, PWROK and PWROK2 assert or de-assert according
to the 3VCC voltage and the ATXPGD signal.
-183-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
3VCC
V3
V4
Ta
PWROK/PWROK2 are
active when both 3VCC
and ATXPGD are valid
ATXPGD(input)
t2
PWROK/PWROK2
are inactive even
when 3VCC is valid
PWROK/PWROK2
(output)
Figure 15-9
Timing and voltage parameters are shown in the following table.
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
V3
3VCC Valid Voltage
2.4
2.6
2.75
V
V4
3VCC Ineffective Voltage
2.25
2.4
2.55
V
t2
Starting from valid 3VCC
300
-
500
mS
-184-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
16. SERIALIZED IRQ
The W83627DHG-P supports a serialized IRQ scheme. This allows a signal line to be used to report
the parallel interrupt requests. Since more than one device may need to share the signal serial
SERIRQ signal, an open drain signal scheme is employed. The clock source is the PCI clock. The
serialized interrupt is transferred on the SERIRQ signal, one cycle consisting of three frames types:
the Start Frame, the IRQ/Data Frame, and the Stop Frame.
16.1 Start Frame
There are two modes of operation for the SERIRQ Start Frame: Quiet mode and Continuous mode.
In the Quiet mode, the W83627DHG-P drives the SERIRQ signal active low for one clock, and then tristates it. This brings all the state machines of the W83627DHG-P from idle to active states. The host
controller (the South Bridge) then takes over driving SERIRQ signal low in the next clock and
continues driving the SERIRQ low for programmable 3 to 7 clock periods. This makes the total number
of clocks low 4 to 8 clock periods. After these clocks, the host controller drives the SERIRQ high for
one clock and then tri-states it.
In the Continuous mode, the START Frame can only be initiated by the host controller to update the
information of the IRQ/Data Frame. The host controller drives the SERIRQ signal low for 4 to 8 clock
periods. Upon a reset, the SERIRQ signal is defaulted to the Continuous mode for the host controller
to initiate the first Start Frame.
Please see the diagram below for more details.
Start Frame Timing with source sampled a low pulse on IRQ1.
SL
or
H
H
IRQ0 FRAME
START FRAME
R
T
S
R
T
IRQ1 FRAME
S
R
T
SMI# FRAME
S
R
T
PCICLK
START 1
SERIRQ
Drive Source
H=Host Control
2
IRQ1
Host Controller
SL=Slave Control
None
R=Recovery
IRQ1
None
T=Turn-around
S=Sample
Note:
1. The Start Frame pulse can be 4-8 clocks wide.
2. The first clock of Start Frame is driven low by the W83627DHG-P because IRQ1 of the
W83627DHG-P needs an interrupt request. Then the host takes over and continues to pull the
SERIRQ low.
-185-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
16.2 IRQ/Data Frame
Once the Start Frame has been initiated, the W83627DHG-P must start counting frames based on the
rising edge of the start pulse. Each IRQ/Data Frame has three clocks: the Sample phase, the
Recovery phase, and the Turn-around phase.
During the Sample phase, the W83627DHG-P drives SERIRQ low if the corresponding IRQ is active.
If the corresponding IRQ is inactive, then SERIRQ must be left tri-stated. During the Recovery phase,
the W83627DHG-P device drives the SERIRQ high. During the Turn-around phase, the W83627DHGP device leaves the SERIRQ tri-stated. The W83627DHG-P starts to drive the SERIRQ line from the
beginning of "IRQ0 FRAME" based on the rising edge of PCICLK.
The IRQ/Data Frame has a specific numeral order, as shown in Table 16.1.
Table 16-1 SERIRQ Sampling Periods
SERIRQ SAMPLING PERIODS
IRQ/DATA FRAME
SIGNAL SAMPLED
# OF CLOCKS PAST
START
EMPLOYED BY
1
IRQ0
2
Reserved
2
IRQ1
5
Keyboard
3
SMI#
8
H/W Monitor & SMI
4
IRQ3
11
UART B
5
IRQ4
14
UART A
6
IRQ5
17
-
7
IRQ6
20
FDC
8
IRQ7
23
LPT
9
IRQ8
26
-
10
IRQ9
29
-
11
IRQ10
32
-
12
IRQ11
35
-
13
IRQ12
38
Mouse
14
IRQ13
41
Reserved
15
IRQ14
44
-
16
IRQ15
47
-
17
IOCHCK#
50
-
18
INTA#
53
-
19
INTB#
56
-
20
INTC#
59
-
21
INTD#
62
-
32:22
Unassigned
95
-
-186-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
16.3 Stop Frame
After all IRQ/Data Frames have completed, the host controller will terminates SERIRQ with a Stop
frame. Only the host controller can initiate the Stop Frame by driving SERIRQ low for 2 or 3 clocks. If
the Stop Frame is low for 2 clocks, the Sample mode of next SERIRQ cycle’s Sample mode is the
Quiet mode. If the Stop Frame is low for 3 clocks, the Sample mode of next SERIRQ cycle is the
Continuous mode.
Please see the diagram below for more details.
Stop Frame Timing with Host Using 17 SERIRQ sampling period.
IRQ14
FRAME
S
R
IRQ15
FRAME
T
S
R
IOCHCK#
FRAME
T
S
R
STOP FRAME
T
I1
R
H
NEXT CYCLE
T
PCICLK
STOP
SERIRQ
Driver
None
H=Host Control
IRQ15
R=Recovery
None
START 2
Host Controller
T=Turn-around
S=Sample
I= Idle.
Note:
1. There may be none, one or more Idle states during the Stop Frame.
2. The Start Frame pulse of next SERIRQ cycle may or may not start immediately after the
turn-around clock of the Stop Frame.
-187-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
17. WATCHDOG TIMER
The WDTO# pin is a multi-function pin with GP50 functions and is configured to the WDTO# function,
if Configuration Register CR [2Dh], bit 0 is set to zero.
The Watchdog Timer of the W83627DHG-P consists of an 8-bit programmable time-out counter and a
control and status register. The time-out counter ranges from 1 to 255 minutes in the minute mode, or
1 to 255 seconds in the second mode. The units of Watchdog Timer counter are selected at Logical
Device 8, CR [F5h], bit [3]. The time-out value is set at Logical Device 8, CR [F6h]. Writing zero
disables the Watchdog Timer function. Writing any non-zero value to this register causes the counter
to load this value into the Watchdog Timer counter and start counting down.
The W83627DHG-P outputs a low signal to the WDTO# pin (pin 77) when a time-out event occurs. In
other words, when the value is counted down to zero, the timer stops, and the W83627DHG-P sets
the WDTO# status bit in Logical Device 8, CR [F7h], bit [4], outputting a low signal to the WDTO# pin
(pin 77). Writing a zero will clear the status bit and the WDTO# pin returns to high. Writing a zero will
clear the status bit. This bit will also be cleared if LRESET# or PWROK# signal is asserted.
Additionally, GP40 (pin 85), GP42 (pin 83), GP44 (pin 81) and GP46 (pin 79) provides an alternative
WDTO# function. This function can be configured by the relative GPIO control register.
Please note that the output type of WDTO# (pin 77) and GP42 (pin 83) is push-pull and that of GP40
(pin 85), GP44 (pin 81) and GP46 (pin 79) is open-drain.
-188-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
18. GENERAL PURPOSE I/O
The W83627DHG-P provides 40 input/output ports that can be individually configured to perform a
simple basic I/O function or alternative, pre-defined function. GPIO port 6 is configured through control
registers in Logical Device 7, and GPIO ports 2 ~ 5 in Logical Device 9. Users can configure each
individual port to be an input or output port by programming respective bit in selection register (0 =
output, 1 = input). Invert port value by setting inversion register (0 = non -inverse, 1 = inverse). Port
value is read / written through data register.
In addition, only GP30, GP31 and GP35 are designed to be able to assert PSOUT# or PME# signal to
wake up the system if any of them has any transitions. There are about 16mS debounced circuit inside
these 3 GPIOs and it can be disabled by programming respective bit (LD9, CR [FEh] bit 4~6). Users
can set what kind of event type, level or edge, and polarity, rising or falling, to perform the wake-up
function. The following table gives a more detailed register map on GP30, GP31 and GP35.
EVENTROUTE
I
(PSOUT#)
EVENTROUTE
II
(PME#)
EVENT
DEBOUNCED
EVENT
TYPE
EVENT
POLARITY
0: DISABLE
1: ENABLE
0: DISABLE
1: ENABLE
0 : ENABLE
1 : DISABLE
0 : EDGE
1: LEVEL
0 : RISING
1 : FALLING
EVENT
STATUS
GP30
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit4
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit0
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit4
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit0
LD9,
CR[F2h]
bit0
LD9,
CR[E7h]
bit0
GP31
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit5
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit1
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit5
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit1
LD9,
CR[F2h]
bit1
LD9,
CR[E7h]
bit1
GP35
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit6
LDA,
CR[FEh]
bit2
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit6
LD9,
CR[FEh]
bit2
LD9,
CR[F2h]
bit5
LD9,
CR[E7h]
bit5
-189-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
19. VID INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
The W83627DHG-P provides eight pins for VID input or output function. The default function is VID
input. These pins can be configured to VID output function by setting Logical Device B, CR [F0h], bit 7
to 0. The configuration is applied to the 8 pins as a group. None of them can be individually set to
input or output.
19.1 VID Input Detection
The W83627DHG-P supports Intel VRM 9/10/11 and AMD VRM VID detections. H/W strapping and
S/W programming can set the following three input levels. a) and b) can be set by H/W strapping or
S/W programming, while c) can only be set by S/W programming.
a) TTL (Vih = 2 V; Vil = 0.8V) –
1) Add a pulled-down resistor at Pin 77(EN_GTL), or
2) Set Configuration Register CR [2Ch], bit 3 to “0”;
b) GTL (Vih = 0.6 V; Vil = 0.4 V) – (Default)
1) No extra pulled-up resistor needed, or
2) Set Configuration Register CR [2Ch], bit 3 to “1”;
c) AMD VRM (Vih = 1.4V; Vil = 0.8V) –
Set Configuration Register CR [2Ch], bit 3 to “1” and Logical Device B, CR [F0h], bit 6 to “1”.
The input data can be read in the data register at Logical Device B, CR [F1h], bit 7 ~ 0. It is a
read/write register where bit 7~0 corresponds to VID pin 7~0. Please note that in the input mode,
writes to this register have no effect.
19.2 VID Output Control
The output type of the eight VID pins is push-pull, and they drive to 3VCC (3.3V) when configured to
the output mode. The output data can be set in the data register (Logical Device B, CR [F1h], bit 7 ~
0). The written data can be read if Configuration Register CR [2Ch], bit 3 is set to “0”.
-190-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
20. PCI RESET BUFFERS
The W83627DHG-P has five copies of LRESET# output buffers. LRESET# is LPC Interface Reset, to
which PCI Reset is connected. The five copies of LRESET# in the W83627DHG-P are designated
RSTOUT0#, RSTOUT1#, RSTOUT2#, RSTOUT3# and RSTOUT4#. All of them are powered by a
3VSB power.
RSTOUT0# is an open-drain output buffer of LRESET#. This signal needs an external pulled-up
resistor of 3.3V or 5V.
RSTOUT1#, RSTOUT2#, RSTOUT3# and RSTOUT4# are push-pull output buffers of LRESET#.
Each of them outputs 3.3V, voltage and the state is low when the 3VSB power is the only power
source.
-191-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21. CONFIGURATION REGISTER
21.1
Chip (Global) Control Register
CR 02h. (Software Reset; Write Only)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
Write “1” Only
DESCRIPTION
Software RESET.
CR 07h. (Logical Device; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Logical Device Number.
CR 20h. (Chip ID, High Byte; Read Only)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
Chip ID number = B0h (high byte).
CR 21h. (Chip ID, Low Byte; Read Only)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
Chip ID number = 7Xh (low byte). X is the IC version
CR 22h. (Device Power Down; Default FFh)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
Reserved.
6
R/W
HM Power Down.
0: Powered down. 1: Not powered down.
5
R/W
UARTB Power Down.
0: Powered down. 1: Not powered down.
4
R/W
UARTA Power Down.
0: Powered down. 1: Not powered down.
3
R/W
PRT Power Down.
0: Powered down. 1: Not powered down.
FDC Power Down.
0: Powered down. 1: Not powered down.
2~1
0
Reserved.
R/W
CR 23h. (IPD; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
IPD (Immediate Power Down). When set to 1, the whole chip is put into
power-down mode immediately.
-192-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
s: value by strapping
CR 24h. (Global Option; Default 0100_0ss0b)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
R/W
Select output type of CPUFANOUT1
=0 CPUFANOUT1 is Push-pull. (Default)
=1 CPUFANOUT1 is Open-drain.
R/W
CLKSEL => Input clock rate selection
=0
The clock input on pin 18 is 24 MHz.
=1
The clock input on pin 18 is 48 MHz. (Default)
5
R/W
Select output type of AUXFANOUT
=0 AUXFANOUT is Push-pull. (Default)
=1 AUXFANOUT is Open-drain.
4
R/W
Select output type of SYSFANOUT
=0 SYSFANOUT is Open-drain. (Default)
=1 SYSFANOUT is Push-pull.
3
R/W
Select output type of CPUFANOUT0
=0 CPUFANOUT0 is Open-drain. (Default)
=1 CPUFANOUT0 is Push-pull.
6
2
1
Read Only
R/W
DESCRIPTION
ENKBC => Enable keyboard controller
=0
KBC is disabled after hardware reset.
=1
KBC is enabled after hardware reset.
This bit is read-only, and it is set or reset by a power-on strapping pin (Pin
54, SOUTA).
ENROM => Enable Serial Peripheral Interface
=0
ROM is disabled after hardware reset.
=1
ROM is enabled after hardware reset.
This bit is set or reset by a power-on strapping pin (Pin 52, DTRA#).
Note 1
0
Reserved.
Note1:
Disable Serial Peripheral Interface
Enable Serial Peripheral Interface
Pin 2 Æ GP23
Pin 2 Æ SCK
Pin 19 Æ GP22
Pin 19 Æ SCE
Pin 58 Æ AUXFANIN1
Pin 58 Æ SI
Pin 118ÆBEEP
Pin 118ÆSO
CR 25h. (Interface Tri-state Enable; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~6
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
5
R/W
UARTBTRI
4
R/W
UARTATRI
3
R/W
PRTTRI
-193-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
2~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
FDCTRI.
CR 26h. (Global Option; Default 0s000000b)
BIT
7
s: value by strapping
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
6
R/W
HEFRAS =>
=0
Write 87h to location 2E twice.
=1
Write 87h to location 4E twice.
The corresponding power-on strapping pin is RTSA# (Pin 51).
5
R/W
LOCKREG =>
=0
Enable R/W configuration registers.
=1
Disable R/W configuration registers.
4
Reserved.
3
2
1
0
R/W
DSFDLGRQ =>
=0
Enable FDC legacy mode for IRQ and DRQ selection. Then DO
register (base address + 2) bit 3 is effective when selecting IRQ.
=1
Disable FDC legacy mode for IRQ and DRQ selection. Then DO
register (base address + 2) bit 3 is not effective when selecting IRQ.
R/W
DSPRLGRQ =>
=0
Enable PRT legacy mode for IRQ and DRQ selection. Then DCR
register (base address + 2) bit 4 is effective when selecting IRQ.
=1
Disable PRT legacy mode for IRQ and DRQ selection. Then DCR
register (base address + 2) bit 4 is not effective when selecting IRQ.
R/W
DSUALGRQ =>
=0
Enable UART A legacy mode for IRQ selection. Then HCR
register (base address + 4) bit 3 is effective when selecting IRQ.
=1
Disable UART A legacy mode for IRQ selection. Then HCR
register (base address + 4) bit 3 is not effective when selecting IRQ.
R/W
DSUBLGRQ =>
=0
Enable UART B legacy mode for IRQ selection. Then HCR
register (base address + 4) bit 3 is effective when selecting IRQ.
=1
Disable UART B legacy mode for IRQ selection. Then HCR
register (base address + 4) bit 3 is not effective when selecting IRQ.
CR 27h. (Reserved)
CR 28h. (Global Option; Default 50h)
BIT
7
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
-194-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
6~5
R/W
Flash ROM size select
= 00 1M
= 01 2M
= 10 4M (Default)
= 11 8M
4
R/W
Select to enable/disable decoding of BIOS ROM range 000E xxxxh.
=0
Enable decoding of BIOS ROM range at 000E xxxxh.
=1
Disable decoding of BIOS ROM range at 000E xxxxh.
3
R/W
Select to enable/disable decoding of BIOS ROM range FFE xxxxx.
=0
Enable decoding of BIOS ROM range at FFE xxxxx.
=1
Disable decoding of BIOS ROM range at FFE xxxxx.
R/W
PRTMODS2 ~ 0 =>
= 0xx Parallel Port Mode.
= 100 Reserved.
= 101 External FDC Mode
= 110 Reserved
= 111 External two FDC Mode
2~0
CR 29h. (Multi-function Pin Selection; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
Reserved.
6
R/W
5~4
3
DESCRIPTION
Pin 5 function select
= 0 OVT#
= 1 SMI#
Reserved.
R/W
Pins 49 ~ 54, 56 ~ 57 function select
=0
Pins 49 ~ 54, 56 ~ 57 Æ UART A
=1
Pins 49 ~ 54, 56 ~ 57 Æ GPIO6
Pin 119 ~ 120 function select
2~1
0
R/W
Bit-2
Bit-1
0
0
0
1
Pin 119 ~ 120 function
Pin 119 ~ 120 Æ CPUFANIN1, CPUFANOUT1
(Default)
Pin 119 ~ 120 Æ GP21, GP20
Reserved.
-195-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR 2Ah. (SPI Configuration; Default 00h)
BIT
7~6
5~4
(VSB Power)
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Serial Peripheral Interface Configuration bit. (VSB)
= 00 Normal read. SPI clock is 16MHz.
= 01 Normal read. SPI clock is 33MHz.
= 10 Normal read. SPI clock is 22MHz.
= 11 Reserved.
Note: These two bits are ignored when CR24, bit 1 is “0” (SPI
function is disabled).
R/W
Serial Peripheral Interface configuration bit.(VBAT)
= 00 Normal read. The clock rate is based on the setting of CR [2Ah],
bits [7:6]
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Reserved
= 11 Fast read with one dummy byte. The clock rate is 33MHz.
If set to “11”, CR [2Ah], bits [7:6] must be 0.
Note: These two bits are ignored when CR24, bit 1 is “0”. (SPI function is
disabled)
3
R/W
SDA_filter_EN:
0: Enable SDA input to a filter
1: Disable SDA input to a filter
2
R/W
SCL_filter_EN:
0: Enable SCL input to a filter
1: Disable SCL input to a filter
R/W
Pin 89, Pin 90 function select (I2C interface)
=0
{Pin 89, Pin 90} Æ set by CR2C bits [6:5].
=1
{Pin 89, Pin 90} Æ SDA, SCL.
R/W
KB, MS pin function select
=0
KB, MS function.
=1
GPIO function. (GP24, GP25, GP26 and GP27)
1
0
* Normal Read: Read 1-byte data.
Fast Read: Read 4-byte data.
CR 2Bh. (Reserved)
CR 2Ch. (Multi-function Pin Selection; Default E2h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
R/W
6
R/W
(VSB Power)
DESCRIPTION
Pin 88 Select
=0
GP34
=1
RSTOUT4# (Default)
Pin 89 Select
=0
GP33
=1
RSTOUT3# (Default)
Note: This bit is ignored when CR2A, bit 1 is High.
-196-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
5
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Pin 90 Select
=0
GP32
=1
RSTOUT2# (Default)
Note: This bit is ignored when CR2A, bit 1 is High.
4
Read Only
EN_ACPI status bit
=0
Particular ACPI functions are disabled.
=1
Particular ACPI functions are enabled.
The bit is strapped by Pin 70 (GP55). While particular ACPI functions are
enabled (EN_ACPI = 1), GPIO3 pins (pins 64, 69, 87, 91 and 92) are
disabled and the particular ACPI functions are activated (SUSC#,
FTPRST#, ATXPGD, VSBGATE# and PWROK2)
3
R/W
EN_GTL Configure bit
=0
VID input voltage is TTL.
=1
VID input voltage is GTL.
The bit is strapped by Pin 77 (GP50).--- Internal Pull high to 3VSB.
2
R/W
EN_PWRDN. (VBAT)
=0
Thermal shutdown function is disabled.
=1
Enable thermal shutdown function.
Pins 78 ~ 85 function select
Bit-1
1~0
Bit-0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
R/W
Pins 78 ~ 85 function
Pin 82 Æ Reserved (tri-state)
Pin 83 Æ Reserved (always low)
Others Æ GPIO4
Pin 82 Æ IRRX
Pin 83 Æ IRTX
Others Æ GPIO4
Pins 78 ~ 85 Æ GPIO4
Pins 78 ~ 85 Æ UART B
CR 2Dh. (Multi-function Pin Selection; default 21h)
(VSB Power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
R/W
Pin 67 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
PSOUT#
=1
GPIO57
6
R/W
Pin 68 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
PSIN#
=1
GPIO56
R/W
Pin 70 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
SUSLED
=1
GPIO55
5
DESCRIPTION
-197-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
4
R/W
Pin 71 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
PWROK
=1
GPIO54
3
R/W
Pin 72 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
PSON#
=1
GPIO53
2
R/W
Pin 73 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
SUSB#
=1
GPIO52
R/W
Pin 75 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
RSMRST#
=1
GPIO51
R/W
Pin 77 Select (reset by RSMRST#)
=0
WDTO#
=1
GPIO50
1
0
DESCRIPTION
CR 2Eh. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Test Mode Bits: Reserved for Nuvoton.
CR 2Fh. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Test Mode Bits: Reserved for Nuvoton.
-198-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.2
Logical Device 0 (FDC)
CR 30h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Logical device is inactive.
1: Activate the logical device.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 03h,F0h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select FDC I/O base address on 8
bytes boundary.
CR 70h. (Default 06h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for FDC.
CR 74h. (Default 02h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~3
Reserved.
2~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select DRQ resource for FDC.
000: DMA0.
001: DMA1.
010: DMA2.
1xx: No DMA active.
011: DMA3.
CR F0h. (Default 8Eh)
BIT
7
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
6
R/W
This bit determines the polarity of all FDD interface signals.
0: FDD interface signals are active low.
1: FDD interface signals are active high.
5
R/W
When this bit is logic 0, indicates a second drive is installed and is
reflected in status register A. (PS2 mode only)
4
R/W
Swap Drive 0, 1 Mode =>
0: No Swap.
1: Drive and Motor select 0 and 1 are swapped.
3~2
R/W
1
R/W
Interface Mode.
00: Model 30.
10: Reserved.
FDC DMA Mode.
0: Burst Mode is enabled
1: Non-Burst Mode.
-199-
01: PS/2.
11: AT Mode
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Floppy Mode.
0: Normal Floppy Mode.
1: Enhanced 3-mode FDD.
CR F1h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~6
R/W
5~4
R/W
Media ID1, Media ID0. These bits will be reflected on FDC’s Tape Drive
Register bit 7, 6.
3~2
R/W
Density Select.
00: Normal.
10: 1 (Forced to logic 1).
1
R/W
DISFDDWR =>
0: Enable FDD write.
1: Disable FDD write (forces pins WE, WD to stay high).
R/W
SWWP =>
0: Normal, use WP to determine whether the FDD is write protected or
not.
1: FDD is always write-protected.
0
DESCRIPTION
Boot Floppy.
00: FDD A.
10: Reserved.
01: Reserved.
11: Reserved.
01: Normal.
11: 0 (Forced to logic 0).
CR F2h. (Default FFh)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~2
Reserved.
1~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
FDD A Drive Type.
CR F4h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
Reserved.
6
R/W
5
Reserved.
4~3
2
1~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Enable FDC Pre-compensation.
1: Disable FDC Pre-compensation.
Data Rate Table selection (Refer to TABLE A).
00: Select regular drives and 2.88 format.
01: 3-mode drive.
10: 2 Meg Tape.
11: Reserved.
Reserved.
R/W
Drive Type selection (Refer to TABLE B).
-200-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F5h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Same as FDD0 of CR F5h.
TABLE A
DRIVE RATE TABLE
SELECT
DRTS1
0
DRTS0
0
0
1
1
0
DATA RATE
SELECTED DATA RATE
SELDEN
DRATE1
DRATE0
MFM
FM
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
300K
150K
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
500K
250K
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
2Meg
---
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
TABLE B
DTYPE0
DTYPE1
DRVDEN0 (pin 2)
DRIVE TYPE
4/2/1 MB 3.5”“
0
0
SELDEN
2/1 MB 5.25”
2/1.6/1 MB 3.5” (3-MODE)
0
1
DRATE1
1
0
SELDEN
1
1
DRATE0
-201-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.3
Logical Device 1 (Parallel Port)
CR 30h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
*0: Logical device is inactive.
1: Activate the logical device.
*: If customer need EXTFDC function, bit 0 should be 0.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 03h, 78h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
These two registers select PRT I/O base address.
on 4-byte boundary (EPP not supported) or
on 8-byte boundary (all modes supported, EPP is only
available when the base address is on 8-byte boundary).
CR 70h. (Default 07h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for PRT.
CR 74h. (Default 04h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~3
Reserved.
2~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select DRQ resource for PRT.
000: DMA0.
001: DMA1.
010: DMA2.
1xx: No DMA active.
011: DMA3.
CR F0h. (Default 3Fh)
BIT
7
6~3
2~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
R/W
ECP FIFO Threshold.
R/W
Parallel Port Mode selection (CR28 bit2 PRTMODS2 = 0).
000: Standard and Bi-direction (SPP) mode.
001: EPP – 1.9 and SPP mode.
010: ECP mode.
011: ECP and EPP – 1.9 mode.
100: Printer Mode.
101: EPP – 1.7 and SPP mode.
110: Reserved.
111: ECP and EPP – 1.7 mode.
-202-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.4
Logical Device 2 (UART A)
CR 30h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Logical device is inactive.
1: Activate the logical device.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 03h, F8h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select Serial Port 1 I/O base address
on 8 bytes boundary.
CR 70h. (Default 04h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for Serial Port 1.
CR F0h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~2
Reserved.
1~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
00: UART A clock source is 1.8462 MHz (24 MHz / 13).
01: UART A clock source is 2 MHz (24 MHz / 12).
10: UART A clock source is 24 MHz (24 MHz / 1).
11: Reserved
-203-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.5
Logical Device 3 (UART B)
CR 30h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Logical device is inactive.
1: Activate the logical device.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 02h, F8h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select Serial Port 2 I/O base address
on eight-byte boundary.
CR 70h. (Default 03h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for Serial Port 2.
CR F0h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3
2
1~0
DESCRIPTION
R/W
0: No reception delay when SIR is changed from TX mode to RX mode.
1: Reception delayed for 4 characters’ time (40 bit-time) when SIR is
changed from TX mode to RX mode.
R/W
0: No transmission delay when SIR is changed from RX mode to TX
mode.
1: Transmission delayed for 4 characters’ time (40 bit-time) when SIR is
changed from RX mode to TX mode.
R/W
00: UART B clock source is 1.8462 MHz (24 MHz / 13).
01: UART B clock source is 2 MHz (24 MHz / 12).
10: UART B clock source is 24 MHz (24 MHz / 1).
11: Reserved
-204-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F1h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
Reserved.
6
R/W
IRLOCSEL => IR I/O pins’ location selection.
0: Through SINB / SOUTB.
1: Through IRRX / IRTX.
5~3
R/W
IRMODE => IR function mode selection. See the table below.
2
R/W
IR half / full duplex function selection.
0: IR function is Full Duplex.
1: IR function is Half Duplex.
1
R/W
0: SOUTB pin of UART B function or IRTX pin of IR function in normal
condition.
1: Inverse SOUTB pin of UART B function or IRTX pin of IR function.
0
R/W
0: SINB pin of UART B function or IRRX pin of IR function in normal
condition.
1: Inverse SINB pin of UART B function or IRRX pin of IR function.
IR MODE
IR FUNCTION
IRTX
IRRX
00X
Disable
Tri-state
High
010*
IrDA
Active pulse 1.6 μS
Demodulation into SINB/IRRX
011*
IrDA
Active pulse 3/16 bit time
Demodulation into SINB/IRRX
100
ASK-IR
Inverting IRTX/SOUTB pin
Routed to SINB/IRRX
101
ASK-IR
110
ASK-IR
111*
ASK-IR
Inverting IRTX/SOUTB & 500
KHZ clock
Inverting IRTX/SOUTB
Inverting IRTX/SOUTB & 500
KHZ clock
Routed to SINB/IRRX
Demodulation into SINB/IRRX
Demodulation into SINB/IRRX
Note: The notation is normal mode in the IR function.
-205-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.6
Logical Device 5 (Keyboard Controller)
CR 30h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: The logical device is inactive.
1: The logical device is active.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 00h,60h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select the first KBC I/O base address
on 1-byte boundary.
CR 62h, 63h. (Default 00h,64h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select the second KBC I/O base address on 1 byte boundary.
CR 70h. (Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for KINT. (Keyboard interrupt)
CR 72h. (Default 0Ch)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select IRQ resource for MINT. (PS/2 Mouse interrupt)
CR F0h. (Default83h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~6
R/W
5~3
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
KBC clock rate
00: Reserve
01: Reserve
10: 12MHz
11: Reserve
2
R/W
0: Port 92 disable.
1: Port 92 enable.
1
R/W
0: Gate A20 software control.
1: Gate A20 hardware speed up.
-206-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: KBRST# software control.
1: KBRST# hardware speed up.
-207-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.7
Logical Device 6 (Serial Peripheral Interface)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Serial Peripheral Interface is inactive.
1: Activate Serial Peripheral Interface.
CR 62h, 63h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select Serial Peripheral Interface I/O base address
on 1 byte boundary.
-208-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.8
Logical Device 7 (GPIO6)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3
2~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: GPIO6 is inactive.
1: GPIO6 is active.
Reserved.
CR F4h. (GPIO6 I/O Register; Default FFh)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
GPIO6 I/O register
0: The respective GPIO6 PIN is programmed as an output port
1: The respective GPIO6 PIN is programmed as an input port.
CR F5h. (GPIO6 Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
R/W
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
GPIO6 Data register
For output ports, the respective bits can be read and written by the pins.
For input ports, the respective bits can be read only from pins. Write
accesses will be ignored.
CR F6h. (GPIO6 Inversion Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
GPIO6 Inversion register
0: The respective bit and the port value are the same.
1: The respective bit and the port value are inverted. (Applies to both input
and output ports)
CR F7h. (Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read-Clear
DESCRIPTION
GPIO6 Event Status
Bit 7-0 corresponds to GP67-GP60, respectively.
0 : No active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
1 : An active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
Read the status bit clears it to 0.
CR F8h. (GPIO6 Multi-function Select Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: GPIO67
1: GPIO67 Æ PLED
-209-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
6
R/W
0: GPIO66
1: GPIO66 Æ PLED
5
R/W
0: GPIO65
1: GPIO65 Æ PLED
4
R/W
0: GPIO64
1: GPIO64 Æ PLED
3
R/W
0: GPIO63
1: GPIO63 Æ PLED
2
R/W
0: GPIO62
1: GPIO62 Æ PLED
1
R/W
0: GPIO61
1: GPIO61 Æ PLED
0
R/W
0: GPIO60
1: GPIO60 Æ PLED
-210-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.9
Logical Device 8 (WDTO# & PLED)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: WDTO# and PLED are inactive. 1: Activate WDTO# and PLED.
CR F5h. (WDTO#, PLED and KBC P20 Control Mode Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Select Power LED mode.
000: Power LED pin is driven high.
001: Power LED pin outputs 0.5Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
010: Power LED pin is driven low.
011: Power LED pin outputs 2Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
100: Power LED pin outputs 1Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
101: Power LED pin outputs 4Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
110: Power LED pin outputs 0.25Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
111: Power LED pin outputs 0.25Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
4
R/W
WDTO# count mode is 1000 times faster.
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
(If bit-3 is in Seconds Mode, the count mode is 1/1000 sec.)
(If bit-3 is in Minutes Mode, the count mode is 1/1000 min.)
3
R/W
Select WDTO# count mode.
0: Second Mode.
1: Minute Mode.
R/W
Enable the rising edge of a KBC reset (P20) to issue a time-out event.
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
1
R/W
Disable / Enable the WDTO# output low pulse to the KBRST# pin (PIN60)
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
0
Reserved.
7~5
2
-211-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F6h. (WDTO# Counter Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Watch Dog Timer Time-out value. Writing a non-zero value to this
register causes the counter to load the value into the Watch Dog
Counter and start counting down. If CR F7h, bits 7 and 6 are set, any
Mouse Interrupt or Keyboard Interrupt event causes the previouslyloaded, non-zero value to be reloaded to the Watch Dog Counter and
the count down resumes. Reading this register returns the current
value in the Watch Dog Counter, not the Watch Dog Timer Time-out
value.
00h: Time-out Disable
01h: Time-out occurs after 1 minute only.
02h: Time-out occurs after 2 second/minutes
03h: Time-out occurs after 3 second/minutes
……………………….......................................
FFh: Time-out occurs after 255 second/minutes
(The deviation is approx 1 second.)
CR F7h. (WDTO# Control & Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
Mouse interrupt reset enables watch-dog timer reload
0: Watchdog timer is not affected by mouse interrupt.
1: Watchdog timer is reset by mouse interrupt.
6
R/W
Keyboard interrupt reset enables watch-dog timer reload
0: Watchdog timer is not affected by keyboard interrupt.
1: Watchdog timer is reset by keyboard interrupt.
5
Write “1” Only
Trigger WDTO# event. This bit is self-clearing.
4
R/W
Write “0” Clear
WDTO# status bit
0: Watchdog timer is running.
1: Watchdog timer issues time-out event.
3~0
R/W
These bits select the IRQ resource for the WDTO#. (02h for SMI# event.)
-212-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.10 Logical Device 9 (GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO4, GPIO5)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
3
R/W
0: GPIO5 is inactive.
1: GPIO5 is active
2
R/W
0: GPIO4 is inactive.
1: GPIO4 is active.
1
R/W
0: GPIO3 is inactive.
1: GPIO3 is active.
0
R/W
0: GPIO2 is inactive.
1: GPIO2 is active.
CR E0h. (GPIO5 I/O Register; Default FFh)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
GPIO5 I/O register
0: The respective GPIO5 PIN is programmed as an output port
1: The respective GPIO5 PIN is programmed as an input port.
CR E1h. (GPIO5 Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
R/W
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
GPIO5 Data register
For output ports, the respective bits can be read and written by the pins.
For input ports, the respective bits can only be read by the pins. Write
accesses are ignored.
CR E2h. (GPIO5 Inversion Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
GPIO5 Inversion register
0: The respective bit and the port value are the same.
1: The respective bit and the port value are inverted. (Applies to both input
and output ports)
CR E3h. (GPIO2 Register; Default FFh)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
GPIO2 I/O register
0: The respective GPIO2 PIN is programmed as an output port
1: The respective GPIO2 PIN is programmed as an input port
-213-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR E4h. (GPIO2 Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
R/W
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
GPIO2 Data register
For output ports, the respective bits can be read and written by the pins.
For input ports, the respective bits can only be read by the pins. Write
accesses are ignored.
CR E5h. (GPIO2 Inversion Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
GPIO2 Inversion register
0: The respective bit and the port value are the same.
1: The respective bit and the port value are inverted. (Applies to both input
and output ports)
CR E6h. (GPIO2 Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read-Clear
DESCRIPTION
GPIO2 Event Status
Bit 7-0 corresponds to GP27-GP20, respectively.
0 : No active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
1 : An active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
Read the status bit clears it to 0.
CR E7h. (GPIO3 Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read-Clear
DESCRIPTION
GPIO3 Event Status
Bit 7-0 corresponds to GP37-GP30, respectively.
0 : No active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
1 : An active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
Read the status bit clears it to 0.
CR E8h. (GPIO4 Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read-Clear
DESCRIPTION
GPIO4 Event Status
Bit 7-0 corresponds to GP47-GP40, respectively.
0 : No active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
1 : An active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
Reading the status bit clears it to 0.
-214-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR E9h. (GPIO5 Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read-Clear
DESCRIPTION
GPIO5 Event Status
Bit 7-0 corresponds to GP57-GP50, respectively.
0 : No active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
1 : An active edge(rising/falling) has been detected
Reading the status bit clears it to 0.
CR F0h. (GPIO3 I/O Register; Default FFh)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
GPIO3 I/O register
0: The respective GPIO3 PIN is programmed as an output port
1: The respective GPIO3 PIN is programmed as an input port.
CR F1h. (GPIO3 Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
R/W
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
GPIO3 Data register
For output ports, the respective bits can be read and written by the pins.
For input ports, the respective bits can only be read by the pins. Write
accesses are ignored.
CR F2h. (GPIO3 Inversion Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
GPIO3 Inversion register
0: The respective bit and the port value are the same.
1: The respective bit and the port value are inverted. (Applies to both input
and output ports)
CR F3h. (Suspend LED Mode Register; Default 00h)
BIT
(VBAT power)
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~5
R/W
Select Suspend LED mode.(SUSLED)
000: Suspend LED pin is driven high.
001: Suspend LED pin outputs 0.5Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
010: Suspend LED is driven low.
011: Suspend LED pin outputs 2Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
100: Suspend LED pin outputs 1Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
101: Suspend LED pin outputs 4Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
110: Suspend LED pin outputs 0.25Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
111: Suspend LED pin outputs 0.25Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle.
4~0
Reserved.
-215-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F4h. (GPIO4 I/O Register; Default FFh)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
GPIO4 I/O register
0: The respective GPIO4 PIN is programmed as an output port
1: The respective GPIO4 PIN is programmed as an input port.
CR F5h. (GPIO4 Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
R/W
7~0
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
GPIO4 Data register
For output ports, the respective bits can be read and written by the pins.
For input ports, the respective bits can only be read by the pins. Write
accesses are ignored.
CR F6h. (GPIO4 Inversion Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
GPIO4 Inversion register
0: The respective bit and the port value are the same.
1: The respective bit and the port value are inverted. (Applies to both input
and output ports)
CR F7h. (GPIO4 Multi-function Select Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
0: GPIO47
1: GPIO47 Æ SUSLED
6
R/W
0: GPIO46
1: GPIO46 Æ WDTO#
5
R/W
0: GPIO45
1: GPIO45 Æ SUSLED
4
R/W
0: GPIO44
1: GPIO44 Æ WDTO#
3
R/W
0: GPIO43
1: GPIO43 Æ SUSLED
2
R/W
0: GPIO42
1: GPIO42 Æ WDTO#
1
R/W
0: GPIO41
1: GPIO41 Æ SUSLED
0
R/W
0: GPIO40
1: GPIO40 Æ WDTO#
-216-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F8h. (GPIO2 Multi-function Select Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
0: GPIO27
1: GPIO27 Æ SUSLED
6
R/W
0: GPIO26
1: GPIO26 Æ SUSLED
5
R/W
0: GPIO25
1: GPIO25 Æ SUSLED
4
R/W
0: GPIO24
1: GPIO24 Æ SUSLED
3
R/W
0: GPIO23
1: GPIO23 Æ PLED
2
R/W
0: GPIO22
1: GPIO22 Æ PLED
1
R/W
0: GPIO21
1: GPIO21 Æ PLED
0
R/W
0: GPIO20
1: GPIO20 Æ PLED
CR F9h. (GPIO3 Multi-function Select Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
0: GPIO37
1: GPIO37 Æ SUSLED
6
R/W
0: GPIO36
1: GPIO36 Æ SUSLED
5
R/W
0: GPIO35
1: GPIO35 Æ SUSLED
4
R/W
0: GPIO34
1: GPIO34 Æ SUSLED
3
R/W
0: GPIO33
1: GPIO33 Æ SUSLED
2
R/W
0: GPIO32
1: GPIO32 Æ SUSLED
1
R/W
0: GPIO31
1: GPIO31 Æ SUSLED
0
R/W
0: GPIO30
1: GPIO30 Æ SUSLED
-217-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR FAh. (GPIO5 Multi-function Select Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
0: GPIO57
1: GPIO57 Æ SUSLED
6
R/W
0: GPIO56
1: GPIO56 Æ SUSLED
5
R/W
0: GPIO55
1: GPIO55 Æ SUSLED
4
R/W
0: GPIO54
1: GPIO54 Æ SUSLED
3
R/W
0: GPIO53
1: GPIO53 Æ SUSLED
2
R/W
0: GPIO52
1: GPIO52 Æ SUSLED
1
R/W
0: GPIO51
1: GPIO51 Æ SUSLED
0
R/W
0: GPIO50
1: GPIO50 Æ SUSLED
CR FEh. (GPIO3 Input Detected Type Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
Reserved.
6
R/W
0: Enable GP35 input de-bouncer
1: Disable GP35 input de-bouncer
5
R/W
0: Enable GP31 input de-bouncer
1: Disable GP31 input de-bouncer
4
R/W
0: Enable GP30 input de-bouncer
1: Disable GP30 input de-bouncer
3
Reserved.
2
R/W
0: GP35 trigger type : edge
1: GP35 trigger type : level
1
R/W
0: GP31 trigger type : edge
1: GP31 trigger type : level
0
R/W
0: GP30 trigger type : edge
1: GP30 trigger type : level
-218-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.11 Logical Device A (ACPI)
(CR30, CR70 are VCC powered; CRE0~F7 are VRTC powered)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Logical Device A CR70h function is inactive.
1: Logical Device A CR70h function is active.
CR 70h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select the IRQ resource for PME#.
CR E0h. (Default 01h) (VBAT power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
DIS_PSIN => Disable the panel switch input to turn on the system power
supply.
0: PSIN is wire-AND and connected to PSOUT#.
1: PSIN is blocked and cannot affect PSOUT#.
6
R/W
Enable KBC wake-up
0: Disable keyboard wake-up function via PSOUT#.
1: Enable keyboard wake-up function via PSOUT#.
5
R/W
Enable Mouse wake-up
0: Disable mouse wake-up function via PSOUT#.
1: Enable mouse wake-up function via PSOUT#.
MSRKEY =>
Three keys (ENMDAT_UP, CRE6[7]; MSRKEY, CRE0[4]; MSXKEY,
CRE0[1]) define the combinations of the mouse wake-up events. Please
see the following table for the details.
ENMDAT_UP MSRKEY
4
3
R/W
MSXKEY
Wake-up event
1
x
1
Any button clicked or any movement.
1
x
0
One click of left or right button.
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
One click of the left button.
One click of the right button.
Two clicks of the left button.
Two clicks of the right button.
Reserved.
-219-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
2
1
0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Keyboard / Mouse swap enable
0: Normal mode.
1: Keyboard / Mouse ports are swapped.
R/W
MSXKEY =>
Three keys (ENMDAT_UP, CRE6[7]; MSRKEY, CRE0[4]; MSXKEY,
CRE0[1]) define the combinations of the mouse wake-up events. Please
check out the table in CRE0[4] for the detailed.
R/W
KBXKEY =>
0: Only the pre-determined key combination in sequence can wake up the
system.
1: Any character received from the keyboard can wake up the system.
CR E1h. (KBC Wake-Up Index Register; Default 00h) (VSB power)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Keyboard wake-up index register.
This is the index register of CRE2, which is the access window for the
keyboard’s pre-determined key key-combination characters. The first set
of wake-up keys is in of 0x00 – 0x0E, the second set 0x30 – 0x3E, and
the third set 0x40 – 0x4E. Incoming key combinations can be read through
0x10 – 0x1E.
CR E2h. (KBC Wake-Up Data Register; Default FFh) (VSB power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
Keyboard wake-up data register.
This is the data register for the keyboard’s pre-determined keycombination characters, which is indexed by CRE1.
CR E3h. (Event Status Register; Default 08h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~6
Reserved.
Read Only
Read-Clear
5
DESCRIPTION
This status flag indicates VSB power off/on.
4
Read Only
Read-Clear
This bit is always 0
0: When power-loss occurs and the VSB power is on, turn on system
power.
3
Read Only
Read-Clear
Thermal shutdown status.
0: No thermal shutdown event issued.
1: Thermal shutdown event issued.
2
Read Only
Read-Clear
PSIN_STS
0: No PSIN event issued.
1: PSIN event issued.
-220-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
1
Read Only
Read-Clear
MSWAKEUP_STS => The bit is latched by the mouse wake-up event.
0: No mouse wake-up event issued.
1: Mouse wake-up event issued.
0
Read Only
Read-Clear
KBWAKEUP_STS => The bit is latched by the keyboard wake-up event.
0: No keyboard wake-up event issued.
1: Keyboard wake-up event issued.
CR E4h. (Default 00h)
BIT
7
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Power-loss control bits => (VBAT)
00: System always turns off when it returns from power-loss state.
01: System always turns on when it returns from power-loss state.
10: System turns off / on when it returns from power-loss state depending
on the state before the power loss.
11: User defines the state before power loss.(i.e. the last state set of
CRE6[4])
4
R/W
VSBGATE# Enable bit =>
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
3
R/W
2
R/W
6~5
1~0
Keyboard wake-up options. (LRESET#)
0: Password or sequence hot keys programmed in the registers.
1: Any key.
Enable the hunting mode for all wake-up events set in CRE0. This bit is
cleared when any wake-up events is captured. (LRESET#)
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
Reserved.
CR E5h. (GPIOs Reset Source Register; Default 00))
BIT
7~ 5
4
3
2
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
R/W
VID_MRST
0: VID reset by LRESET#.
1: VID reset by PWROK.
R/W
GP23_MRST
0: GP23 reset by LRESET#.
1: GP23 reset by PWROK.
R/W
GP22_MRST
0: GP22 reset by LRESET#.
1: GP22 reset by PWROK.
-221-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
1
0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
PWROK source selection.
0: PSON#
1: SUSB#
R/W
ATXPGD signal to control PWROK and PWROK2 generation
0: Enable.
1: Disable.
CR E6h. (Default 1Ch)
BIT READ / WRITE
7
6
R/W
DESCRIPTION
ENMDAT => (VSB)
Three keys (ENMDAT_UP, CRE6[7]; MSRKEY, CRE0[4]; MSXKEY,
CRE0[1]) define the combinations of the mouse wake-up events. Please
see the table in CRE0, bit 4 for the details.
Reserved.
R/W
CASEOPEN Clear Control. (VSB)
Write 1 to this bit to clear CASEOPEN status. This bit will not clear the
status itself. Please write 0 after an event is cleared. The function is the
same as Index 46h bit 7 of H/W Monitor part.
R/W
Power-loss Last State Flag. (VBAT)
0: ON
1: OFF.
3~1
R/W
PWROK_DEL (VSB)
Set the delay time when rising from 3VCC to PWROK
Bits
321
0 0 0: 300 ~ 600mS
0 0 1: 330 ~ 670mS
0 1 0: 390 ~ 730mS
0 1 1: 520 ~ 860mS
1 0 0: 200 ~ 300mS
1 0 1: 230 ~ 370mS
1 1 0: 290 ~ 430mS
1 1 1: 420 ~ 560mS
0
R / W-Clear
PWROK_TRIG =>
Write 1 to re-trigger the PWROK signal from low to high.
5
4
-222-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR E7h. (Default 00h)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2~1
0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
ENKD3 => (VSB)
Enable the third set of keyboard wake-up key combination. Its values are
accessed through keyboard wake-up index register (CRE1) and keyboard
wake-up data register (CRE2) at the index from 40h to 4eh.
0: Disable the third set of the key combinations.
1: Enable the third set of the key combinations.
R/W
ENKD2 => (VSB)
Enable the second set of keyboard wake-up key combination. Its values
are accessed through keyboard wake-up index register (CRE1) and
keyboard wake-up data register (CRE2) at the index from 30h to 3eh.
0: Disable the second set of the key combinations.
1: Enable the second set of the key combinations.
R/W
ENWIN98KEY => (VSB)
Enable Win98 keyboard dedicated key to wake-up system via PSOUT#
when keyboard wake-up function is enabled.
0: Disable Win98 keyboard wake-up.
1: Enable Win98 keyboard wake-up.
R/W
EN_ONPSOUT (VBAT)
Disable/Enable to issue a 0.5s delay PSOUT# level when system returns
from power loss state and is supposed to be on as described in
CRE4[6:5], logic device A. (for SiS & VIA chipsets)
0: Disable.
1: Enable.
R/W
Select WDTO# reset source (VSB)
0: Watchdog timer is reset by LRESET#.
1: Watchdog timer is reset by PWROK.
Reserved.
R/W
Hardware Monitor RESET source select (VBAT)
0: PWROK.
1: LRESET#.
CR E8h. (Reserved)
CR E9h. (Reserved)
CR F2h. (Default 7Ch) (VSB Power)
BIT
7
6
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved.
R/W
Enable RSTOUT4# function.
0: Disable RSTOUT4#.
1: Enable RSTOUT4#.
-223-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
5
R/W
Enable RSTOUT3# function.
0: Disable RSTOUT3#.
1: Enable RSTOUT3#.
4
R/W
Enable RSTOUT2# function.
0: Disable RSTOUT2#.
1: Enable RSTOUT2#.
3
R/W
Enable RSTOUT1# function.
0: Disable RSTOUT1#.
1: Enable RSTOUT1#.
2
R/W
Enable RSTOUT0# function.
0: Disable RSTOUT0#.
1: Enable RSTOUT0#.
1
Reserved.
0
R/W
EN_PME =>
0 : Disable PME.
1 : Enable PME.
CR F3h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~6
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
5
R / W-Clear
PME status of the Mouse IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
4
R / W-Clear
PME status of the KBC IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
3
R / W-Clear
PME status of the PRT IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
2
R / W-Clear
PME status of the FDC IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
1
R / W-Clear
PME status of the URA IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
0
R / W-Clear
PME status of the URB IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
CR F4h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
3
R / W-Clear
PME status of the HM IRQ event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
2
R / W-Clear
PME status of the WDTO# event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
1
Reserved.
-224-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
0
R / W-Clear
DESCRIPTION
PME status of the RIB event.
Write 1 to clear this status.
CR F6h. (Default 00h) (VSB Power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
6
Reserved.
5
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the Mouse IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the Mouse IRQ event.
4
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the KBC IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the KBC IRQ event.
3
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the PRT IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the PRT IRQ event.
2
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the FDC IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the FDC IRQ event.
1
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the URA IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the URA IRQ event.
0
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the URB IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the URB IRQ event.
0: Disable KB, MS PME interrupt of the KBC password event.
1: Enable KB, MS PME interrupt of the KBC password event.
CR F7h. (Default 00h) (VSB Power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
DESCRIPTION
3
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the HM IRQ event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the HM IRQ event.
2
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the WDTO# event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the WDTO# event.
1
Reserved.
0
R/W
0: Disable PME interrupt of the RIB event.
1: Enable PME interrupt of the RIB event.
CR Feh. (GPIO3 Event Route Selection Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
Reserved.
6
R/W
0: Disable GP35 event route to PSOUT#.
1: Enable GP35 event route to PSOUT#.
5
R/W
0: Disable GP31 event route to PSOUT#.
1: Enable GP31 event route to PSOUT#.
-225-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
4
R/W
3
DESCRIPTION
0: Disable GP30 event route to PSOUT#.
1: Enable GP30 event route to PSOUT#.
Reserved.
2
R/W
0: Disable GP35 event route to PME#.
1: Enable GP35 event route to PME#.
1
R/W
0: Disable GP31 event route to PME#.
1: Enable GP31 event route to PME#.
0
R/W
0: Disable GP30 event route to PME#.
1: Enable GP30 event route to PME#.
-226-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.12 Logical Device B (Hardware Monitor)
CR 30h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~1
Reserved.
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
0: Logical device is inactive.
1: Logical device is active.
CR 60h, 61h. (Default 00h, 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7~0
R/W
These two registers select the HM base address along a
two-byte boundary.
CR 70h. (Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~4
Reserved.
3~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
These bits select the IRQ resource for HM.
CR F0h. (VID Control Register; Default 81h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
7
R/W
VID I/O Control
0: VID output mode.
1: VID input mode.
6
R/W
VIDAMD input level select
0: VID is GTL level.
1: VID is AMD VRM level.
5
R/W
0: Disable AUXFANIN1 input de-bouncer.
1: Enable AUXFANIN1 input de-bouncer.
4
R/W
0: Disable CPUFANIN1 input de-bouncer.
1: Enable CPUFANIN1 input de-bouncer.
3
R/W
0: Disable AUXFANIN0 input de-bouncer.
1: Enable AUXFANIN0 input de-bouncer.
2
R/W
0: Disable CPUFANIN0 input de-bouncer.
1: Enable CPUFANIN0 input de-bouncer.
1
R/W
0: Disable SYSFANIN input de-bouncer.
1: Enable SYSFANIN input de-bouncer.
0
Reserved.
-227-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR F1h. (VID Data Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
VID[7:0] Data Register. (For Input/Output both use)
CR F2h. (FAN Strapping Status Register; Default 00h) (VCC Power)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~2
Reserved.
1
0
DESCRIPTION
Read Only
FAN_SET2 strapping status.
This bit is strapped by pin 83(SOUTB).
0: Initial speed is 100%.
1: Initial speed is 50%.
Read Only
FAN_SET strapping status.
This bit is strapped by pin 117(PLED).
0: Initial speed is 100%.
1: Initial speed is 50%.
-228-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
21.13 Logical Device C (PECI, SST)
CR E0h. (Agent Configuration Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Agt4EN (Agent 4 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 4 is disabled.
1: Agent 4 is enabled.
R/W
Agt3EN (Agent 3 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 3 is disabled.
1: Agent 3 is enabled.
5
R/W
Agt2EN (Agent 2 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 2 is disabled.
1: Agent 2 is enabled.
4
R/W
Agt1EN (Agent 1 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 1 is disabled.
1: Agent 1 is enabled.
3
R/W
RTD4
0: Agent 4 always returns the relative temperature from domain 0.
1: Agent 4 always returns the relative temperature from domain 1.
R/W
RTD3 (Agent 3 Return Domain 1 Enable Bit. Functions only when Agt3D1
is set to 1)
0: Agent 3 always returns the relative temperature from domain 0.
1: Agent 3 always returns the relative temperature from domain 1.
R/W
RTD2 (Agent 2 Return Domain 1 Enable Bit. Functions only when Agt2D1
is set to 1)
0: Agent 2 always returns the relative temperature from domain 0.
1: Agent 2 always returns the relative temperature from domain 1.
R/W
RTD1 (Agent 1 Return Domain 1 Enable Bit. Functions only when Agt1D1
is set to 1)
0: Agent 1 always returns the relative temperature from domain 0.
1: Agent 1 always returns the relative temperature from domain 1.
7
6
2
1
0
CR E1h. (Agent 1 Tbase Register; Default 48h)
BIT
7
6~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Agent 1 Tbase (Range: 0~127). (Note 1)
-229-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR E2h. (Agent 2 Tbase Register; Default 48h)
BIT
7
6~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Agent 2 Tbase (Range: 0~127). (note 1)
CR E3h. (Agent 3 Tbase Register; Default 48h)
BIT
7
6~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Agent 3 Tbase (Range: 0~127). (Note 1)
CR E4h. (Agent 4 Tbase Register; Default 48h)
BIT
7
6~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Agent 4 Tbase (Range: 0~127). (Note 1)
Note 1: Tbase is a temperature refernce based on the experiment of processor actual temperature.
For more details, please refer to 8.5 PECI.
CR E5h. (PECI Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7
R/W
Agt4D1 (Agent 4 Domain 1 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 4 does not have domain 1.
1: Agent 4 has domain 1.
6
R/W
Agt3D1 (Agent 3 Domain 1 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 3 does not have domain 1.
1: Agent 3 has domain 1.
R/W
Agt2D1 (Agent 2 Domain 1 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 2 does not have domain 1.
1: Agent 2has domain 1.
4
R/W
Agt1D1 (Agent 1 Domain 1 Enable Bit)
0: Agent 1 does not have domain 1.
1: Agent 1 has domain 1.
3
R/W
PECI_1.1°_en
0: Normal PECI transmission. (Default)
1: PECI _1.1a transmission with PECI_REQ#.
5
2
1
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
R/W
Return High Temperature
0: The temperature of each agent is returned from domain 0 or domain 1,
which is controlled by CRE0 bit 0~3.
1: Return the highest temperature in domain 0 and domain 1 of individual
Agent.
-230-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
BIT
READ / WRITE
0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
PECISB_EN
0: PECI host is controlled by IO.
1: PECI host is another device (e.g. South Bridge)
CR E8h. (PECI Warning Flag Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3~2
1~0
READ / WRITE
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
DESCRIPTION
Agent 4 Alert Bit (When CR E8[3] is 0)
0: Agent 4 has valid FCS.
1: Agent 4 has invalid FCS in the previous 3 transactions.
Agent 4 Absent Bit (When CR E8[3] is 1)
0: Agent 4 is detected.
1: Agent 4 cannot be detected.
Agent 3 Alert Bit (When CR E8[3] is 0)
0: Agent 3 has valid FCS.
1: Agent 3 has invalid FCS in the previous 3 transactions.
Agent 3 Absent Bit (When CR E8[3] is 1)
0: Agent 3 is detected.
1: Agent 3 cannot be detected.
Agent 2 Alert Bit (When CR E8[3] is 0)
0: Agent 2 has valid FCS.
1: Agent 2 has invalid FCS in the previous 3 transactions.
Agent 2 Absent Bit (When CR E8[3] is 1)
0: Agent 2 is detected.
1: Agent 2 cannot be detected.
Agent 1 Alert Bit (When CR E8[3] is 0)
0: Agent 1 has valid FCS.
1: Agent 1 has invalid FCS in the previous 3 transactions.
Agent 1 Absent Bit (When CR E8[3] is 1)
0: Agent 1 is detected.
1: Agent 1 cannot be detected.
R/W
Bank Select. These two bits are used in Bank index selection. The
relative data delivered over PECI interface and PECI Agent Absent Bit
can be read from the registers below by setting Bank selection. The
relative data delivered over PECI interface can be read in CR EE and CR
EF, and the PECI warning flag can be read in CR E8 bit 7~4.
R/W
PECI Speed Select.
Bits
10
0 0: The PECI speed is 1.5 MHz
0 1: The PECI speed is 750 KHz
1 0: The PECI speed is 375 KHz
1 1: The PECI speed is 187 KHz
-231-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR E9h. (Reserved)
CR EAh. (PECI_1.1ª Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
7
Read_Only
Agent 4 Alert toggle bit (When CR E8[2] is 1)
0: PECI Alert bit never occurred.
1: PECI Alert bit occurred once. (Read clear)
Reserved
6
Read_Only
Agent 3 Alert toggle bit (When CR E8[2] is 1)
0: PECI Alert bit never occurred.
1: PECI Alert bit occurred once. (Read clear)
Reserved
5
Read_Only
Agent 2 Alert toggle bit (When CR E8[2] is 1)
0: PECI Alert bit never occurred.
1: PECI Alert bit occurred once. (Read clear)
Reserved
4
Read_Only
Agent 2 Alert toggle bit (When CR E8[2] is 1)
0: PECI Alert bit never occurred.
1: PECI Alert bit occurred once. (Read clear)
3~0
Read_Only
Reserved. (When CR E8[2] is 0)
CR ECh. (PECI_1.1a Status Register; Default 00h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~3
R/W
Reserved.
R/W
PECI Transmission cycle time:
Bits
210
0 0 0 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 0.0625sec(16Hz)
0 0 1 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 0.125sec(8Hz)
0 1 0 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 0.25sec(4Hz)
0 1 1 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 0.5sec(2Hz)
1 0 0 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 1sec(1Hz)
1 0 1 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 2sec(1/2Hz)
1 1 0 : Finish one PECI message transmission every 4sec(1/4Hz)
2~0
DESCRIPTION
-232-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR EEh. (SST Device ID Low Byte; Default 01h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
SST Device ID Low Byte. (Note 3)
CR EFh. (SST Device ID High Byte; Default 5Ah)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
SST Device ID High Byte. (Note 3)
Note 2: Vendor ID identifies the device from a specific vendor. The PCI SIG or TBA assigns the
contents of this value.
Note 3: This value is assigned by vendor and must be exclusive to that vendor and to the device. It
will be used in conjunction with the Vendor ID to associate the correct software driver with the
sensor.
CR F1h. (SST Address Register; Default 48h)
BIT
READ / WRITE
7~0
R/W
DESCRIPTION
SST address
CR F2h. (SST Vendor ID Low Byte; Default 50h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
SST Vendor ID Low Byte. (Note 2)
CR F3h. (SST Vendor ID High Byte; Default 10h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
R/W
DESCRIPTION
SST Vendor ID High Byte. (Note 2)
CR FEh. (PECI Agent Relative High Byte Temperature Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Read Only
This register shows the retrieved High Byte raw data from PECI interface.
When Bank Select (CR E8 bit 3~2)
Bits
32
=00
Agt1RelTemp (High Byte)
=01
Agt2RelTemp (High Byte)
=10
Agt3RelTemp (High Byte)
=11
Agt4RelTemp (High Byte)
-233-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
CR FFh. (PECI Agent Relative Low ByteTemperature Register; Default 00h)
BIT
7~0
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
Read Only
This register shows the retrieved High Byte raw data from PECI interface.
When Bank Select (CR E8 bit 3~2)
Bits
32
=00
Agt1RelTemp (Low Byte)
=01
Agt2RelTemp (Low Byte)
=10
Agt3RelTemp (Low Byte)
=11
Agt4RelTemp (Low Byte)
-234-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22. SPECIFICATIONS
22.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
3VCC
Power Supply Voltage (3.3V)
Input Voltage
RATING
UNIT
-0.3 to 3.6
V
-0.3 to 3VCC+0.3
V
-0.3 to 5.5
V
VI
Input Voltage (5V tolerance)
0 to +70
°C
TA
Operating Temperature
-40 to +85
°C
Storage Temperature
-55 to +150
°C
TSTG
Note1: Exposure to conditions beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may adversely affect the life and reliability
of the device.
Note2: Both W83627DHG-P and W83627DHG-PT supports the IC operating temperature from 0℃ to +70℃. Only
W83627DHG-PT supports the IC operating temperature from -40℃ to +85℃.
22.2
Hardware Monitor Ratings
(Ta = 0°C to 70°C, VDD = 3.3V ± 5%, VSS = 0V)
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
-3
±1
+3
℃
External Temperature
Measurement Accuracy
22.3
CONDITIONS
0℃≦Ta≦70℃
DC CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = 0°C to 70°C, VDD = 3.3V ± 5%, VSS = 0V)
PARAMETER
RTC Battery
Quiescent
Current
ACPI Standby Power
Supply
Quiescent
Current
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
2.4
IBAT
2.0
ISB
-235-
UNIT
CONDITIONS
μA
VBAT = 2.5 V
CASEOPEN
Pull-Up to
VBAT
mA
VSB = 3.3 V
CASEOPEN
Pull-Up to
VBAT
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
VCC
Quiescent
Current
Vtt
Quiescent
Current
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
25
IVCC
1
IVTT
UNIT
CONDITIONS
mA
VSB = 3.3V
VCC (AVCC) =
3.3V
LRESET =
High
IOCLK =
48MHz
CASEOPEN
Pull-Up to
VBAT
mA
VSB = 3.3V
VCC (AVCC) =
3.3V
VTT = 1.2V
LRESET =
High
IOCLK =
48MHz
CASEOPEN
Pull-Up to
VBAT
I/O8t – TTL–level, bi-directional pin with 8mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 8 mA
V
IOH = - 8 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
I/O12t – TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 12mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
2.4
+10
-236-
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
Input Low
Leakage
SYM
MIN
TYP
ILIL
MAX.
UNIT
-10
μA
CONDITIONS
VIN = 0V
I/O24t – TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 24mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = -24 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
I/O12tp3 – 3.3V TTL-level, bi-directional pin with 12mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
I/O12ts – TTL–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with 12mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
V
VCC=3.3V
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.4
2.4
I/O24ts – TTL–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with 24mA source-sink capability
-237-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
CONDITIONS
V
VCC= 3.3V
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = -24 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.4
2.4
I/O24tsp3 – 3.3V TTL-level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with 24mA source-sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
V
VCC=3.3V
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = -24 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.4
2.4
I/OD12t – TTL–level, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 12mA sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.8
2.0
V
V
I/OD16t – TTL–level, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 16mA sink capability
-238-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
0.8
V
CONDITIONS
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 16 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.0
V
I/OD24t – TTL–level, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 24mA sink capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 24 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.8
2.0
V
V
I/O12tp3 – 3.3V TTL–level, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 12mA source-sink
capability
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
I/OD16ts – TTL–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 16mA
sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
-239-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Input High
Leakage
Input Low
Leakage
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
V
VCC=3.3V
0.4
V
IOL = 16 mA
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
I/OD24ts – TTL level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 24mA sink
capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Input High
Leakage
Input Low
Leakage
V
VCC=3.3V
0.4
V
IOL = 24 mA
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
I/OD12cs – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 12mA
sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
I/OD16cs – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin and open-drain output with 16mA
sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
-240-
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 16 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
I/OD12csd – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with internal pulled-down resistor
and open-drain output with 12mA sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
I/OD12csu – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger, bi-directional pin with internal pulled-up resistor
and open-drain output with 12mA sink capability
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.4
V
IOL = 4 mA
O4 – Output pin with 4mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
-241-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
Output High
Voltage
VOH
2.4
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
V
IOH = -4 mA
V
IOL = 8 mA
V
IOH = -8 mA
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
V
IOL = 16 mA
V
IOH = -16 mA
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = -24 mA
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = -24 mA
0.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
0.4
V
IOL = 24 mA
O8 – Output pin with 8mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
O12 – Output pin with 12mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
O16 – Output pin with 16mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
O24 – Output pin with 24mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
O12p3 – 3.3V output pin with 12mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
O24p3 – 3.3V output pin with 24mA source-sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
OD12 – Open-drain output pin with 12mA sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
OD24 – Open-drain output pin with 24mA sink capability
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
OD12p3 – 3.3V open-drain output pin with 12mA sink capability
-242-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
0.4
V
0.8
V
CONDITIONS
IOL = 12 mA
Int – TTL-level input pin
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.8
V
2.0
V
Intp3 – 3.3V TTL-level input pin
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
2.0
V
Intd – TTL-level input pin with internal pulled-down resistor
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.8
V
0.8
2.0
V
V
Intu – TTL-level input pin with internal pulled-up resistor
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
2.0
V
Ints – TTL–level, Schmitt-trigger input pin
-243-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
Intsp3 – 3.3 V TTL-level, Schmitt-trigger input pin
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3 V
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3 V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.3 VCC
V
Inc – CMOS-level input pin
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VCC =
3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
V
0.7 VCC
Incd – CMOS-level input pin with internal pulled-down resistor
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VCC =
3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
Input Low
Voltage
VIL
0.3 VCC
V
0.3 VCC
0.7 VCC
V
V
-244-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
Incu – CMOS-level input pin with internal pulled-up resistor
Input High
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VCC =
3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
1.7
V
VCC = 3.3V
V
VCC = 3.3V
0.7 VCC
V
Incs – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger input pin
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
1.3
1.5
Hystersis
VTH
1.5
2
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
Incsu – CMOS–level, Schmitt-trigger input pin with internal pulled-up resistor
Input Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VCC = 3.3V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VCC = 3.3V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VCC = 3.3V
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = 3.3V
Input Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
AOUT – Analog output
N.A.
INV1S – VID input pin for INTEL® VRM10.0, and VRM11 design
Input
Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
0.4
0.6
V
V
INV2S – VID input pin for AMDTMVRM design
Input
Low
Voltage
VIL
Input High
Voltage
VIH
0.8
1.4
V
V
-245-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM
MIN
TYP
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
I/OV3 – Bi-direction pin with source capability of 6 mA and sink capability of 1 mA for INTEL®
PECI
Input
Low
Voltage
VIL
0 . 2 7 5 V t t
0
Input High
Voltage
VIH
0
0
Output Low
Voltage
VOL
Output High
Voltage
VOH
0
Hysterisis
VHys
0
. 5
5
V
t
t
.
.
0
. 7
.
5
1
V
V
t
t
5
7
.
V
2
2
5
5
t
V
V
t
t
t
V
t
V
t
V
t
V
t
V
I/OV4 – Bi-direction pin with source capability of 6 mA and sink capability of 1 mA for INTEL®
SST
Input
Low
Threshold
Voltage
Vt-
0.4
0.65
V
Vcc = 1.5 V
Input High
Threshold
Voltage
Vt+
0.75
1.1
V
Vcc = 1.5 V
Input High
Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = Vcc
Input
Low
Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
Hysteresis
VTH
V
Vcc = 1.5 V
0.15
-246-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4
AC CHARACTERISTICS
22.4.1 Power On / Off Timing
PSON#
T3
T4
SLP_S3#
(Intel Chipset)
S3#
(Other Chipset)
PSOUT#
T1
PSIN#
T2
3VSB
G3
IDEAL TIMING (SEC)
S5
S0
S5
T1
T2
T3
T4
64ms
Over 64ms
at least
< 10ns
32ms
-247-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.2 AC Power Failure Resume Timing
Logical Device A, CR [E4h] bits [6:5] =00 means “OFF” state
(“OFF” means the system is always turned off after the AC power loss recovered.)
2.
3VCC
PSOUT#
PSON#
SUSB#
RSMRST#
3VSB
ACLOSS
-248-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Logical Device A, CR [E4h] bits [6:5]=01 means “ON” state.
(“ON” means the system is always turned on after AC power loss recovered.)
3.
3VCC
PSOUT#
PSON#
SUSB#
RSMRST#
3VSB
ACLOSS
-249-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
** What’s the definition of former state at AC power failure?
1) The previous state is “ON”
3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at VIH 2.0V
3VCC
SUSB#
2) The previous state is “OFF”
3VCC falls to 2.6V and SUSB# keeps at VIL 0.8V
3VCC
SUSB#
To ensure that VCC does not fall faster than VSB in various ATX Power Supplies, the W83627DHGP adds the option of “user define mode” for the pre-defined state before AC power failure. BIOS can
set the pre-defined state for the system to be “On” or “Off”. According to this setting, the system
chooses the state after the AC power recovery.
Logical Device A, CR E4h
BIT
6~5
READ / WRITE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Power-loss control bits => (VBAT)
00: System always turns off when it returns from power-loss state.
01: System always turns on when it returns from power-loss state.
10: System turns off / on when it returns from power-loss state depending
on the state before the power loss.
11: User defines the state before the power loss.(The previous state is set
at CRE6[4])
Logical Device A, CR E6h
BIT
READ / WRITE
4
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Power loss Last State Flag. (VBAT)
0: ON
1: OFF
-250-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.3 VSBGATE# Timing
VSBGATE# drives low only
when SUSB# is active and
Logical Device A, CR[E4h] bit
4 is set to “1＂
VSBGATE#
VSBGATE# is reset to high
after PSON# is active
t2
t1
3VCC
PSON#
t4
t3
SUSB#
SUSC#
S0
SYMBOL
S3
S0
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
t1
SUSB# active to VSBGATE# active
0
80
nS
t2
PSON# active to VSBGATE# inactive
90
142
mS
t3
SUSB# inactive to PSON# active
0
80
nS
t4
SUSB# active to PSON# inactive
28
39
mS
Note. The values above the worst-case results of R&D simulation
22.4.4 Clock Input Timing
48MHZ / 24MHZ
PARAMETER
MIN
Cycle to cycle jitter
Duty cycle
45
-251-
UNIT
MAX
300/500
ps
55
%
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
t1
t2
t3
PARAMETER
48MHZ / 24MHZ
DESCRIPTION
MIN
t1
Clock cycle time
t2
Clock high time/low time
t3
Clock rising time/falling time
(0.4V~2.4V)
TYP
UNIT
MAX
20.8 / 41.7
ns
10 / 21
ns
8.094 / 19
3
ns
Note: t2 measure from the voltage (VIH+VIL)/2=(2.0+0.8)/2=1.4V
-252-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.5 PECI and SST Timing
SST / PECI
Logic - 1
Minimum tH1
Maximum tH1
tBIT
Previous bit
Next-bit
SST / PECI
Logic - 0
Minimum tH0
Maximum tH0
tBIT
Previous bit
SYMBOL
tBIT
MIN
TYP
Next-bit
MAX
Client
0.495
500
Originator
0.495
250
UNITS
μs
tH1
0.6
3/4
0.8
× tBIT
tH0
0.2
1/4
0.4
× t BIT
-253-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.6 SPI Timing
t1
t2
SCE
t3
SCK
SO
t4
SI
t5
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
MIN
TYP
MAX
Enable to first clock falling
t1
25ns
-
35ns
Disable after last clock rising
t2
40ns
-
50ns
Output hold time
t3
-
-
5ns
Input setup time
t4
5ns
-
-
Input hold time
t5
6ns
-
-
-254-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.7 SMBus Timing
TLOW TR
TF
SMBCLK
THIGH
TSU:DAT
THD:STA
TSU:STO
TSU:STA
THD:DAT
SMBDAT
TBUF
P
S
S
SYMBOL
P
PARAMETER
MIN.
MAX.:
UNITS
TBUF
Bus Free Time between Stop and
Start Condition
4.7
-
uS
THD:STA
Hold time after (Repeated) Start
Condition. After this period, the
first clock is generated
4.0
-
uS
TSU:STA
Repeated Start Condition setup
time
4.7
-
uS
TSU:STO
Stop Condition setup time
4.0
-
uS
THD:DAT
Data hold time
300
-
nS
TSU:DAT
Data setup time
250
-
nS
TLOW
Clock low period
4.7
-
uS
THIGH
Clock high period
4.0
50
uS
TF
Clock/Data Falling Time
-
300
nS
TR
Clock/Data Rising Time
-
1000
nS
22.4.8 Floppy Disk Drive Timing
FDC: Data rate = 1MB, 500KB, 300KB, 250KB/sec.
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
DIR# setup time to STEP#
TDST
1.0/1.6
/2.0/4.0
µS
DIR# hold time from STEP#
TSTD
24/40
/48/96
µS
STEP# pulse width
TSTP
6.8/11.5
-255-
TYP.
(NOTE 1)
7/11.7
MAX.
7.2/11.9
UNIT
µS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
(NOTE 1)
MAX.
/13.8/27.
8
/14/28
/14.2/28.
2
NOTE 2
NOTE 2
UNIT
STEP# cycle width
TSC
NOTE 2
INDEX# pulse width
TIDX
125/250
/417/500
nS
RDATA# pulse width
TRD
40
nS
WD# pulse width
TWD
100/185
/225/475
125/210
/250/500
150/235
/275/525
mS
nS
Notes:
1. Typical values for T = 25°C and normal supply voltage.
2. Programmable from 0.5 mS through 32 mS as described in step rate table.
(Please refer to the description of the SPECIFY command set.)
Step Rate Table
DATA RATE
SRT
1MB/S
500KB/S
300KB/S
250KB/S
0
8
16
26.7
32
1
7.5
15
25
30
…
…
…
…
…
E
1.0
2
3.33
4
F
0.5
1
1.67
2
-256-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Floppy Disk Driving Timing
TSTD
DIR#
TSTP
TDST
TSC
STEP#
TIDX
INDEX#
TRD
RDATA#
TWD
WD#
22.4.9 UART/Parallel Port
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
Delay from Stop to Set Interrupt
TSINT
9/16
Delay from IOR Reset Interrupt
TRINT
9
1000
nS
Delay from Initial IRQ Reset to
Transmit Start
TIRS
1/16
8/16
Baud
Rate
Delay from to Reset interrupt
THR
175
nS
Delay from Initial IOW to interrupt
TSI
16/16
Baud
Rate
Delay from Stop to Set Interrupt
TSTI
8/16
Baud
Rate
Delay from IOR to Reset Interrupt
TIR
8
250
nS
TMWO
6
200
nS
Set Interrupt Delay from Modem
Input
TSIM
18
250
nS
Reset Interrupt Delay from IOR
TRIM
9
250
nS
Delay from IOR to Output
Baud Divisor
9/16
N
100 pF Loading
-257-
Baud
Rate
216-1
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
UART Receiver Timing
Receiver Timing
SIN
(RECEIVER
INPUT DATA)
START
DATA BITS (5-8)
PARITY
STOP
TSINT
IRQ
(INTERNAL SIGNAL)
TSTI
IRQ#
(INTERNAL SIGNAL.
READ RECEIVER
BUFFER REGISTER)
UART Transmitter Timing
SOUT
(SERIAL OUT)
START
DATA BITS (5-8)
PARITY
TIRS
IRQ
(INTERNAL SIGNAL)
STOP
(1-2)
TSTI
START
THR
TSI
THR
IOW#
(INTERNAL SIGNAL,
WRITE THR)
TIR
IOR#
(INTERNAL SIGNAL,
READ TIR)
-258-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.9.1.
Modem Control Timing
MODEM Control Timing
START
IOW#
(INTERNAL SIGNAL,
WRITE MCR)
TMWO
TMWO
RTS#, DTR#
CTS#, DSR#, DCD#
TSIM
TSIM
IRQ
(INTERNAL SIGNAL)
IOR#
(INTERNAL SIGNAL
READ MSR)
TRIM
TRIM
TSIM
RI#
22.4.10 Parallel Port Mode Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
PD0-7, INDEX , STROBE , AUTOFD Delay from
IOW
t1
100
nS
IRQ Delay from ACK , nFAULT
t2
60
nS
IRQ Delay from IOW
t3
105
nS
IRQ Active Low in ECP and EPP Modes
t4
300
nS
ERROR Active to IRQ Active
t5
105
nS
MAX.
UNIT
PARAMETER
SYM.
200
MIN.
TYP.
PD0-7, INDEX , STROBE , AUTOFD Delay from
IOW
t1
100
nS
IRQ Delay from ACK , nFAULT
t2
60
nS
IRQ Delay from IOW
t3
105
nS
IRQ Active Low in ECP and EPP Modes
t4
300
nS
ERROR Active to IRQ Active
t5
105
nS
-259-
200
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11 Parallel Port
22.4.11.1.
Parallel Port Timing
IOW
t1
INIT, STROBE
AUTOFD, SLCTIN
PD
ACK
t2
IRQ (SPP)
t3
IRQ
(EPP or ECP)
t4
nFAULT
(ECP)
ERROR
(ECP)
t5
t2
IRQ
22.4.11.2.
t4
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Deasserted
t14
0
185
nS
Deasserted to WRITE Modified
t15
60
190
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Hi-Z
t17
60
180
nS
Command Asserted to PD Valid
t18
0
nS
Command Deasserted to PD Hi-Z
t19
0
nS
WAIT Deasserted to PD Drive
t20
60
WRITE Deasserted to Command
t21
1
PBDIR Set to Command
t22
0
20
nS
PD Hi-Z to Command Asserted
t23
0
30
nS
Asserted to Command Asserted
t24
0
195
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t25
60
180
nS
-260-
190
nS
nS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
Time out
t26
10
12
nS
PD Valid to WAIT Deasserted
t27
0
nS
PD Hi-Z to WAIT Deasserted
t28
0
μS
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
Ax Valid to IOR Asserted
t1
40
nS
IOCHRDY Deasserted to IOR Deasserted
t2
0
nS
IOR Deasserted to Ax Valid
t3
10
IOR Deasserted to IOW or IOR Asserted
t4
40
IOR Asserted to IOCHRDY Asserted
t5
PD Valid to SD Valid
10
nS
0
24
nS
t6
0
75
nS
IOR Deasserted to SD Hi-Z (Hold Time)
t7
0
40
μS
SD Valid to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t8
0
85
nS
WAIT Deasserted to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t9
60
160
nS
PD Hi-Z to PDBIR Set
t10
0
nS
WRITE Deasserted to IOR Asserted
t13
0
nS
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Deasserted
t14
0
185
nS
Deasserted to WRITE Modified
t15
60
190
nS
IOR Asserted to PD Hi-Z
t16
0
50
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Hi-Z
t17
60
180
nS
Command Asserted to PD Valid
t18
0
nS
Command Deasserted to PD Hi-Z
t19
0
nS
WAIT Deasserted to PD Drive
t20
60
WRITE Deasserted to Command
t21
1
PBDIR Set to Command
t22
0
20
nS
PD Hi-Z to Command Asserted
t23
0
30
nS
Asserted to Command Asserted
t24
0
195
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t25
60
180
nS
Time out
t26
10
12
nS
PD Valid to WAIT Deasserted
t27
0
nS
PD Hi-Z to WAIT Deasserted
t28
0
μS
-261-
190
nS
nS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11.3.
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
t14
t15
STB# / WRITE
t17
t18
t19
t20
PD
t21
t23
t25
t24
ADDRSTB
DATASTB
t27
t28
BUSY / WAIT
22.4.11.4.
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
t14
t15
STB# / WRITE
t17
t18
t19
t20
PD
t21
t23
t25
t24
ADDRSTB
DATASTB
t27
t28
BUSY / WAIT
-262-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11.5.
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
PBDIR Low to WRITE Asserted
t10
0
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Asserted
t11
60
185
nS
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Change
t12
60
185
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Invalid
t14
0
nS
PD Invalid to Command Asserted
t15
10
nS
WAIT Asserted to Command Asserted
t17
60
210
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t18
60
190
nS
Command Asserted to WAIT Deasserted
t19
0
10
μS
Time out
t20
10
12
μS
Command Deasserted to WAIT Asserted
t21
0
SYM.
MIN.
Ax Valid to IOW Asserted
t1
40
nS
SD Valid to Asserted
t2
10
nS
IOW Deasserted to Ax Invalid
t3
10
nS
WAIT Deasserted to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t4
0
nS
Command Asserted to WAIT Deasserted
t5
10
nS
IOW Deasserted to IOW or IOR Asserted
t6
40
nS
IOCHRDY Deasserted to IOW Deasserted
t7
0
24
nS
WAIT Asserted to Command Asserted
t8
60
160
nS
IOW Asserted to WAIT Asserted
t9
0
70
nS
PBDIR Low to WRITE Asserted
t10
0
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Asserted
t11
60
185
nS
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Change
t12
60
185
nS
IOW Asserted to PD Valid
t13
0
50
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Invalid
t14
0
nS
PD Invalid to Command Asserted
t15
10
nS
IOW to Command Asserted
t16
5
35
nS
WAIT Asserted to Command Asserted
t17
60
210
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t18
60
190
nS
Command Asserted to WAIT Deasserted
t19
0
10
μS
Time out
t20
10
12
μS
Command Deasserted to WAIT Asserted
t21
0
PARAMETER
-263-
MAX.
UNIT
nS
nS
MAX.
UNIT
nS
nS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
IOW Deasserted to WRITE Deasserted and PD
invalid
t22
0
WRITE to Command Asserted
t16
5
22.4.11.6.
MAX.
UNIT
nS
35
nS
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
t11
t10
t12
STB# / WRITE
t14
PD
t15
t16
t18
t17
ADDRSTB
DATASTB
t19
t21
BUSY / WAIT
t22
PBDIR
-264-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11.7.
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
t11
t10
STB# / WRITE
PD
t15
t16
t18
t17
DATAST
ADDRSTB
t19
BUSY / WAIT
22.4.11.8.
Parallel Port FIFO Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
MIN.
DATA Valid to nSTROBE Active
t1
600
nS
nSTROBE Active Pulse Width
t2
600
nS
DATA Hold from nSTROBE Inactive
t3
450
nS
BUSY Inactive to PD Inactive
t4
80
nS
BUSY Inactive to nSTROBE Active
t5
680
nS
nSTROBE Active to BUSY Active
t6
-265-
MAX.
500
UNIT
nS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11.9.
Parallel FIFO Timing
t4
t3
PD
t1
t2
t5
STB#
t6
BUSY
22.4.11.10.
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
nAUTOFD Valid to nSTROBE Asserted
t1
0
60
nS
PD Valid to nSTROBE Asserted
t2
0
60
nS
BUSY Deasserted to nAUTOFD Changed
t3
80
180
nS
BUSY Deasserted to PD Changed
t4
80
180
nS
nSTROBE Deasserted to BUSY Deasserted
t5
0
BUSY Deasserted to nSTROBE Asserted
t6
80
nSTROBE Asserted to BUSY Asserted
t7
0
BUSY Asserted to nSTROBE Deasserted
t8
80
22.4.11.11.
nS
200
nS
nS
180
nS
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing
t3
nAUTOFD
t4
PD
t1
t2
t8
t6
STB#
t5
t5
t7
BUSY
-266-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.11.12.
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
MIN.
PD Valid to nACK Asserted
t1
0
nS
nAUTOFD Deasserted to PD Changed
t2
0
nS
nAUTOFD Asserted to nACK Asserted
t3
0
nS
nAUTOFD Deasserted to nACK Deasserted
t4
0
nS
nACK Deasserted to nAUTOFD Asserted
t5
80
200
nS
PD Changed to nAUTOFD Deasserted
t6
80
200
nS
22.4.11.13.
MAX.
UNIT
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing
t2
PD
t1
t4
t3
nACK
t5
t6
t5
nAUTOFD
22.4.12 KBC Timing Parameters
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
T1
Address Setup Time from WRB
0
nS
T2
Address Setup Time from RDB
0
nS
T3
WRB Strobe Width
20
nS
T4
RDB Strobe Width
20
nS
T5
Address Hold Time from WRB
0
nS
T6
Address Hold Time from RDB
0
nS
T7
Data Setup Time
50
nS
T8
Data Hold Time
0
nS
T9
Gate Delay Time from WRB
10
T10
RDB to Drive Data Delay
-267-
30
nS
40
nS
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
0
20
nS
4
μS
T11
RDB to Floating Data Delay
T12
Data Valid After Clock Falling (SEND)
T13
K/B Clock Period
20
μS
T14
K/B Clock Pulse Width
10
μS
T15
Data Valid Before Clock Falling (RECEIVE)
4
μS
T16
K/B ACK After Finish Receiving
20
μS
T19
Transmit Timeout
T20
Data Valid Hold Time
0
T21
Input Clock Period (6−16 Mhz)
63
167
nS
T22
Duration of CLK inactive
30
50
μS
T23
Duration of CLK active
30
50
μS
T24
Time from inactive CLK transition, used to time when
the auxiliary device sample DATA
5
25
μS
T25
Time of inhibit mode
100
300
μS
T26
Time from rising edge of CLK to DATA transition
5
T28-5
μS
T27
Duration of CLK inactive
30
50
μS
T28
Duration of CLK active
30
50
μS
T29
Time from DATA transition to falling edge of CLK
5
25
μS
22.4.12.1.
2
mS
μS
Writing Cycle Timing
A2, CSB
T1
WRB
T3
T5
ACTIVE
T7
D0 ~ D7
T8
DATA IN
T9
GA20
OUTPUT
PORT
-268-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.12.2.
Read Cycle Timing
A2, CSB
AEN
T2
T6
T4
RDB
ACTIVE
T11
T10
D0 ~ D7
22.4.12.3.
DATA OUT
Send Data to K/B
CLOCK
(KCLK)
T14
T12
SERIAL DATA
(KDAT)
22.4.12.4.
START
D0
D1
D2
D3
T13
D4
T26
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
Receive Data from K/B
CLOCK
(KCLK)
T14
T15
SERIAL DATA
(T1)
START
D0
D1
D2
D3
T13
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
T20
-269-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.12.5.
Input Clock
CLOCK
T21
22.4.12.6.
Send Data to Mouse
MCLK
T25
MDAT
22.4.12.7.
START
Bit
T23
T22
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
T24
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
Bit
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
Bit
Receive Data from Mouse
MCLK
T27
T26
T29
MDAT
T28
START
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
22.4.13 GPIO Timing Parameters
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
tWGO
Write data to GPIO update
tSWP
SWITCH pulse width
MIN.
16
MAX.
UNIT
300(Note 1)
ns
msec
Note: Refer to Microprocessor Interface Timing for Read Timing.
-270-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.4.13.1.
GPIO Write Timing
GPIO Write Timing diagram
A0 – A15
VALID
IOW
D0-7
VALID
GPIO 10-17
VALID
PREVIOUS STATE
GPIO 20-25
tWGO
-271-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
22.5 LPC Timing
PCICLK
t1
LAD0~3,LDRQ#
(Output)
t2
PCICLK
Hold
Time
Setup Time
LPC Input Signals
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
t1
Output Valid Delay
4
11
nS
t2
Float Delay
4
11
nS
t3
LAD[3:0] Setup Time
14
nS
t4
LAD[3:0] Hold Time
0
nS
t5
LFRAME# Setup Time
12
nS
t6
LFRAME# Hold Time
0
nS
-272-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
23. TOP MARKING SPECIFICATIONS
inbond
W83627DHG-P
806G9C28201234FA
1st line: Nuvoton logo
2nd line: part number: W83627DHG-P (Pb-free package)
806G9C28201234FA
3rd line: tracking code
806: packages made in ‘08, week 06
G: assembly house ID; G means GR, A means ASE, etc.
9: code version; 9 means code 009
C: IC revision; A means version A; B means version B, and C means version C
28201234: wafer production series lot number
FA: Nuvoton internal use.
inbond
W83627DHG-PT
806G9C28201234FA
1st line: Nuvoton logo
2nd line: part number: W83627DHG-PT (Pb-free package)
806G9C28201234FA
3rd line: tracking code
806: packages made in ‘08, week 06
G: assembly house ID; G means GR, A means ASE, etc.
9: code version; 9 means code 009
C: IC revision; A means version A; B means version B, and C means version C
28201234: wafer production series lot number
FA: Nuvoton internal use.
-273-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
24. ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER
PACKAGE TYPE
PRODUCTION FLOW
W83627DHG-P
128Pin QFP (PB-free package)
Commercial, 0°C to +70°C
W83627DHG-PT
128Pin QFP (PB-free package)
Industrial standard, -40°C to 85°C
-274-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
25. PACKAGE SPECIFICATION
HD
D
128
103
1
102
E HE
38
65
39
64
b
e
c
A
A2
Symbol
A
A1
A2
b
c
D
E
e
HD
HE
L
L1
y
0
L
A1
See Detail F
Seating Plane
y
L1
Dimension in inch
Min
Nom
Max
Dimension in mm
Min
Nom
0.134
0.004
Max
3.40
0.10
0.101
0.107
0.113
2.57
2.72
2.87
0.006
0.008
0.010
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.004
0.006
0.010
0.10
0.15
0.25
0.547
0.551
0.555
13.90
14.00
14.10
0.787
0.791
19.90
20.00
20.10
0.783
0.50
0.020
0.669
0.677
0.685
17.00
17.20
17.40
0.905
0.913
0.921
23.00
23.20
23.40
0.023
0.031
0.039
0.60
0.80
1.00
0.055
0.063
0.071
1.40
1.60
1.80
0.004
0
Detail F
12
0.10
0
12
128-pin (QFP, 14x20x2.75mm foot print 3.2mm)
-275-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
26. REVISION HISTORY
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1.0
12/04/2007
N.A.
DESCRIPTION
1.
First published version.
1.
Add section 7.6.3.4 SMART FAN III+ and the
descriptions of Shut-down Mode in section
7.7.1.3
Add the register descriptions of SMART FANTM
TM
III+, SMART FAN III+-2, and Shut-down
Mode in Chapter 8 Hardware Monitor Register
Set
Update the descriptions of 21.1 Absolute
Maximum Ratings and 21.2 DC Characteristics.
Add the block diagram for PECI 1.1a to section
7.5 PECI.
Correct the data in 20.8 Logical Device 7
(GPIO6), 20.9 Logical Device 8
(WDTO&PLED), 20.10 Logical Device 9
(GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO4, GPIO5), and 20.13
Logical Device C (PECI, SST).
2.
1.1
01/28/2008
3.
N.A.
4.
5.
1.2
02/19/2008
1.
2.
6, 38, 173
3.
1.3
1.4
02/25/2008
04/14/2008
216-222
23-25, 40, 41, 55, 9799, 105-107, 116121, 244, 226
05/14/2008.
6, 16, 38-41, 82, 120121, 156, 232
Correct the pin names in Chapter 4 Pin Layout.
Update the PECI 1.1a diagram in section 7.5
PECI.
Correct the information in Table 15.1 SERIRQ
Sampling Periods.
1.
Correct 20.13 Logical Device C (PECI, SST).
1.
Add Chapter 6 ACPI Glue Logical Application
Notice.
Update the descriptions in 8.5 PECI.
Correct the table of Display Registers – in
SMART FANTM III+ Mode in 8.6.3.4 SMART
TM
FAN III+.
Update register descriptions of Chapter 9
Hardware Monitor Register Set.
Add 22.3.1 Power On/Off Timing.
Update the description of CR[E5h] bit3 in 21.13
Logical Device C.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.41
TM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
-276-
Update Chapter 4 Pin Layout.
Remove all descriptions of “PECI_AVL”.
Update 8.5 PECI descriptions.
Correct the descriptions of 9.39, and 9.130 to
9.134.
Correct Table 13-1.
Update 22.2 DC Characteristics.
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
DESCRIPTION
1.
1.42
08/19/2008
22-24, 36, 82, 224,
228, 232, 251
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
1.43
1.5
09/16/2008
10/14/2008
109
1.7
Correct the description of bit 3-1 of 9.98
FANCTRL6 SMART FANTM III+ input source
& output FAN select Register – Index 5Eh
(Bank 1).
89, 91, 216, 218,
219, 220, 245, 246,
247
1.
2.
3.
1.6
Update the figures and the title of Chapter 6
ACPI Glue Logic.
Update Figure 8-7.
Correct the description in 9.39.
Update CR[F0h] of 21.12 Logical Device B
(Hardware Monitor).
Update CR[E5h] and CR[E8h] of 21.13 Logical
Device C (PECI, SST).
Update 22.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings.
Correct 22.3.4 Clock Input Timing.
Change Winbond logo to Nuvoton.
Update the descriptions of 9.50 and 9.53.
Modify the descriptions of CR30h, bit 7 of
CRE4h, bit 1 of CRE5h, bits 3-1 of CRE6h, and
bit 4 of CRE7h of 21.11 Logical Device A
(ACPI).
Update the descriptions of 22.3.1 AC Power
Failure Resume Timing.
1. Define SMBus Interface in Chapter 5.11; GPIO in
Chapter 5.12
2. Add Hardware Monitor Ratings in Chapter 22.2
11/10/2008
17, 232
02/23/2009
3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 84,
106, 111, 112, 194,
201, 203
1. Remove KBC clock rate selection.
2. Add LPT support FDD function, include pin
description and register setting.
3. Add / modify the function description in Chapter
9.39, 9.85, 9.86, 9.99 and 9.100.
1. Add part number W83627DHG-PT, supporting 40℃ ~ 85℃ operation temperature.
1.8
04/02/2009
N.A.
1.9
04/27/2009
82,92
1.91
05/21/2009
252
1.92
06/11/2009
178, 247
203, 204
123 ~ 125
1.93
06/25
252
1. Correct Clock input timing data.
1.94
07/09/2009
2, 158, 203, 204
Reserve one UART source clock.
2. Add Chapter 24, Ordering Information.
3. Update Chapter 25, Package Specification.
1. Modify Bank0 CR46[2.1] name.
2. Modify Bank0 CR59 description.
1. Modify clock cycle time and add t3.
1. Correct ACPI power sequence timing.
2. Correct UART A & UART B registers.
3. Correct Hardware Monitor registers.
-277-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
W83627DHG-P/W83627DHG-PT
Important Notice
Nuvoton products are not designed, intended, authorized or warranted for use as components
in systems or equipment intended for surgical implantation, atomic energy control instruments,
airplane or spaceship instruments, transportation instruments, traffic signal instruments,
combustion control instruments, or for other applications intended to support or sustain life.
Furthermore, Nuvoton products are not intended for applications wherein failure of Nuvoton
products could result or lead to a situation wherein personal injury, death or severe property
or environmental damage could occur.
Nuvoton customers using or selling these products for use in such applications do so at their
own risk and agree to fully indemnify Nuvoton for any damages resulting from such improper
use or sales.
-278-
Publication Release Date: July 09, 2009
Version 1.94
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
